Drugs in a Multicultural Community An Assessment of Involvement
Public Health Division Drugs in a Multicultural Community An Assessment of Involvement
Public Health Division Victorian Government Department of Human Services
Copyright State of Victoria 2000
This work is copyright and if reproduced reference must be cited as follows: Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement, Victorian Government Publishing Service 2000.
Published by Public Health Division, Victorian Government Department of Human Services, Melbourne Victoria.
All rights reserved. Except for the purposes of education, fair dealing and use within the intended environment by health professionals in Victoria, no portion of this document should be reproduced or copied for any purposes, including general exhibition, lending, resale and hire.
September 2000
Also Published on http://www.dhs.vic.gov.au/phd/0008087/
(0870800) Acknowledgments
This report was funded by the Department of Human Services and supported by a Steering Committee which provided ongoing advice and support:
Paris Aristotle Director, Victorian Foundation for Survivors of Torture Chief Inspector Paul Ditchburn Victoria Police, Drug and Alcohol Policy Coordination Unit Robert Eldridge Director, Policy and Strategic Development Division, Department of Justice Inspector Steve James Victoria Police, Drug and Alcohol Policy Coordination Unit George Lekakis Director, South Central Migrant Resource Centre Stephan Romaniw Chairperson, Victorian Multicultural Commission Bill Stronach Chief Executive Officer, Australian Drug Foundation Adam Sutton Department of Criminology, Melbourne University Celia Wigzel Project Officer, Backgrounds Project, Department of Education, Employment and Training Department of Human Services Drug Policy Unit and Drugs and Health Protection Services
This report was produced by the Macfarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research in Collaboration with the North Richmond Community Health Centre for the Department of Human Services
Researchers: Lorraine Beyer MA, BA, Grad Dip Data Coll Analysis Gary Reid RN, MTH
Contents
Acknowledgments iii
Contents v
Tables vii
Figures vii
Executive Summary 1 Introduction 1 Research Findings 19 Recommendations 25 Community and Parent Education and Information 25 Harm Reduction 25 Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Communities: Resources and Services 26 Treatment Services 26 Further Research 26 Data Collection 27 Further Recommendations 27 Literature—Health and Social Impact 33 Defining Ethnicity 33 Ethnicity and Databases 34 Utilisation of Drug Treatment Services 48 Ethnic Groups Selected on the Basis of Adequate Available Literature 57 Greek 57 Italian 60 Asian 62 Chinese Language Speakers 65 Cambodian 67 Vietnamese 73 Arabic Speaking 81 Literature—Criminal Justice 87 Part 1: Setting the Scene 87 Part 2: Drugs, Crime and Ethnic Involvement 99 Trends in Drug Use 106 Drug Use Overview 112 Drugs In Prisons 116 Other Determinants Affecting Involvement in Illicit Drugs and Crime 120 Drug Trafficking/Organised Crime 122
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement v Some Solutions 130 The Media and Its Coverage of Illicit Drug Issues 135 The Media’s Construction of the Vietnamese-Australian 145 Ethnic Media Coverage of Drug Issues 148 Databases 155 Methodology 155 Results—All Databases 156 Discussion 160 Summary of Health and Drug Treatment-Related Databases 175 Background 175 General Comments on Health and Drug Treatment Related Databases 175 Key Findings 176 Alcohol and Drug Information System (ADIS) 179 Description of Database 179 Concluding Remarks and Recommendations 204 Drug of Dependency Information System Methadone Registry 205 Further Analysis 208 Recommendations for Further Research 210 Databases 213 Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Surveillance Database 213 The Victorian 1996 Secondary Students Alcohol and Drugs Survey 215 The Victorian Emergency Minimum Data Set (VEMD) 219 1995 Victorian Drug Household Survey 223 Victoria Police Statistics: Illicit Drugs 228 Juvenile Justice Client Information System (SSCIS)—Illicit Drugs 233 Prisoner Information Management System—PIMS: Prison Statistics: Illicit Drugs 238 Corrections—Community-Based Court Dispositions (OASIS): Illicit Drugs 246 Statistical Profile of Victorians from Main and Non-Main English Speaking Countries, 1996 Census (Australian Bureau of Statistics) 250 The Key Informant Interview Phase: Health, Welfare and Drug Treatment Services 271 Summary of Key Informant Interviews on Health, Welfare and Drug Treatment Services 272 The Key Informant Interview Phase: Criminal Justice 293 Summary of Findings 294 Difficulties for People from Non-English Speaking Backgrounds in the Criminal Justice System 297 Backgrounds of Drug Offenders: Differences Between Anglo and Asian Drug Offenders 302 Observations on Frequency of Offending 303 Outcomes from the Community Consultation Phase 320 Reasons for Using Illicit Drugs 325
vi Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Appendices 349 Appendix 1: Persons Aged 15 to 24 Years, by Birthplace, by Proficiency in English, by Labour Force, 1996 Census, Victoria 349 Appendix 2: Non-Main English Speaking Countries, by Labour Force Status, in Select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, Aged 15 to 24 Years 357 Appendix 3 Specialist Alcohol and Drug Services—Victoria—Delivery 363 Appendix 4: Stress Factors and Issues that Impact on Illicit Drug Use/Misuse among Three Different Ethnic Groups 365 References 369 Health and Social Impact 369 Bibliography 382 Health 382 Criminology 383 The Media’s Influence on Illicit Drug Issues 395
Tables
Table 1 Number of articles appearing in The Age and the Herald Sun newspapers which contain combination key words, over four years 147 Table 2 Summary of Databases and their Ethnicity Variables 167 Table 3 Clients’ episodes of care by LGA 180 Table 4 Clients’ episodes of care by age 182 Table 5 Clients’ episodes of care by sex 183 Table 6 Clients’ episodes of care by marital status 184 Table 7 Clients’ episodes of care by services type 186 Table 8 Clients’ episodes of care by source of referral 188 Table 9 Clients’ episodes of care by language interpreted 189 Table 10 Clients’ episodes of care by employment status 191 Table 11 Clients’ episodes of care by living status 193 Table 12 Clients’ episodes of care by accommodation 194 Table 13 Clients’ episodes of care by legal status 196 Table 14 Clients’ episodes of care by period of drug use 198 Table 15 Clients’ episodes of care are by drug use status 199 Table 16 Clients’ episodes of care by injecting drug use 200 Table 17 Clients’ episodes of care by previous alcohol and drug treatment 202 Table 18 Clients’ episodes of care by concurrent methadone program 203 Table 19 Illicit drug use by COB—MESB and NESB 225 Table 20 Illicit drug use by language spoken 226
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement vii Table 21 Heroin − consumer and provider arrests, by jurisdiction and per 100,000 population, 1997–98 229 Table 22 Cannabis offences by jurisdiction, per 100,000 population, 1997–98 229 Table 23 Number and proportion of offenders aged 15–49 years arrested in Victoria for trafficking heroin, by year and country of birth 230 Table 24 All drug offences by country of birth of alleged offenders of all ages in Victoria, 1997–98 231 Table 25 Number of alleged traffic heroin offenders in Victoria, by age, by selected countries of birth, per 100,000 ethnic population 1997–98 232 Table 26 Total number and percentage of clients supervised by Juvenile Justice Service 1997–98, by ethnicity 234 Table 27 Drug offences of Juvenile Justice clients by ethnicity, 1997–98 235 Table 28 Drug offence by type of concurrent offence, Juvenile Justice clients 1997–98 236 Table 29 Juvenile Justice clients with drug and violence offences, by ethnicity 1997–98 236 Table 30 Juvenile Justice clients with drug and property offences, by ethnicity 1997–98 237 Table 31 Prisoners in custody, per 100,000 adult population, as at September 1998, by State or Territory 238 Table 32 Number of prisoners in Victoria and proportion whose most serious offence was a drug offence, by year 239 Table 33 Sentenced Victorian prisoners whose most serious offence was a drug offence, by type of drug offence, sex and year of incarceration 239 Table 34 Ethnic background of Victorian prisoners by sex and year, 1995–98 240 Table 35 Number of male prisoners in Victoria, born in Vietnam and proportion of all prisoners, by year 240 Table 36 Age distribution of prisoners by ethnicity, whose current episode most serious offence is a drug offence, 1997–98 244 Table 37 Offenders on community-based orders for drug offences, by country of birth 1997–98 247 Table 38 Stress Factors and Issues that Impact on Illicit Drug Use/Misuse among Three Different Ethnic Groups 365
Figures
Figure 1 Individual methadone permit forms by ethnic groups, Victoria, 12 February 1998 to 12 February 1999 207 Figure 2 Individual methadone permit forms by ethnicity, by country of birth, Methadone Registry, Victoria, 12 February 1998 to 12 February 1999 208 Figure 3 Prisoners’ current episode most serious offence by COB, 1997-98 241 Figure 4 Prisoners’ current episode most serious offence by COB, rate per 100,000 ethnic population 242 Figure 5 Prisoners’ country of birth/most serious drug offence 1997-98 243 Figure 6 Prisoners' illicit drug use by COB, 1997-98 245 Figure 7 Offences of offenders on community-based dispositions by COB, 1997-98 249 Figure 8 Unemployment and not in labour force rates for persons aged 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 251 Figure 9 Unemployment and not in labour force rates for persons aged 25 to 64 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 253 Figure 10 People aged 15-24 years who arrived in Australia between 1991–1996: Proficiency in English by Birthplace, 1996 Census, Victoria 254
viii Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Figure 11 People aged 25–64 years who arrived in Australia between 1991 to 1996: Proficiency in English by birthplace 255 Figure 12 Persons aged 15 to 24, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force, 1996 Census, Victoria 258 Figure 13 Persons aged 15 to 24, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria 259 Figure 14 Persons aged 15 to 24, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria 260 Figure 15 Total main English speaking country groups, by labour force status, in select local government areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 261 Figure 16 Total non-main English speaking groups, by labour force status, in select local government areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 262 Figure 17 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select local government areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 263 Figure 18 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force, in select local government areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 264 Figure 19 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select local government areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria 265 Figure 20 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force, 1996 Census, Victoria—Greece 349 Figure 21 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force, 1996 Census, Victoria—Italy 349 Figure 22 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria— Laos 350 Figure 23 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—Iraq 350 Figure 24 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria— Indonesia 351 Figure 25 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria— Lebanon 351 Figure 26 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria— Romania 352 Figure 27 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria— Somalia 352 Figure 28 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—Russian Federation 353 Figure 29 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—Afghanistan 353 Figure 30 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—Bosnia-Herzegovina 354 Figure 31 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—Cambodia 354 Figure 32 Persons aged 15 to 24 years, by birthplace, by proficiency in English, by labour force status, 1996 Census, Victoria—China (excluding Taiwan Province) 355
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement ix Figure 33 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Afghanistan 357 Figure 34 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Iraq 357 Figure 35 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Somalia 358 Figure 36 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Italy 358 Figure 37 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Laos 359 Figure 38 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Bosnia-Herzegovina 359 Figure 39 Main ethnic group by labour force, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Cambodia 360 Figure 40 Main ethnic group by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—China (excluding Taiwan Province) 360 Figure 41 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Greece 361 Figure 42 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Russian Federation 361 Figure 43 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Romania 362 Figure 44 Main ethnic group by birthplace, by labour force status, in select Local Government Areas, Melbourne, ages 15 to 24 years, 1996 Census, Victoria—Turkey 362 Figure 45 Victoria's Specialist Alcohol and Drug Services—The Framework for Service Delivery 363
x Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Executive Summary
Executive Summary
Introduction Drugs in a Multicultural Community: An Assessment of Involvement is a program of research into the involvement of ethnic communities in Victoria with illicit drugs. The research was carried out for the Victorian Government by a consortium of the Macfarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research (MBCMR), North Richmond Community Health Centre (NRCHC) and the Centre for Culture, Ethnicity and Health (CEH). The research was funded under the Turning the Tide program, supervised by the Department of Human Services, and based at the Centre for Harm Reduction (CHR) at MBCMR. The Project commenced in July 1998 and concluded in May 2000. The project objectives were:
To provide a framework in which the cultural attitudes, experience and expectations of Victorians can be understood and taken into account in policy and other decision making.
To develop proposals and strategies which will assist the community to understand the harm minimisation principle and its impact on communities, families and individuals of differing cultural backgrounds.
To provide data and information which can influence the design and development of drug-related initiatives of the Victorian Government.
The research has consisted of a number of stages, including:
Comprehensive literature reviews within both the health/welfare and criminal justice fields.
A review of the influence of the media.
An examination of all relevant national and Victorian health and criminal justice databases.
An examination of the Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996 Census.
Interviews with key informants working within the health and drug treatment services and criminal justice sectors.
A series of ethnic community consultations.
A broad range of issues has been identified by this research, which the key informants and people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds (CLDBs) considered to be of the most value in addressing the illicit drug problem within those communities. Thirty-nine findings have been identified. These are listed
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 1 below, in the section ‘Findings of the Research’. The researchers found enormous interest in the current study and a strong desire—particularly from health and welfare and criminal justice participants—for copies of the final report. The current research is considered to represent the most comprehensive study in this area to have been undertaken in Australia. As such, there is great merit in making various aspects of the research more widely available through publication in various professional journals.
Ethnicity Variables
Country of birth can be misleading if used by itself as a measure of ethnicity.
Self-identified ethnicity is considered to be a more valid measure…
The lack of adequate definitions of ‘ethnicity’, and the absence of variables useful for assessment of ethnicity in all Victorian and national databases concerned with any aspect of drug use, are major obstacles to any accurate assessment of the extent of illicit drug use in Australia’s ethnic communities. ‘Place of origin’, commonly referred to as ‘country of birth’, is the variable most widely collected. However, this mode of identification is biased towards identifying the most recent migrant groups.
Country of birth is not an accurate indicator of ethnicity, and can be highly misleading if used by itself as a measure of ethnicity. Self-identified ethnicity is considered to be a more valid measure for most purposes, as it takes into account the shifting dynamics of ethnic identification.
Because of these limitations, interpretation of current data collected on all aspects of illicit drug use must be undertaken with extreme caution in relation to ethnicity. The section ‘Databases’, includes a summary of the results of the data analyses undertaken.
Literature Reviews
Research on illicit drug use among those of culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds (CLDBs) had methodological problems including inadequate conceptualisation, inaccuracy of definitions and inappropriate research designs.
Socioeconomic status, rather than ethnicity per se, was considered to be the major contributor to high risk behaviour and drug use.
Research on simplistic ethnic categories without regard to factors of sociocultural variables is not only scientifically meaningless, but is a great disservice to the people from CLDBs.
Although the literature reviews were extensive, it was found that there was an overall paucity of quality information about ethnicity and illicit drug use in both the health and criminal justice fields. Approximately 132 criminal justice and 200 health
2 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement and related publications were examined. Very little national research was found, and that which had been done tended to lack depth. As would be expected, most literature was from the US.
Research investigations and published literature that examines links between ethnicity and illicit drug use are rare, and therefore little is known about actual levels of drug use among people from different CLDBs. What studies have been undertaken often have significant under-representation of ethnic groups within known populations of illicit drug users. Different studies have concluded that use of illicit drugs is more common, the same, or less common, among ethnic communities than in the wider community. In addition, there are cultural preferences for the use of different drugs in different communities, which makes comparisons between groups difficult.
Almost all research on illicit drug use among people from CLDBs had methodological problems, including: inadequate conceptualisation; inaccuracy of definitions; inappropriate research designs; disagreements over basic concepts; and poor data collections related to the over-inclusiveness of ethnic groups. Studies which look at drug taking behavioural differences among people from specific CLDBs often found that their case numbers were too small to be of statistical significance.
Socioeconomic status, rather than ethnicity per se, was considered to be the major contributor to high risk behaviour and drug use. However, a common methodological and conceptual problem in the available research was that researchers commonly ignored relevant socioeconomic factors. There are numerous studies in both health and criminal justice literature that point to social and economic disadvantages as being the key factors in the vulnerability of people, whatever their ethnic or cultural background, in their involvement with illicit drugs. Physical environment, learned behaviour, low self-esteem, mental health difficulties, low income of parents, peer pressure, lack of effective parenting skills and unemployment are all factors, singly or in combination, which may lead people to drug use. In relation to people from CLDBs, there are the additional vulnerabilities of intergenerational conflict, acculturation and low proficiency in the English language.
There was a tendency of research from all countries to homogenise CLDBs to the extent that findings were all but useless, for example, using ethnic variables such as: ‘black’, ‘white’, ‘Hispanic’ and ‘Asian’. Research based on simplistic ethnic categories and without regard to all the other possibly confounding factors of sociocultural variables is not only scientifically meaningless, but a great disservice to the CLDB under examination. Within the Australian literature in both the health and criminal justice fields, few studies were found which focused on a specific CLDB. The most studied CLDB group was people of Vietnamese background. Other ethnic groups for which there was some health literature included: Greek; Italian; ‘Asian’; ‘Chinese language speakers’; Cambodian; Laotian; and ‘Arabic speaking’. For other CLDBs there was either extremely poor or no literature.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 3 Summary of Literature—Health
Drug treatment services were found to have little knowledge of the diversity of people utilising their services and less about the perceptions, expectations and needs of their clients.
…low admission rate of CLDBs into drug treatment is considered a reflection of an under-utilisation of the services by people from CLDBs, rather than a lower need for such services.
Literature consistently found that there was generally a poor understanding by people from CLDBs of how to access services; a poor understanding of what the services did; and perceptions that services were not appropriate to their needs. This was considered to have resulted in an under-utilisation of drug treatment services by people from CLDBs.
According to the literature, specific barriers to drug treatment services for people from CLDBs include: cultural and language barriers; lack of advocacy by ethnic community leaders; social pressures to be discreet about drug use; a desire to be self- sufficient in dealing with drug problems; and lack of family inclusion in the drug treatment regime. A number of further institutional barriers were identified, including ignorance by service providers that an unmet need exists, and that current services have inadvertent cultural biases built into their service delivery.
In order to target their service delivery accurately and in such a way that a variety of client needs could be met, treatment services require extensive knowledge of their client base. On both the macro and micro level, the literature found that very often, drug treatment services have little knowledge of the diversity of people utilising their services, and even less about their clients’ perceptions, expectations and needs. Without appropriate data, the ability to target scarce resources in the most productive way remains uncertain, as does the ability to identify changed demographics, emerging new groups, shrinking resources and gaps in community infrastructure. The literature considered that the best way to develop culturally relevant drug prevention programs is primarily through surveillance of the target population and interviewing its members to gain information. The literature also considered that participation by CLD young people in program planning, management and policy development would advantage drug treatment services.
The low admission rate of CLD people into drug treatment is considered, in the literature, to be a reflection of an under-utilisation of the services by people from CLDBs, rather than a lower need for such services. It has been suggested that positive outcomes are more likely where client groups are empowered, and where services have a sensitivity to the complex interrelation between ethnicity, gender, social class and factors associated with particular localities. Cultural sensitivity comes from being able to deal with diversity, and this must be incorporated into the delivery regime of drug treatment services.
4 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Summary of Literature—Criminal Justice
Rather than eliminating drug offences through their [police] activities, the users and sellers of illicit drugs appear to merely adapt.
…arrestees coming into contact with the criminal justice system [are] released without any of their health, drug dependency and lifestyle issues being addressed.
A number of reports have pointed to the inherent discrimination that exists within the criminal justice system towards people from CLDBs. In Australia there is evidence of discrimination at every level of the criminal justice system, including police attention on the streets, police processing, courts, sentencing and in prison. Indo-Chinese youth may be highly visible if they congregate in groups, and to some this projects a ‘gang’ image, and may attract police attention. Community unease about such groups, exacerbated by media scares about Vietnamese youth violence, in turn heightens these youths’ public visibility and community concern. One consequence may be that the police feel pressured to be seen to be taking action. Recent studies show that the traditional methods of policing illicit drugs may, in some cases, be exacerbating harmful outcomes. Rather than eliminating drug offences through their activities, the users and sellers of illicit drugs appear merely to adapt.
The literature considers that reduced opportunities to sell drugs to pay for a drug habit may increase property crime, and also could encourage low-grade or ‘fake’ deals, making the market a more dangerous place. Intensive policing activities may also cause users to engage in riskier behaviour, thus enhancing the likelihood of the spread of bloodborne viruses. Specialist drug units such as the Drug Squad, have adopted policies primarily aimed at drug providers but generalist police have not, and this has resulted in a disproportionate number of users arrested each year. There is an overarching problem that most arrestees come into contact with the criminal justice system only to be released again, either immediately or eventually, with none of their health, drug dependency and lifestyle issues addressed. While diversion programs exist in Victoria, at this time the number of clients involved is small and there is little data available to show what their impact has been. However, a comprehensive evaluation is planned for the future.
Media Review
…media reporting of illicit drugs has been to blame others for the problem.
Media scare mongering about drugs diverts attention and resources from the larger causal problems.
In preparing this Report, an examination of the literature about the media’s impact on illicit drug issues was undertaken. It was found that, despite frequent acknowledgement of the importance of the media in influencing public opinion and
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 5 government policy in relation to illicit drugs, little research has actually been done that examines the extent and nature of media influence.
In the absence of news that places ethnic people in many different contexts, mass media stereotypes can be particularly dangerous by giving a false perception of ‘others’. One of the dominant themes in media reporting of illicit drugs over more than a century has been to blame ‘others’ for the problem. In Australia, there has been a long history of anti-Asian sentiment incorporated into media reporting on illegal drugs. In the late 1800s people of Chinese background were consistently labelled as ‘demons’ who corrupted and tricked innocent Anglo-Australians through supply of opium. This theme is repeated in modern reporting of illicit drugs, where there is a persistent characterisation of the ‘evil supplier’ of heroin as ethnic, and the user as a victim of Anglo background. Media scare mongering about drugs diverts attention and resources from larger causal problems, particularly when it focuses on individual immorality and personal behaviour instead of endemic social and structural problems. When there is no distinction made between people with problems, and people as problems, there is a tendency to blame the victims of social injustice.
The detailed reports in newspapers which show where, when and how to buy illicit drugs, act as ‘free advertising’ for the drug market, and actually attract new users and sellers to particular localities, thus arguably turning the exaggerated original reports into reality. An examination of the literature leads to the conclusion that sensationalist media reporting of illicit drugs has, both directly and indirectly, affected the ‘illicit drug market’, public opinion (and political perceptions of public opinion) and has lead to legislative change and political policy and action.
Databases
…databases were found to need upgrading both for their own stated purposes and for the purposes of casting light on ethnicity and illicit drug involvement.
An extensive series of systems exists in Victoria and nationally which gathers data on various aspects of illicit drugs and, potentially, on the involvement of members of ethnic communities. All relevant national and Victorian databases that collect information related to illicit drugs were examined for their usefulness in measuring involvement of ethnic communities. The initial search identified 49 relevant databases, consisting of 26 in the field of criminal justice and 23 in health and drug treatment services. Most databases were found to need upgrading, both for their own stated purposes and for the purposes of casting light on ethnicity and illicit drug involvement.
Both health and criminal justice databases had limited variables indicating ethnicity. A principal problem lies in the policy of most organisations: to place very little priority or focus on ethnicity. There is widespread utilisation of crude and static concepts of ethnicity. Currently, the most common ethnicity variable used is ‘country of birth’. This means that second or further generation Victorians, even where there is a strong identification with an ethnic background, are made invisible by statistics
6 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement that aggregate them under the one ‘Australia-born’ category. The variable ‘country of birth’ is also problematic, from the point of view that it discriminates towards identification of the most recent arrivals by making them the most visible in the statistics. Other ethnic indicators used, were: ‘language spoken’; ‘language spoken other than English’; ‘country of birth of parents’ and ‘racial appearance’. Only one database used self-identified cultural/ethnic background. However, this variable was not recorded electronically in the database. On the basis that each had at least one ethnicity variable, six health and four criminal justice databases were selected for further analysis.
Drug of Dependency Information System: Methadone Registry
Thirty-one per cent of those who received a methadone permit were from CLDBs, while the rest were of Australian culture or English speaking background.
For the 12-month period from February 1998 to February 1999 there were 6,019 methadone permit forms that contained full ethnicity data. Thirty-one per cent of those who received a methadone permit were from CLDBs, while the rest were of Australian culture or English speaking background. Seventy different ethnic/cultural background groups were identified. The most common ethnic backgrounds were Vietnamese, Greek and Italian. Of those declaring Italian and Greek ethnicity, 80 per cent were born in Australia, compared with only six per cent of those with Vietnamese ethnicity who were born in Australia.
HIV Surveillance Database Of people (n=4,085) diagnosed with HIV in Victoria from 1983 to the end of 1998, eight per cent reported a history of injecting drug use (IDU). Of the 323 individuals who reported a history of IDU, 47 per cent supplied their Country of Birth (COB). Eighty-seven per cent were from ‘mainly English speaking backgrounds’, while 13 per cent were from CLDBs. Twelve ‘culturally and linguistically diverse’ countries were identified, with those born in Vietnam constituting the greatest number of individuals diagnosed with HIV.
Victorian 1996 Secondary Students Alcohol and Drugs Survey
Except for marijuana use, there are generally no contrasts in substance use between English-only speakers and those of CLDBs.
A total of 4,432 students responded to questions about drug use. Except for marijuana use, there are generally no contrasts in substance use between English- only speakers and those of CLDBs. The other substances used were heroin, LSD,
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 7 cocaine, speed and ecstasy. The prevalence of lifetime (ever used) heroin use for people from CLDBs and English-only speakers was four per cent and three per cent respectively. Marijuana use was statistically more prevalent among English-only speakers over their lifetime.
Alcohol and Drug Information System (ADIS) (Treatment for Heroin Use)
CLDB men were more likely to use residential drug withdrawal services, while men born in Australia were more likely to use an individual client service.
Caution is required when interpreting ADIS data, particularly because the unit of measurement is ‘episode of care’, not individual clients. The COBs examined were Australia, Vietnam, China, Romania, Cambodia, Turkey, Lebanon, Greece, Italy and Macedonia. National groups were also re-classified into CLDB and Mainf English Speaking Background (MESB). Persons listed on the database were more likely to be from the local government areas of Greater Dandenong, Maribyrnong, Yarra, Port Phillip and Brimbank. CLDB men were more likely to use residential drug withdrawal services, while men born in Australia were more likely to use an individual client service.
The proportion of ‘English language speakers’ was high for all the COBs examined. Vietnamese language was the most frequently spoken, after English. Unemployment was lower among those of MESB (25 per cent), compared with those of CLDB (57 per cent). The median period of drug use was longer among those of MESBs (36 months, compared with 20 months for CLDBs). The proportion of those currently injecting drugs was greater for those of CLDBs (74 per cent) compared with MESB (55 per cent).
1995 Victorian Drug Household Survey
Cannabis was the most prevalent illicit drug used by both MESB and CLDB respondents.
The sample size was 1,200, which included Victorian respondents from the National Drug Household survey. Eighty-five per cent of the sample was of MESB, and 15 per cent were of CLDBs. Illicit drug use by those of MESB and CLDB was similar. For those of MESB, the prevalence of heroin use was two per cent, while it was less than one per cent for those of CLDBs. Use of amphetamines was significantly different, with seven per cent of people from MESBs using, compared with one per cent of CLDBs. Cannabis was the most prevalent illicit drug used by both MESB and CLDB respondents. Only one per cent of MESB reported ever injecting drugs, while no people from CLDBs did so. Most respondents, both of MESB and CLDB, had never sought help for a drug and alcohol problem, either for themselves or for others. Of those who sought assistance in the past five years most were from MESB.
8 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Victorian Emergency Minimum Data Set For the period January 1996 to June 1998, a total of 1,366 people presenting at hospital casualty centres (12 per cent of all poisoning presentations, and 0.3 per cent of total presentations) had illicit drug use in their ‘character text narrative’. Ninety- one per cent of those providing information about their COB were from English speaking backgrounds. More than 50 per cent of ‘preferred language’ data was missing for those entered as illicit drug users. Heroin was the illicit drug most frequently reported by people from both CLDB and MESB (89 per cent and 85 per cent respectively).
Victoria Police (LEAP) statistics
…previously police concentrated on the effects of alcohol on crime, and on cannabis…now heroin is the number one priority.
Per 100,000 population, Victoria now has the highest heroin-related arrest rate in Australia…
…drug offence statistics reflect a disproportionate number of Vietnamese-born people…[this] may be related to apparent police focus on heroin-related offences in areas of high Vietnamese residency.
There has been a significant change in Victoria Police statistical patterns for illicit drugs over the previous few years. There has been an enormous increase in heroin- related offences and a decrease in cannabis offences. Whereas previously police concentrated mostly on the effects of alcohol on crime, and on cannabis, there has now been a change in focus so that heroin is the number one priority (senior Victoria Police officers). To a large degree, drug offences are detected directly by police as a result of police initiative, as opposed to having the crime reported to them by the public. (This view is supported by the key informants and by the 97.5 per cent clearance rate recorded for drug offences.) In the case of drug crime, the figures to a large degree reflect police activity and focus. (It should also be noted that police focus, priority and activity may be influenced by government and/or public concerns.) The increased focus is clearly reflected in recent changes in the statistical pattern. For example, total arrests for trafficking heroin have increased in Victoria from 348 in 1994–95 to 928 in 1996–97; and 1,857 in 1997–98. Per 100,000 population, Victoria now has the highest heroin-related arrest rate in Australia, which is more than double that of NSW. The high priority of heroin-related offences in Victoria is also illustrated by the enormous decrease in cannabis-related crime statistics.
There were 9,034 reported cannabis offences in Victoria in 1997–98, which is a drop of 53.1 per cent from 1995–96 when 19,210 cannabis offences were recorded in Victoria (ABCI 1999: 20). Of the eight Australian jurisdictions, Victoria had the second lowest rate for cannabis offences per 100,000 population in 1997–98. This rate was similar to that of the previous year, but represents a considerable decrease from 1995–96 when the rate was 417.38 (ABCI 1999: 21).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 9 Victoria Police drug offence statistics reflect the involvement of a disproportionate number of Vietnamese-born people. The explanation for this may be because of several interrelated factors, including the apparent police focus on heroin-related offences in areas of high Vietnamese residency.
The explanation may also be related to the fact that the Vietnamese community has a very high proportion of its members in the peak offending age group. Seventy- four per cent of the Vietnamese-born community in Victoria is aged between 15 and 44 years, compared with 46 per cent of the Australian-born population. Ninety- two per cent of alleged offenders processed by police for drug trafficking/cultivation/manufacture offences are in the age group 15–44 years, and 96 per cent of offenders processed for drug use/possession offences are in the 15–44 year age group.
Another reason for the high representation of Vietnamese-born people in drug offence statistics may be due to the fact that they are a recently arrived migrant group, and ‘country of birth’ is used as the definer of ethnicity in the statistics. People of Vietnamese background show up much more than people from other ethnic communities who have been in Australia for a longer time. This is because these other communities tend to have the greatest proportion of their young people (in the peak offending age group) incorporated into the ‘born in Australia’ category.
Whether the drug offending by people from the Vietnamese community is actually any higher than other communities is very much open to debate. Certainly police crime statistics are not a good indicator of actual offending, as they may focus on police activity, as is discussed in the body of the report. To a large degree police are the gateway to the criminal justice system. As such, statistics from Juvenile Justice services and prisons also reflect the high proportion of Vietnamese-born in their statistics, as the offenders pass through the criminal justice system. What is apparent from the Juvenile Justice statistics (and it is suspected in the prison statistics too— which are yet to be finalised) is that Vietnamese drug offenders are less likely than their Australian counterparts to also have been involved with offences of violence and property. It is also suspected that a majority of the Vietnamese drug offenders being processed are involved in the lower end of the drug trafficking chain. Nevertheless, these offenders are considered by many in the justice system to be receiving custodial sentences at a much earlier stage of their involvement with the criminal justice system than do offenders of Australian background. This may represent serious inequity in the criminal justice system (Court and Juvenile Justice key informants). Certainly this area is deserving of further investigation.
Juvenile Justice Client Information System
The majority of Juvenile Justice clients with drug offences are Australian (51 per cent). This compares with 26 per cent who are Vietnamese.
It appears ‘Vietnamese’ drug offenders are much less likely than ‘Australian’ offenders to have committed violence or property offences.
10 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Of the total 1,466 Juvenile Justice clients in 1997–98, three hundred and sixty-one (24 per cent of all clients) had been charged with one or more drug offence. The majority of Juvenile Justice clients with drug offences are ‘Australian’ (51 per cent), compared with 26 per cent ‘Vietnamese’.
A large majority of the total ‘Vietnamese’ Juvenile Justice clients (84 per cent) have committed drug offences. The analysis has shown that ‘Vietnamese’ drug offence clients are much less likely than ‘Australian’ clients to have concurrent property or violence offences. Only 17 (or 16 per cent of total Vietnamese clients) have a history of drug offences, concurrent violence offences and/or concurrent property offences. It appears that ‘Vietnamese’ drug offenders are much less likely than ‘Australian’ offenders to have committed violence or property offences. (Note that the comprehensiveness and accuracy of offences recorded on the database rely on the clerk of courts, who may list only the major offences, particularly where there are multiple offences. Therefore the figures reported will be an under-representation of offences).
Prisoner Information Management System
Victoria has the lowest rate of imprisonment for drug consumption in Australia…usually resulting in a community-based order rather than imprisonment.
On the night of 30 June 1998, Victoria had 2,422 prisoners in custody. This represents the second lowest per capita rate of imprisonment in Australia. The rate is almost half that of New South Wales, Queensland and Western Australia—and of Australia as a whole. Victoria has the highest proportion of secure custody prisoners. Victoria has the lowest rate of imprisonment for drug consumption in Australia, with these offences usually resulting in a community-based order rather than imprisonment.
In 1998 the number of Victorian prisoners with ‘traffic drug’ as their most serious offence increased dramatically in 1998 to 254 prisoners. This compares with 176 prisoners in the previous year, and is an increase of nearly 50 per cent. The only ‘country of birth’ category which showed a consistent rise in numbers and proportions was Vietnam. The number and rate of Vietnamese-born prisoners rose steadily from 22 prisoners in 1989 (0.5 per cent of the total prison population), until 1997, when it rose to 98 prisoners. It then doubled in 1998 to 139 prisoners, or 5.1 per cent of the total prison population.
The rise in the number of prisoners and offenders on community-based orders who are born in Vietnam is consistent with the enormous increase in heroin-related arrests by police in Victoria and the concentration of Victoria Police on areas of high Vietnamese population, including Footscray, Frankston, Springvale and Dandenong (ABCI 1999: 39). The figures are also consistent with the apparent trend in courts to sentence higher proportions of drug traffic offenders to incarceration than any other category of offender (Criminal Justice Statistics and Research Unit, 1998).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 11 Community-Based Court Dispositions (OASIS) Overall, the patterns found in the OASIS database mirror those of the police, prisons and Juvenile Justice databases. Vietnamese-born offenders are more likely than any other group to be in the criminal justice system as a result of drug offending. They have a higher rate of drug-only offences; they tend to have committed fewer violence-related offences or other types of offending; and they are of a younger age than are offenders of other backgrounds.
Australian Bureau of Statistics, Victorian Census Data 1996
…youth unemployment among the MESB compared with CLDB was lower (16 per cent and 29 per cent respectively).
The high rate of youth not in the labour force may be a result of some being engaged in studies, house duties or family responsibilities. However, it can be equally assumed there may be ‘hidden’ unemployment among this group…
Over 40 per cent of youth born in Vietnam indicated poor English proficiency… [for] those from Laos, Cambodia and Turkey the rate was approximately 50 per cent.
As a result of the examination of the literature it became clear the present study should examine the socioeconomic variables which may make particular ethnic communities more vulnerable to illicit drug use. A comprehensive examination was made of the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) Census data related to ethnic communities.
In 1996, the combined unemployment rate for those aged between 15–24 years (youth) from mainly English speaking backgrounds (MESB) and non-English speaking backgrounds (CLDBs), was 16 per cent. For those aged 25 to 64 years (adults), the combined unemployment rate for MESB and CLDB was eight per cent. Examined separately, youth unemployment among the MESB compared with CLDB was lower (16 per cent and 29 per cent respectively).
A similar pattern was found among the adult population of both MESBs and CLDBs (seven per cent and 13 per cent respectively). Although population numbers were small from Somalia, Iraq and Afghanistan, over 50 per cent of their youth labour force was unemployed. Youth unemployment rates for those from Indonesia, Lebanon, Turkey, Vietnam, Bosnia-Herzegovina and Romania were above 35 per cent. In comparison, the unemployment rate for Australian born was 15 per cent.
MESB youth not in the labour force was 33 per cent, compared with 60 per cent among those from CLDBs. A smaller, though still significant disparity was found among the adult population (22 per cent for MESBs and 33 per cent for CLDBs). The high rate of youth not in the labour force may be a result of some being engaged in studies, household duties or family responsibilities. However, it can be equally assumed that there may be ‘hidden’ unemployment among this group, where many
12 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement would like to work but are no longer actively seeking work, and therefore not in the unemployment statistics. Local government areas (LGAs), which had high concentrations of CLDB populations, had significantly higher levels of unemployment among the CLDB residents compared with MESB residents living in the same areas. The largest disparity was in the LGA of Melbourne, where the total MESB unemployment rate was 15 per cent. This compares with 39 per cent for the total CLDB population.
Among those who arrived in Australia between 1991–1996, approximately 20 per cent from CLDBs spoke another language and their English was poorly spoken or not at all. In the same period (of arrival) over 40 per cent of youth born in Vietnam indicated poor English proficiency, and for those from Laos, Cambodia and Turkey the rate was approximately 50 per cent.
For Vietnamese and Turkish youth with poor English and looking for employment either full-time or part-time it was higher (26 per cent and 30 per cent respectively). While poor English proficiency was relatively high for youth of CLDBs, there was nevertheless a significant percentage of youth from CLDBs attending University or other tertiary institutions, compared with those from MESB (29 per cent and 14 per cent respectively). The proportion of people born in Vietnam attending tertiary education was 25 per cent, compared with the Australian-born rate of only 14 per cent.
Key Informant Interviews
[Although] key informants…considered that the high visibility of the Asian community had contributed to a community perception these groups were more involved with illicit drugs than others…this was not necessarily the case.
Cannabis, heroin, amphetamines and hallucinogens were considered to be the most commonly used illicit drugs…
Sixty key informant interviews were conducted with senior people from criminal justice and health, welfare and drug treatment services, between September 1998 and April 1999. The interviews were conducted one-on-one, or one-on-two, in a semi- structured format. People were encouraged to speak frankly on the basis of their own personal opinions and observations. As many of the opinions from criminal justice were contrary to the public positions their various organisations have had to take, agreement to participate was on the understanding that no comments would be attributed to identifiable individuals. Many of the opinions expressed were based on perceptions and direct observations, while other comments were based on knowledge of internal statistics.
Key informants from both health/drug treatment and criminal justice considered that the high visibility of the ‘Asian’ community had contributed to a community perception that these groups were more involved with illicit drugs than others, although according to key informants, this was not necessarily the case. Age of starting illicit drugs was considered to be mostly during adolescence. Polydrug use
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 13 was considered to be widespread depending upon availability and price. Cannabis, heroin, amphetamines and hallucinogens were considered to be the most commonly used illicit drugs, and steroid misuse was also mentioned. The most commonly misused pharmaceutical drugs were considered to be Valium, Temazepam, Serepax and Rohypnol.
Many key informants from health, welfare/drug treatment and criminal justice considered that more imaginative, radical and innovative solutions—such as safe injecting places and prescription heroin—should be trialled because of the obvious failures and flaws of the current approach.
Health, Welfare and Drug Treatment Services
Common themes relating to illicit drug issues…affecting…CLDBs include: high rates of youth unemployment…poverty; drug trafficking as a viable alternative employment…increased accessibility of illicit drugs; and coping with refugee experiences and life trauma.
…drugs were an issue in many communities, although no more than for the wider Australian community.
…[there was] unanimous agreement that the current approaches of drug treatment services were not meeting the needs of CLDBs.
…a comprehensive educational approach was imperative for a better understanding of illicit drug use and addiction…
Key informants from health, welfare and drug treatment services considered that reasons for involvement in illicit drugs were complex. Common themes relating to illicit drug issues which are affecting many people from CLDBs include: high rates of youth unemployment and low job opportunities; poverty; drug trafficking as a viable alternative employment; lack of effective parenting skills; increased accessibility of illicit drugs; and coping with refugee experiences and life trauma. (These issues were also mentioned by a number of criminal justice key informants.) According to key informants, the apparent dismantling of settlement services, educational difficulties and racism also caused people to feel marginalised.
Key informants thought drugs were an issue in many communities, although no more so than for the wider Australian community. Key informants believed there was a high rate of denial about the drug problem and widespread ignorance and confusion about illicit drugs and drug treatment services generally. (The perception that CLDBs denied they had a problem was contrary to the findings of the community consultations.) The concept of harm reduction was considered to be able to be successfully understood and accepted by drug users from all CLDBs. However, it was considered that the perceptions of the wider ethnic communities were that harm reduction promoted drug use and that the only acceptable outcome of treatment for drug use was abstinence.
14 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Key informants thought that clients had unrealistic expectations of drug service providers and that there was often ignorance and misunderstanding about the complexity of illicit drug use and issues of addiction generally. People from both CLDBs and MESBs expected ‘quick fix’ solutions to their long-standing problems. It was considered that there were not enough service/treatment options available for people, given the complexity of the issues, and that what was available was too narrow in focus. This was considered to be a significant reason for the repeated failures and relapses observed by many of the key informants.
There was unanimous agreement among the interviewees that the current approaches of drug treatment services were not meeting the needs of CLDBs. Reasons for this were numerous, including: language difficulties; layout and design of the clinic; inappropriate food; lack of support during the process; lack of information about the process; prolonged waiting times (also mentioned by criminal justice key informants); fear of a lack of confidentiality; and an increasing awareness of treatment failures by the drug users themselves.
It was considered that services were under-utilised by people from CLDBs because there was ignorance that the services existed, or because people were ashamed to seek help outside the family, or because they were uncertain of the legal ramifications. Many key informants had been told by CLDBs they did know what services were available, and that they were reluctant to use the services because they perceived them to be inflexible and insensitive to their cultural needs.
Most of the interviewees believed a comprehensive educational approach was imperative for a better understanding of illicit drug use and addiction, not only for drug users themselves, but also for parents, the wider community and for all health and welfare service providers.
The involvement and incorporation of families into the drug treatment process were considered to be vital to the success of treatment. Home detoxification, with appropriate support, was considered by a number of key informants to be a ‘good’ approach, which should be expanded. Most key informants recommended community development strategies should be implemented based on primary health care principles incorporating CLDB drug users.
Criminal Justice
…the illicit drug market was never going to be eliminated.
Police considered themselves to be ill equipped to tackle the drug problem…
…the reasons for the drug use were not addressed and post-detoxification support services were not adequately provided…
…a considerable concern [that] young drug users and low level street dealers— particularly those of Asian backgrounds—were not receiving humane responses or adequate services.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 15 The view of all criminal justice key informants was that the illicit drug market was never going to be eliminated. A number of reasons for this were put forward, including that it was impossible to control ‘pleasure’ by legal means. While police and intelligence agencies have to observe jurisdictional boundaries and make decisions based on how much operations will cost, the importers and higher level drug distributors were extremely mobile, well financed and not bound by any rules or procedures. Lack of coordination and information sharing within agencies and between jurisdictions, were also considered to be major obstacles.
Police considered themselves to be ill equipped to tackle the drug problem and unable to keep abreast of the volume of calls and information being received. They felt they lacked the resources, the appropriate specific legislation and 24-hour drug services to which they could refer people.
(Police felt that this last issue was forcing them to evaluate if someone has a health problem—a role they were uncomfortable about.) Utilisation of existing powers was considered problematic. For example, electronic surveillance was often needed for the more serious drug offenders but justification for its use needed considerable evidence that was often impossible to obtain without electronic surveillance.
Police and court key informants believed that police needed the power to take people found under the influence of heroin or other illicit drugs into protective custody (that is, to a holding facility). If this power existed it was believed that young people could be placed in a safer situation, and their details could be taken down and their parents notified. This was a strategy considered to be helpful for many young people with alcohol problems where this power existed.
There was considerable scepticism about the efficacy of the current drug treatment services, and concern that there was a lack of services to refer people to, particularly after hours when most of the drug activity occurred. This resulted in police often being tied up for extended periods with a drug user and unable to get back out on the road. Services were considered to be Anglo-Saxon and middle class in their orientation and generally not appropriate for adolescents.
Two of the most serious gaps in the treatment of drug users considered, were that the reasons for the drug use were not addressed, and that post-detoxification support services—which might assist people to keep away from a lifestyle with illicit drugs after detoxification—were not adequate.
Law enforcement key informants expressed considerable concern that young drug users and low level street dealers—particularly those of Asian backgrounds—were not receiving humane responses or adequate services. ‘Asian’ drug dealers were often considered to have little or no history of violence or property offending, and yet they are entering the criminal justice system at a much higher level than are offenders from other backgrounds. This may be because of the higher penalties attached to drug dealing. Sentences were considered to be frequently more severe for low level ‘Asian’ drug trafficking offenders than for Anglo offenders, who most typically presented at court with long histories of violence and property offending committed over extended periods of time. The humanity of placing young, non-
16 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement violent men into adult remand centres and adult prisons was considered highly questionable and needing urgent attention.
Almost all key informants believed that illicit drug users should be treated as a health rather than as a criminal problem; even though a number of these people may be involved in some low level street dealing to support their own habit. A shift in focus would enable criminal justice to concentrate on the higher level dealers, rather than being under pressure to focus predominantly on the more visible, low level street dealers and users, as was currently the case. A number of key informants thought that most of the harms associated with drug use were largely due to its illegality, and that providing heroin to those users who were addicted and safe places to use the drug was sensible. Some key informants were at a loss to understand why there was such enormous reluctance to introduce safe houses and heroin on prescription. The only thing that was considered to be realistically achievable in controlling the damage of illicit drugs was to implement strategies designed to shape the drug market in such a way that it did least damage.
Ethnic Community Consultations
All ethnic groups thought drugs were a problem in their community.
All communities consulted said they had little or no knowledge of the existence of specialist drug treatment services.
…communities perceived drug services to be fragmented and poorly coordinated with other services, particularly ethnic based services.
…ethnic communities would understand and accept harm reduction, but only if benefits were clearly and comprehensively explained to them.
Articles and programs about drug issues rarely appear in ethnic newspapers and radio, and seldom gave any depth to the issues.
The community consultation phase has included two ethnic community leaders’ information forums, fifteen community consultations, and focus group discussions with eight different CLDBs. The eight communities chosen to participate were from Italian, Greek, Turkish, Lebanese, Vietnamese, Timorese, Somali and Eritrean backgrounds. These communities were considered to cover a range of sizes and various settlement time periods in Australia. Time and resource constraints prevented any further communities being selected for involvement. The community consultations and focus group discussions were conducted during June and July 1999. It needs to be emphasised that the following text is a summary of what the communities told the researchers:
All ethnic groups thought drugs were a problem in their community. Participants from the Eritrean, Greek, Lebanese and Vietnamese communities considered that the problem was severe in their communities. Participants from the Italian and Turkish communities were divided about the severity of the problem. People from the
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 17 Eritrean, Somali and Timorese communities thought the drug problem was less in their communities than other communities, but the impact was probably greater because their community was so small. People from Greek and Turkish communities thought the illicit drug problem was the same in their community as in other communities. People from Lebanese and Vietnamese communities tended to think the illicit drug problem was the same or greater in their communities. Views of people from the Italian community varied.
The most at risk groups for using drugs were considered to be young males. Heroin and cannabis were mentioned as being used within all ethnic communities. Reasons for using illicit drugs included: peer pressure; management of psychological difficulties; poverty; lack of discipline for the young people; unrealistic pressures on children to succeed; lack of communication in families; lack of effective parenting skills and supervision; broken families; generational/cultural conflict; low self- esteem; unemployment; low career prospects; living in neighbourhoods where there is visible drug use; difficulties at school; lack of life goals; gambling; boredom; escapism; ignorance of the dangers; laws not strict enough; and male shows of ‘bravado’.
All communities consulted said they had little or no knowledge of the existence of specialist drug treatment services. Some individuals within a number of communities had heard of drug treatment services, however expressed a lack of faith that the services were of any use. People from the Turkish, Lebanese, Vietnamese and Greek communities said it was common for parents to send a drug using child back to their home country (the researchers were not able to determine this action numerically). Some people of Somali background also considered this option.
Obstacles to accessing services were considered by communities to be due to: difficulty in admitting that there was a problem; the fact that users’ families were perceived to be excluded by the services; difficulties with communication and language; cultural inappropriateness and insensitivity by the drug services; and perceptions that there might be a lack of confidentiality. A number of communities mentioned that they perceived drug services to be fragmented and poorly coordinated with other services, particularly ethnic based services. Others thought that drug services were too bureaucratic.
Many communities mentioned that the government should be more creative and flexible with their approaches to illicit drugs and that they should be trying multiple solutions because of the complexity of the problem. A number of suggestions were made by the various communities about how drug services could be improved. A frequently mentioned suggestion was that support services after detoxification were essential. Many communities mentioned that they considered pamphlets (even in another language) to be useless unless they were part of an education campaign involving personal interaction and explanation. Some communities have attempted to address the problem of illicit drug use in their communities; however, these efforts were considered to be sparse and sporadic.
About half of the community representatives understood the concept of harm reduction and agreed with it. Most of these were ethnic welfare and health workers.
18 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement After a full explanation of harm reduction was provided to those who had not heard of it, or did not understand the concept, most agreed with it. Participants from all the communities consulted thought that their wider community did not understand the concept of harm reduction. Most believed their wider ethnic communities would understand and accept harm reduction but only if the benefits were clearly and comprehensively explained to them.
Most community participants already knew of and supported needle and syringe programs (NSP), although many were not fully aware of the objectives behind them in relation to preventing bloodborne viruses. Many thought that NSP should be only a small part of a bigger response to illicit drugs. Many community participants thought their wider community might be less accepting of NSP. However, it was considered that if information and education, which took into account the perspectives and prejudices of the various ethnic groups, was provided, most participants in the wider ethnic communities would support NSP.
Except in the case of young people, people from CLDBs who are proficient in English nevertheless still consider ethnic newspapers to be a more important source of information than mainstream English language newspapers. Articles and programs about drug issues were considered to appear rarely in ethnic newspapers and radio and seldom gave any depth to the issues. There was widespread support by the older, more established ethnic groups for inclusion of ethnic identification in government and other databases. These communities found it impossible to obtain any statistics about the size or level of involvement in illicit drugs by their second and third generation youth population because they were included in the category ‘born in Australia’. Such information was considered important for program development and for ensuring that funding goes where it is needed.
Research Findings
…while there is a severe drug problem among sections of the Vietnamese community…it is directly related to the degree of socioeconomic disadvantage they experience. That is, the greater the disadvantage, the higher the likelihood of an illicit drug problem.
As a community, the Vietnamese experience a higher degree of socioeconomic disadvantage than does the general Victorian population.
…illicit drugs are a problem, particularly among the young…[for] responses to have any expectation of success, then each interrelated vulnerability must be addressed in a simultaneous, integrated and comprehensive manner.
The following findings have been identified after an extensive examination of the issue of illicit drugs in CLDBs. The findings are based on the perceptions, observations and knowledge of workers in the fields of health, ethnic welfare and drug treatment services. The findings also include the views of a wide range of criminal justice areas and ethnic community members. The recommendations and
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 19 broader issues listed below are those considered to be of most value in addressing drug-related issues among CLDBs. These are, to a large degree, supported by the literature. Many important issues for policy makers have been identified by this research, but many of these are beyond the current project’s brief. Therefore, findings have been divided into recommendations and other important issues that have a wider scope and may be addressed at a later stage.
There is a widely held perception that people from the Vietnamese community are involved with illicit drugs to a greater degree than are other communities in Victoria. The evidence from health and criminal justice databases suggests that this perception is correct. However, a number of deficiencies in the databases—and the fact that the Vietnamese are more visible, and thus more easily targeted than other groups— means that it is impossible to say confidently to what degree their involvement with illicit drugs is higher than that of other communities. What can be said with confidence is that the Vietnamese community does have a high rate of involvement— especially by young Vietnamese—in both the use and the sale of heroin in Melbourne. Like any community though, involvement in illicit drug use is directly related to the level of socioeconomic disadvantage and level of exclusion from the legitimate economy experienced within that community.
It needs to be emphasised that all this evidence is, in a sense, indirect and subject to major biases. In our investigations we have found that there are several factors underlying and influencing this perception. A first factor is the commonly held belief that as drugs come from overseas, there must be greater involvement of people whose origins are overseas. The criminal intelligence key informants interviewed in this study confirm that this is not necessarily the case. The media magnifies such perceptions—that people from Vietnamese backgrounds are more involved with illicit drugs—through their focus on the Vietnamese community more than any other group. In part this is influenced by the greater visibility of drug offending by Vietnamese: by virtue of their ‘Asian’ appearance; the fact that have a high profile in some geographical areas; and that they tend to sell drugs in public places (unlike others who may make their transactions in clubs, bars, private homes and the like).
Their high visibility, together with their role as the focus of media reporting and explanation, and the resultant public concern, are perhaps also reasons why Vietnamese have increasingly become the subject of police attention. Police arrest rates for drug offenders of Vietnamese background have increased more than for any other group in the past three years and, as gatekeepers to the criminal justice system, this has led to their over-representation in the criminal justice system as a whole.
This investigation has found that, while there is a severe drug problem among sections of the Vietnamese community, it appears that it is no more or less than any other community—whether from other CLDBs or English speaking backgrounds. It is directly related to the degree of socioeconomic disadvantage they experience—the greater the disadvantage, the higher the likelihood of an illicit drug problem. As a community, the Vietnamese experience a higher degree of socioeconomic disadvantage than does the general Victorian population.
20 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement What appears to make people of any cultural background vulnerable to illicit drug use (and subsequently vulnerable to participating in street level selling of drugs and other revenue raising crime) is young age, level of peer influence on behaviour, high level of youth unemployment and low levels of literacy. For people who are new migrants there are additional vulnerabilities related to coming to terms with the effects of refugee trauma, lack of proficiency in English, trying to establish themselves in a different culture and in a climate of diminishing opportunities for unskilled labour, and cultural and generational conflict. Most of these vulnerabilities are complex issues. Determining which factors are more influential than others is difficult. What is known is that these factors all contribute to make young people vulnerable to illicit drugs, and that the factors are often closely interrelated.
The conclusion of this research is that illicit drugs are a problem within the entire community, particularly among the young. If responses are to have any hope of success then each interrelated vulnerability must be addressed in a simultaneous, integrated and comprehensive manner.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 21
Recommendations
Recommendations
Community and Parent Education and Information Extensive CLD parent education and information programs (similar to the Department of Education, Employment and Training ‘Backgrounds Program’) should be established to inform parents about illicit drugs and addictive behaviours, the complex issues which lead to addiction, to explain harm reduction, and to provide assistance to families to develop strategies to overcome cultural/generational conflicts.
Information about drug services and drug-related issues should be provided to community leaders, bilingual general practitioners and ethnic welfare providers within CLDBs. These groups should be consulted and used as advocates in the development and promotion of drug services. Harm reduction strategies should target their communities.
Undertake extensive targeting of ethnic newspapers and radio and ethnic newsletters to get information out to ethnic groups, particularly to parents. Ethnic media should be encouraged and assisted to provide balanced and informative information about illicit drug issues and available services.
Informing CLDBs about the risks of sending their drug using child to their home country in the hope they will stop using illicit drugs.
Service and communication strategies should take into account the enormous shame associated with drug use within CLDBs, and emphasise professional confidentiality.
Young offenders of ethnic background should be provided with court orders in their native language as well as English so that they, and their parents, can be clear about the court order’s contents and requirements.
Information and education should be provided about strategies that can assist new migrants/refugees who are parents. Support should be provided to them in their parenting role, particularly for families with adolescent boys.
Harm Reduction The concept of harm reduction should be promoted to CLDBs as an interim measure while people are trying to stop using illicit drugs. The important and successful role harm reduction is playing in reducing the spread of bloodborne viruses and other harms associated with drug use should be emphasised.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 25 Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Communities: Resources and Services Ethnic communities should be provided with resources to enable them to use their own community members as drug educators.
A central state drug resource and education/training centre should be established. This will improve access to services and information. Services provided should include: telephone advice for ethnic health and welfare workers; bilingual information; networking facilitation; and training and resources for ethnic community development and education.
Ethnic welfare agencies should be provided with a bilingual drug liaison officers whose role would be to access drug information and resources, provide advice and referral and form partnerships with drug treatment services, including case management where required.
Treatment Services Individual drug treatment services should form interagency partnerships and establish working protocols with ethnic welfare service providers to ensure seamless service to drug users and their families from CLDBs.
Individual drug treatment services should be continuously improving management strategies to improve the services’ understanding of the needs of clients and tangibly improve the flexibility of service provision to meet the needs of clients from CLDBs (perhaps implementing this through service level agreements with contracted services).
Drug treatment services should be required to record electronically individual clients’ demographic and other relevant details (including the recommended culture/ethnicity variables), and conduct half-yearly analyses to identify the size and nature of the client base.
Further Research Research should be conducted on data from the Direct Line telephone drug information service and the Drug of Dependence Information System (Methadone Registry) to establish the extent of second-generation CLDBs’ involvement in illicit drugs and their social profile.
Resources should be provided to enable criminal justice and health databases to be analysed, and the results made widely available for the purposes of better management, planning and service improvement, rather than merely for accounting purposes.
26 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Data Collection All health, criminal justice and other government databases should contain at least the following two variables, together, to identify ethnicity: ‘country of birth’ and ‘self-identified cultural/ethnic identity’.
Managers in charge of each of all criminal justice and health databases should be given an explanation and information about the need for ethnicity information that captures second generation CLDBs.
Managers of all criminal justice and health databases should be encouraged to feed information back to their data collectors to encourage accuracy and completeness.
Further Recommendations The researchers found an enormous amount of interest in the current study and a strong desire, particularly from health and welfare and criminal justice participants, for copies of the final report. Therefore, it is recommended that:
The final report of Drugs in a Multicultural Community should be made available to all participants and be widely disseminated, particularly among drug treatment services, ethnic welfare agencies and criminal justice agencies.
The various specific issues arising from the project should be submitted to criminology and health journals in order to increase the level of knowledge, awareness and debate in the field.
Other important issues for policy makers:
Bilingual outreach workers who work with drug users should be employed on three-year contracts to enable skills development and continuity of care for clients, particularly those from CLDBs.
Drug treatment services should be expanded to meet the demand, including expansion of services specifically designed for adolescents.
As a result of the relatively large numbers of Vietnamese young people using heroin, treatment services need to have a multicultural focus that meets the specific needs of Vietnamese people and those from other CLDBs.
Supported accommodation should be expanded and made more available for adolescents not living at home.
Post-detoxification services should be provided to assist people, and their families to develop coping strategies.
Ongoing counselling should be provided to assist people to develop coping strategies after detoxification, and to assist their families to cope.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 27 Greater utilisation should be made of bilingual case managers in the treatment of drug users. This is particularly so in cases where clients have a range of complex issues (some of which may be related to cultural issues).
Drug treatment services should take a less clinical and more holistic approach to drug treatment. They should continue to develop and implement other treatment options that better meet the needs of the client base, such as the expansion of home detoxification programs and programs that actively involve the parents/loved ones.
A service management and continuous improvement framework should be developed for implementation by all drug services to assist in their ability to monitor and evaluate their services and continuously improve their services to meet the different needs and expectations of clients
Alternative, flexible education centres should be established to cater for young people who are behind in their studies in mainstream schools and/or are unable to cope with the discipline and routine of traditional schools. Education should be made available until the young person reaches year 12 standard or until they turn 25 years of age, whichever is the sooner.
Bilingual workers should be used extensively to assist migrant parents understand:
• How the school system works and what they can expect
• How they can best support their child with their school work at home
• Their child’s progress
• What careers are realistically available to their child and the difficulties of the job market
• General parenting skills, including understanding the cultural differences their children will be exposed to and how to lessen their impact.
As a matter of urgency, a youth remand centre (for young men aged 18 to 25 years) should be established for non-violent young offenders.
Research should be conducted of the background characteristics of people of Vietnamese background incarcerated in adult and juvenile facilities for drug offences, to establish if their treatment in the criminal justice system is equitable and desirable.
Magistrates Courts should be provided with bilingual workers who can explain the legal and court proceedings, the nature and meaning of the dispositions and the seriousness of a repeat offence.
Legislation is needed to allow police to take drug-affected persons into protective custody if found to be under the apparent influence of a drug in a public place, and where they may be a danger to themselves or others.
28 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Drug users, including lower level drug dealers/users, should be treated primarily as a health responsibility. This would prevent greater harms occurring and would allow criminal justice to concentrate their resources on higher level drug dealers and importers.
A number of different strategies, including ‘safe injecting’ places and heroin on prescription, should be trialled to address the issue of illicit drug addiction.
English language classes should be available, free of charge, to all new migrants for a number of years after settlement.
In locations where there is a significant proportion of school age children of new migrant parents, homework centres should be established which involve both the child and the parents.
Job training and assisted job seeking programs should be established for the children (15–25 years) of new migrants to assist them into employment.
On arrival in Australia there should be clarification to new migrants/refugee parents of the difference between reasonable chastisement of children, and what would constitute an assault, unlawful imprisonment, etc.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 29
Literature Health and Social Impact
Literature—Health and Social Impact
Defining Ethnicity Ethnicity is closely linked with culture and identity and has long been acknowledged as a complex phenomenon. A working definition of an ‘ethnic group’ is where a portion of the population holds in common a shared culture or tradition that is not shared by the population as a whole (De Vos 1982; Barthwell et al, 1995). What sets one ethnic group apart from others can be primarily based on shared cultural traditions or characteristics. These shared traditions or characteristics include religious beliefs, certain cultural practices, language, nationality, a sense of historical continuity and common ancestry or place of origin (De Vos 1982; Encel 1981; Cheung, 1990–91; Jenkins, 1997).
While ethnicity involves group membership, it can also imply cultural differences that may (or may not) exist within the group. This supports a theory elicited from the literature that an ethnic community is not necessarily an ethnically homogeneous entity (Cheung, 1993; Barthwell et al, 1995). Considering the complexity of ‘ethnicity’, many of the so-called indicators of ethnicity used—or more importantly, not used— in databases fail to provide researchers with adequate information to determine accurately a person’s ethnic or cultural orientation.
The problem of accurately determining ethnicity is further complicated by an individual’s level of identification with a particular ethnicity, which can range from a weak to a strong association (Smith, 1980). When an individual identifies with two cultures, whether strongly or weakly, ethnic identity may become multi-layered, possibly resulting in inaccurate information collected from databases about different ethnic groups (Collins, 1996). Identifying with a particular ethnicity does not necessarily mean an individual, or ethnic subculture, is representative of all members of that ethnic group. It must be emphasised that generalisation of any research results from databases to all members of an ethnic group should not occur. The failure to acknowledge the heterogeneity of ethnic groups could pose a source of measurement error, which may obscure significant differences between and within certain ethnic groups (Collins, 1992). Conscientiously avoiding what Trimble (1990– 91) calls the ‘ethnic gloss’ will increase validity and reliability of research findings.
The common definition of ‘ethnicity’ within an Australian context stems from the concept that those with an ethnic background are different from that of the majority—the wider Anglo-Australian population—that is, those who do not originate from the British Islands nor embrace either Anglo-Saxon or Celtic ethnicity. The indigenous Aboriginal population, while clearly constituting a distinct minority group, is not categorised as an ‘ethnic minority’, largely because of their unique status as the first peoples of Australia (Zelinaka, 1995).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 33 Ethnicity and Databases Many databases incorporate a range of variables to elicit ethnicity. These variables include: race, place of origin, language and, albeit rarely, an individual’s perception of ethnic identity. However, many of these variables are flawed when used in isolation because there is a frequent and pervasive lack of understanding of the complexity of ethnicity, as alluded to above.
Some databases have used ‘racial appearance’ as a variable to suggest an ethnic group categorisation. Race involves physical characteristics, including (for social classification) skin colour (Cheung, 1990–91). The shortcoming with this variable is that people of the same race can actually belong to different ethnic groups and therefore are likely to have different cultural values and behaviours (Cheung, 1990– 91; Almog et al, 1993). Some databases, such as those used for the Australian notification of HIV, are often grossly over-inclusive with ethnic/racial backgrounds (that is, Asian, African, European), totally ignoring the diversity that exists within each different ethnic/racial group. (Almog et al, 1993). It is precisely because of these highly flawed factors that race in itself should no longer be considered an ethnic variable.
The ‘place of origin’, commonly referred to as ‘country of birth’, is another variable widely used to determine a person’s ethnic identity. However, the literature disputes this variable as an accurate indicator of ethnicity, since ‘country of birth’ implies that country’s cultural values and norms belong to that person (Cheung, 1993). Some databases do, however, inquire about the birthplace of the mother and father as a more in-depth indicator of ethnicity, even though there is no guarantee that there will be a continuum of cultural retention and practice. For second, third or even fourth generation ethnic groups the relevance of their parent’s county of birth is dubious. There may be absolute immersion and maintenance of the parent’s culture; there may be a possible rejection of the cultural and ethnic heritage of the parents; or, as is not uncommon, there may be a development of a bicultural identity (Cahill and Ewen, 1982).
Language is another variable often cited as a major component and characteristic feature in the maintenance of a separate ethnic identity (De Vos, 1982). Many databases collect information regarding primary language or a language spoken other than English in an attempt to determine a person’s ethnic orientation. This is in view of Rissel and Rowling’s (1991) suggestion that the frequency with which the native tongue is spoken at home reflects the degree to which an original culture has been retained, or the extent to which a person has been acculturated to the norms of Australian-born people.
In recent years questions regarding perception of ethnicity or ‘ethnic identification’ has been used by some databases as a variable to determine a person’s ethnicity. Ethnic identification asks that a person express a feeling of psychological attachment to a particular group on the basis of cultural origin or heritage (De Vos, 1982). As a social identifier, ethnicity may be collective as well as individual, and may be formed initially through social interaction and then internalised through a process of self- identification (Spathopoulas and Betram, 1991; Jenkins, 1997). A major limitation of
34 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement this variable, as suggested by Cheung (1993), is the fact that a person may not be able to identify easily with a particular ethnic culture the further removed they are from the first generation.
The dimensions of ethnic identification may be multilayered, and each layer of identification may function independently (Kim et al, 1992). It is important to remember that the retention of, and identification with, an ethnic culture by an ethnic person is not a static quality and remains a dynamic process (Cheung, 1990–91; Romios and Ross, 1993; Morrisey, 1994). As suggested by Trimble (1990–91), ethnic identification changes over time depending on varied social circumstances or cultural contexts. This needs to be recognised when analysing ethnicity data.
Many databases provide little opportunity to assess ethnicity identity accurately, due to the restrictive nature of the variables in use. It must be emphasised that ethnicity is a multidimensional, complex concept—something that is rarely acknowledged in current databases. Consequently, there exists a widespread paucity of appropriate data on ethnicity. What is available should be interpreted with caution.
Multicultural Australia Since the time of British colonisation, Australia has experienced the immigration of many different national groups. This immigration has been dominated, however, by those of British and Irish descent—largely due to the ‘White Australia’ policy that was active up until the early 1970s. Nevertheless, from the mid-1940s through to the 1960s there was a predominant influx of Western Europeans to Australia, particularly from Italy and Greece. By the early 1970s there were nearly 300,000 Italian- and Greek-born people settled in Australia (Bureau of Immigration, Multicultural and Population Research [BIMPR], 1996).
In 1973 a dramatic shift in immigration policy occurred which resulted in non- discriminatory selection of newcomers that no longer resorted to race, colour or nationality. Immigration from the United Kingdom and the European continent was on the decline, while people from Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Background (CLDB) countries were arriving in large numbers. During the 1980s the greatest proportion of migrants to Australia were born in CLDB countries. By 1995–1996 these people represented around 70 per cent of the migrant intake (Williams and Batrouney, 1998).
Furthermore, the dismantling of the ‘White Australia’ policy in the early 1970s meant that Asia became the main source of immigration (Williams and Batrouney, 1998). It was at this time of rapidly changing social realities that the national policy of ‘assimilation’ was replaced by a policy of ‘integration’. By 1996, 45 per cent of all Victorians, regardless of ethnicity, were either born overseas or had at least one parent born overseas. Of these Victorians, 73 per cent were born in Australia while 17 per cent were born in CLDB countries. Victoria was now made up of a population of people from 208 countries who spoke 151 languages (Multicultural Affairs Unit, 1997).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 35 The broad policy of multiculturalism adopted during the 1980s has remained throughout the 1990s. Currently there are more than 100 different ethnic groups in Australia, each with their own distinct characteristics, making it impossible to validly classify them as a homogeneous group (Boss et al, 1995).
Illicit Drug Use in Ethnic Communities Research investigations outlined in the literature fail to adequately examine the link between ethnicity and illicit drug use. This is largely due to this fact that little is known about the actual levels of drug use among different ethnic groups, particularly where there is a significant under-representation of any one ethnic group among a known population of illicit drug users (Smith and Citta, 1994; Pearson and Patel, 1998).
Some of the literature suggests that the rate of illicit drug use among ethnic groups is not significantly higher than among Anglo-Australians. However, drug use within an ethnic group may be just as proportionally prevalent as in the mainstream group (Alcorso, 1990; Johnson and Carroll 1995; Ezard, 1997). Other writers propose that the percentage of illicit drug use is in fact higher in these groups than in the general community (Van de Wijngaart, 1997).
The literature also suggests that the lack of any systematic data examination of illicit drug use and addiction among minority groups may be due to a reluctance to emphasise ethnic/racial undercurrents, and this may inadvertently result in ethnic and racial stereotyping (Ezard, 1997; Centre for Disease Control and Prevention, 1998; Khan, 1999).
The persistent conjecture surrounding the extent of illicit drug use among ethnic groups exists largely because of the paucity of available data on this topic. Although information, including statistical data, has been collected by drug treatment services, the amount and quality of the information is not detailed, adequate or accurate enough to draw any significant conclusions because assistance is often only sought when a drug problem manifests itself beyond the control of the individual or their family (Hatty, 1990).
Given that the extent of illicit drug use among ethnic groups remains unknown, Hunt (1992) nevertheless, suggests that the consumption of illicit substances increases among ethnic groups once they have experienced a period of long-term settlement in the country of their adoption. There is a belief that the use of illicit drugs varies between those who have recently arrived and those who are first or second generation migrants (Smith and Citta, 1994).
The obstacles and complexities (such as those indicated by the variables above) which become apparent when attempts are made to measure the extent of illicit drug use in Australia’s ethnic communities are major impediments to any meaningful research in this area. As previously discussed, the inability of most existing databases to define ethnicity comprehensively is problematic, and remains an unresolved issue for both government agencies and researchers. Even when study data are made available, statistical analysis cannot permit any firm conclusions about comparative
36 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement rates of illicit drug use among the different ethnic groups (Catalano et al, 1992; Romios and Ross, 1993). Additionally, allocating people into neat ethnic categories purely for simplicity also poses problems. Smith and Citta (1994) and Morrisey (1994) suggest that ethnic identity does not remain static. For example, it is possible for an individual to embrace the ethnic identity of their own group while at the same time adopt (and have an integral sense of belonging to) the characteristics of the mainstream community in which they live.
International literature is not necessarily illuminating, nor does it prove to be relevant to the Australian context. Much of the research in the area of illicit drugs in ethnic minority groups has been done in the United States. Most of these studies categorise ethnic groups into Afro-American, Hispanics (a person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuba, Central or South American or other Spanish culture regardless of race) and Chicano (a name applied to Mexicans residing in the US) (Ezard, 1997). None of these categories is relevant to the Australian context.
Another major limitation of the many American-based studies that focus on ethnicity and illicit drug use is the tendency to classify ethnic groups into five main racial categories. These include:
1. American Indian/Alaskan Native
2. Asian/Pacific Islander
3. African-American
4. Hispanic
5. White (National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1995).
Such racial classifications totally and blatantly deny the heterogeneity existing between and within the different ethnic/racial groups. The ‘Asian/Pacific Islander’ category, for instance, comprises more than 60 separate racial/ethnic groups and sub-groups, while ‘white’ refers to a person originating from any one of the vastly diverse countries of Europe, North Africa and the Middle East (National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1995). Subsequently, when, for example, drug use among the Asian- American community is reported to be low, it would be appropriate to question the validity of any suggestion that a low level of drug use in one Asian community is the same for all Asian groups (Seal, 1992).
Much of the data collected in Australia regarding drug use does not prioritise the origins of a person’s ethnicity. Nor is it collected for the purpose of identifying any differences in patterns of drug use between ethnic groups. However, when ethnicity has been examined, ethnic groups tend to be classified together (possibly as an attempt to boost sampling numbers) which only results in flawed conclusions.
For example, in the recent 1997 New South Wales Drug Trends Survey a number of diverse ethnic groups were identified as injecting drug users. This survey comprised 154 injecting drug-user clients, of which 23 were of CLDB, and 22 of these, 23 clients were living in areas with the greatest concentration of ethnic groups of south-west Sydney. Unfortunately, however, the CLDB group was not further defined by
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 37 country of birth, making it difficult to correlate a client’s ethnicity with their drug use accurately (Hando and Darke, 1998).
As well as the obvious cultural differences there are a number of more subtle ethnic differences which should be taken into account by researchers and service providers. For example, social and economic vulnerability factors faced by one ethnic community may not be encountered by another, or may not prove to be important to the same degree. Consequently, adolescents from different ethnic groups (as purported by the literature) may have different prevalence and patterns of drug use (Maddahain et al, 1988). Much of the research undertaken on illicit drug use and ethnicity fails to analyse any socioeconomic characteristics comprehensively. Therefore, theories relating to the impact of socioeconomic variables, as opposed to ethnicity, often lack supporting evidence. Sociocultural variables are essential to any substance use study and should always be considered in analysis of research results (Collins, 1996). This is particularly so when social problems identified in many ethnic communities are considered to enhance the likelihood of experimentation with illicit drugs (Alcorso, 1990; Van de Wijngaart, 1997).
Another factor contributing to social vulnerability is that feelings of affiliation with one’s ethnic background may change with time and may affect how one responds to a particular issue or arrives at a particular solution to any given problem.
Cultural clashes between and within an ethnic group (depending on the individuals involved) may also contribute to subtle cultural differences among ethnic groups.
Determining the perceptions and needs of people from CLDBs is particularly problematic when surveys exclude people whose English language fluency is poor or where there is no response to questions. The 1991 Census found, for instance, that Vietnamese-born people (44.7 per cent) lacked English fluency more than other groups (NSW Health, 1993).
The degree to which some ethnic groups are at greater risk of, or are vulnerable to, illicit drug use (and the reasons for their vulnerability) require much more detailed analysis than has been attempted to date.
Key Vulnerability Issues Common to All Ethnic Groups Since the early 1980s research in the United Kingdom has shown that higher concentrations of illicit drug use exists in areas of unemployment and social deprivation. For instance, in Britain it was believed the heroin epidemic coincided with the recession and a period of deindustrialisationsocial changes that actually devastated many lower socioeconomic areas (Pearson and Patel, 1998).
By extrapolation to an Australian context the literature suggests that, even without looking at ethnicity, illicit drug use is more widespread among neighbourhoods which encounter a higher degree of social exclusion in terms of poverty, housing depravation, unemployment and educational disadvantage. Adding racial discrimination to that list, particularly in employment, the outcome will be an even greater denial of access to the various social, economic and political institutions that
38 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement exist, severely hampering an ethnic group’s structural assimilation to the larger society (Cheung, 1989; Pearson and Patel, 1998).
In some ethnic groups the stresses of migration and aspirations for assimilation may result in a decline of religious and cultural unity, as well as an erosion of social control within the ethnic community, due to a possible weakening of the family structure. Importantly, there are many people of CLDBs, particularly since the late 1970s, who have experienced stresses which may affect how well they adjust to a new cultural environment, such as living as refugees (sometimes extended periods of time) before their arrival in Australia. Among these people, there may be many who have suffered major stressors, such as war, loss of home, broken families, deaths of relatives, repression, torture, rape and imprisonment (Viviani, 1996; Jordens, 1996).
When immigrants from CLDBs arrive in a new country, they experience varying degrees of language and cultural difficulties as well as unemployment, under- employment and social and health difficulties. The social, psychological, emotional and family pressures associated with being new arrivals may be exacerbated by being generally financially poorer than the mainstream community, not understanding the language well and being a minority group in an unfamiliar society. The result is a myriad of challenges to be faced while adjusting to a new life (Kuramato, 1997). Immigrants, particularly those who do not speak English or who have been refugees, often face inadequate housing and increasing socioeconomic hardships resulting from a lack of those vocational skills commonly considered desirable by the new wider community. Some of the literature suggests that families may become dysfunctional in the process of immigration due to a culmination of the various stresses encountered (Ja and Aoki, 1993). The stressors of migration are numerous and may lead to feelings of separation, cultural dislocation and confusion with the new environment and society (Jackson and Flaherty, 1994).
The interaction of a range of complex factors increases the vulnerability of ethnic groups to illicit drug use. The age structure of a population may be important, since drug use can be more or less relevant for different age groups (Rissel and Rowling, 1990). For instance, socioeconomic factors, poor academic achievement, low religiosity, chronic low self-esteem, poor relationship with parents, sensation seeking and peer drug use all have the potential to place young people of CLDBs at risk of illicit drug use. (Maddahain et al, 1988; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). However, Newcomb et al (1990) suggest (for good or bad) that illicit drug use for many contemporary teenagers, regardless of ethnicity, has simply become a natural curiosity and a rite of passage.
Specific vulnerabilities to illicit drug use are discussed below.
Social and Economic Factors Research has indicated that many ethnic groups within the community have comparatively low socioeconomic status. Ethnicity is often used to explain social behaviours. However, social behaviour may actually stem from class, educational attainment, age or residential environment (Almog et al, 1993; Collins, 1996). It is important to recognise that the macro social structures, and an individual’s position
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 39 in them, can shape behaviour and values. These in turn may explain health behaviour and illicit drug use. Ignoring macro socioeconomic factors in any health assessment or research data will limit any potential of change in lifestyle or the health status of an individual, ultimately giving rise to various risk factors for bad health behaviours (Takeuchi and Young, 1994).
However, as suggested by Syme (1998) social class has rarely been studied in public health because this factor, if not adjusted for statistically in the research, would often merely overwhelm everything else under study. Consequently, as suggested by Syme (1998), ‘why study the risk factor of social class if this problem cannot be resolved?’
Recent research found that poverty and low income exists to a greater extent in CLDB families than in the broader community, and that this problem has been significantly increasing over the past two decades. This compares with the opposite trend for those classified as main English speaking families (Williams and Batrouney, 1998; Healy, 1998). Williams and Batrouney (1998) believe a large proportion of recent migrants in Australia would now be classified as poor, compared with 20 years earlier. Poverty, of course, can be multifaceted, and may be linked to unemployment, barriers to employment, lack of English proficiency or the hardships associated with accessing income support.
During the 1970s, for young people of CLDBs, the main disadvantages or vulnerabilities were based primarily on language difficulties and relative poverty. However, policy and service changes in the 1990s, together with advances in technology and changes to the job markets, appear to have increased these difficulties even more for immigrant families facing absolute, rather than relative poverty (Mitchell, 1998). The changes to policy and service include:
• A restriction of unemployment and sickness benefits for recently arrived immigrants for the first two years (other than refugees and special humanitarian intakes).
• The introduction of fees for English classes.
• Cost recovery arrangements for interpreting services imposed upon service providers.
• Changes that have been implemented for asylum seekers.
Additionally, rising unemployment rates (particularly for youth), restrictions on income support and the downsizing of a broad range of services to those needing assistance have all affected disadvantaged people in general (Taylor and MacDonald, 1994; Collins, 1998).
The 1990s saw an apparent increase in family breakdown, street frequenting behaviour and homelessness—particularly for young immigrants of Cambodian, Laotian and Vietnamese backgrounds (Frederico et al, 1997; Williams and Batrouney, 1998). Such trends affect all communities. However, the literature suggests that people of Asian backgrounds are at the lower end of the income distribution
40 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement spectrum more often than other migrant groups (Williams and Batrouney, 1998). Minority ethnic groups who experience discrimination and a sense of powerlessness and social exclusion from the formal economy may find a convenient niche in the informal economy (Pearson and Patel, 1998). As suggested by Cheung (1989), socially and economically deprived people face greater separation between aspirations and opportunities. The result is greater pressure into deviance from mainstream lifestyles, which may include the supply and use of illicit substances.
European studies have suggested that there is an increasing connection between socially excluded minorities (including ethnic groups) and various forms of informal and illicit economies (Pearson and Patel, 1998). The growth of an underclass, due to the socioeconomic disadvantages outlined above, might that mean selling drugs to make a living becomes a legitimate occupation, particularly perhaps for young people who possibly perceived that they have nothing to lose (Ethnic Youth Issues Network [EYIN] et al, 1996).
In Britain, two decades of aggravated social deprivation has resulted in what was once a lower crime rate among Asians during the mid 1970s to what is now comparable with crime rates for ‘whites’. Following an examination of a British housing estate during the mid 1990s where heroin became available in ‘two pound deals’, it was found that when an illicit drug was brought within the economic reach of even the poorest, albeit in tiny amounts, the problem of drug use became worse (Pearson and Patel, 1998).
Proficiency in the English Language English proficiency is of great importance when accessing services. Research has indicated that CLDBs frequently have poor proficiency in English (NSW Health, 1993). Having poor English language skills inhibits people from asking questions and from talking about fears and anxieties. This potentially further ostracises such people from a much-needed service which, to the ethnic group, may already seem out of reach (Jackson and Flaherty, 1994). As Jacubowicz and Buckley (1975: 16, citing Williams and Batrouney, 1998) write: ‘If lack of resources is one measure of poverty then the absence of language skills or inferior language ability will prevent or restrict access to those resources and contribute to poverty.’
It is of particular concern that those who lack basic English skills are ill-equipped to deal effectively or expediently with a health crisis. Not only may people of CLDBs who have poor language skills have difficulties in seeking help, but they may also have trouble understanding the explanations and recommendations from health professionals (Health Department Victoria, 1988; National Health Strategy, 1993). The problem of inadequate language skills is a challenge for all health professionals.
A number of obstacles to improving proficiency in English for people of CLDBs have been identified. For example, in more recent years, some immigrants have been excluded from assisted English-language training services because they were considered to have been in Australia ‘too long’ irrespective of their level of need. The government funding cuts to adult migrant education centres have only exacerbated
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 41 the difficulties of acquiring English proficiency (Taylor and MacDonald, 1994; Collins, 1998).
CLDB job seekers whose English may be limited often perform the least well in the labour market, making English training sessions of even greater importance (Stevens, 1998). However, even where English proficiency is at a higher level among those of CLDBs there still remains a crucial need for more creative employment opportunities (Taylor and MacDonald, 1994).
Employment Ethnic communities are often in positions of social and economic disadvantage for significant periods of time (Smith and Citta, 1994; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). This observation was also made in Australia by the National Health Strategy (1993), which reported that groups from CLDBs tend to be more socially and economically disadvantaged than their English speaking counterparts. Van de Wijngaart (1997) found that unemployment among ethnic groups was higher than in the wider community, that average net incomes were lower and that most of the jobs this group had undertaken required less schooling. Alcorso (1990) writes that many medical doctors who have close associations with ethnic groups firmly believe that unemployment, along with the difficulties of entering a highly structured and inflexible job market, place such people at greater social risks increasing the potential to use illicit drugs.
The impact of unemployment can adversely affect health, self-esteem and confidence, and may instigate boredom and depression. This in turn may significantly influence the desire to use drugs (Health Department Victoria, 1988; Parker et al, 1995). Unemployment and underemployment impact upon all communities, but those of CLDB appear to be more seriously affected. Whether or not a person originates from a mainly English speaking country appears to affect employment prospects. In Australia in 1996, unemployment rates for people from the Middle East and North Africa rose more than 40 per cent. This compares with people from the United Kingdom, where unemployment was estimated at that time to be seven per cent (Williams and Batrouney, 1998).
Unemployment rates have generally continued to rise over the past three decades. In 1974 unemployment rates for Australian-born people was 1.6 per cent while for those born overseas it was 1.8 per cent. In 1996, the unemployment rate for Australians was 8.4 per cent and for those born overseas it was 10.3 per cent. These figures can be partially explained by changes in the industrial composition of the country (Hogan 1984; Williams and Batrouney, 1998). Long-term unemployment for those of CLDB has become increasingly bleak. Unemployment as a major concern emerged during the late 1970s. The average duration for unemployment at that time among both Australian-born and CLDB-born was 24 weeks. By 1995 a significant change occurred. The average duration of unemployment for an Australian born rose to 52 weeks while for those of CLDB it more than tripled to 74 weeks (Watson, 1998).
Ethnic groups are frequently engaged in low status-type work, which is most susceptible to retrenchment during periods of an economic downturn. People of
42 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement CLDB are often under-represented in professional, administrative, clerical and sales occupations. They are over-represented in production, factory and labouring occupations (Health Department Victoria, 1988). Recent migrants in particular are often concentrated in the most poorly paid, monotonous, dangerous and dirtiest jobs throughout both male and female dominated segments of the labour market— particularly in the manufacturing industries (NSW Health, 1993; National Health Strategy, 1993). In Australia, there have been major changes to the manufacturing sector, and this has resulted in a considerable reduction to the traditional employment base of CLDB migrants (Viviani et al, 1993; NSW Health, 1993). Healy (1998) reports that in 1966 the manufacturing industry accounted for 28 per cent of Australia’s employment. By 1998 this same industry accounted for only 14 per cent.
Research shows that young people generally have a high level of unemployment and that this is probably compounded when the young person has a CLDB. It has been suggested that young people have a need to build self-confidence by taking risks and surviving them. For young unemployed people unable to establish economic independence or occupational competence, there is potential for illicit drug involvement to become an attractive economic alternative (Westermeyer 1987; Kim et al, 1992).
Education Research suggests that educational attainment and the age of leaving school can be related to the use of illicit drugs among adolescents. Recent reports suggest the rates of lifetime substance use are much higher among those who drop out of school compared with those who remain at school (Swaim et al, 1997; Office of Applied Studies, 1998). One hypothesis is that students from ethnic backgrounds are at an increased risk of dropping out of school since they may be more likely to encounter learning difficulties as well as being more likely to be economically and socially disadvantaged.
While it can be true that some ethnic groups are doing particularly well with education, there are others within the same ethnic group encountering severe learning difficulties due to various social factors. Consequently, they do not achieve higher education standards. However, while there has been increasingly optimistic changes in educational outcomes for CLDB students, staying longer at school does not necessarily imply educational success or upward mobility in the wider community (Vasta, 1995). As reported by Watson (1998), having acquired a tertiary education does not always provide protection against unemployment for those of CLDB, and this is evident from the incidence of long-term unemployment in 1993 which was 35 per cent—nearly double the figure for those born in Australia.
Intergenerational Conflict Many studies have shown that the children of immigrant parents frequently adapt more quickly to the new culture than their parents. Cultural adaptation by young people to a new environment may result in a culture gap between parents and their children, which could in turn lead to growing tension and conflict between parents,
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 43 grandparents and extended family (Health Department Victoria, 1988; Frederico et al, 1997). Cultural-generational clashes within a family may compound communication problems where communication is already severely compromised by external and social difficulties related to adaptation and adjustment in a foreign culture (Hatty, 1990; Kuramato, 1997).
Some youths from CLDBs are believed to be required to adopt adult roles and responsibilities prematurely, by acting as translators or intermediaries between the older generation of their family and the wider community. This has its own set of stresses, which may be overwhelming for the child or adolescent (Hatty, 1990; Kuramato, 1997).
Parents may expect their young people to take on adult roles and yet simultaneously remain deferential, obedient and respectful towards their parents. Possible stresses felt by young ethnic groups may manifest in acts of unacceptable juvenile behaviour, attracting parental punishments. Keeping in mind that cautious interpretations of American studies are required due to ethnic/racial categorisations, it is interesting to note that one American study found that Asian parents were more likely than white or black parents to revoke privileges for misbehaviour, rather than talking about problems in an open way. This lack of open dialogue about problems by Asian families was further supported in research where Afro-American and white children were found to have better family communications than Asian children (Catalano et al, 1992). Examinations of certain family predictors and risk factors for behaviour problems, the use of restrained punishment by parents and the open or closed lines of family communication is complex, and any findings that emerge need to be interpreted with caution.
While family tension is common in all communities, intergenerational conflict for ethnic youth may be more extreme and have more adverse consequences. The rapid social changes that are occurring in many urban centres may inspire ethnic youth to abandon the mores and values of their perceived traditional and conservative elders. The traditional patterns of behaviour of particular ethnic groups, which in the past have generally served them well and have been pivotal in determining their sense of identity, may in fact not be appropriate or relevant in tackling the contemporary problems and circumstances facing ethnic youth in Australia (Westermeyer, 1987; Kim et al, 1992).
It has been reported that a number of Asian background youths, both in Australia and in other Western countries, have, due to intergenerational conflicts, separated from their families to create their own support networks with peers. Ethnic youth, in the light of various social stresses, appear to be easily driven from the traditional values of their parents towards peer groups with markedly different social and moral codes. A move toward autonomy and independence by youth can lead to rebelliousness and reliance upon peers for assistance and guidance (Ja and Aoki, 1993; Ho, 1994). Some of the literature suggests that CLDB youths do not want to have any association with new immigrants. However, without family and community support they drop out of school at an earlier age and may live on the streets with their peers. Peer pressure has consistently been found as a strong predictor of illicit drug use among adolescents (Gilmore et al, 1990; Hunt, 1992).
44 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Additionally, immersion into ‘street culture’ may eventually lead to a number of serious vulnerabilities, of which the potential to become involved in illicit drug use is an important one (Kim et al, 1992).
Acculturation and Peer Pressure The process of acculturation into the host country may result in the loss of a person’s traditional cultural values and norms as they adopt the behaviours and attitudes of the dominant group. This process, which can have both a positive and negative impact, emerges as a result of exposure to a cultural system that is often significantly different from one’s own (Oetting and Beauvais, 1990–1991; Collins, 1992).
While each migrant will experience the acculturating process to some degree, all migrants will not experience it in the same way—nor will it occur over a similar period of time (Trimble, 1990–1991).
Immigrants who adopt the customs and practices of the host society or their patterns of drug use will often, over time, parallel those of the new environments. It has been suggested that migrants are less likely to develop illicit drug use habits if they adapt to their new social environment at the same time as retaining important elements of their native culture (Johnston, 1996). However, retention of one’s native CLDB cultural norms can be undermined by the impact of peer pressures. Bankston (1995) suggests that young people initiate illicit drug use when the behavioural norms, values and beliefs of their primary reference group encourage such behaviour. A recent study in Cabramatta, Sydney (where up to 70 per cent of the population were born overseas) indicates that peer pressure was high and that up to 88 per cent of drug users had been introduced to illicit drugs by their friends. Among young drug users, peer influence was a major determining factor in the decision to use drugs. Although financial, social and family problems also contributed (Rebach, 1992; Patton, 1995; Le, 1996), peer groups tended to have a more direct influence on potential drug use than family relations:
Simply stated, the greater the influence on adolescents of their peers, the greater incidence of problem behaviours. This finding is well established in the adolescent delinquency area and is theorised to reflect the natural outcome of poor family relations. In the absence of positive family relations, the child turns to peers for support and involvement. In the health area, greater peer influence is associated with alcohol, tobacco and marijuana use, and lack of adequate exercise and nutrition. (Raphael, in press.)
A recent study among Vietnamese youth in the US supports this trend. It found that ties between parents and children had little influence on illicit drug use when close relationships between other adolescents are taken into account (Bankston, 1995).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 45 Knowledge of and Access to Drug Services In a recent study in Cabramatta, Sydney, where a high proportion of the population were of CLDBs, it was found that most injecting drug users (IDUs) had not used any drug services. Their knowledge about drugs was limited and many adolescents had no idea of the health risks associated with using drugs. This lack of knowledge is attributed to: cultural and language barriers which limited access to drug treatment services; and social pressures to be discreet about drug use since most families and communities consider the issue taboo (Le, 1996). Other reasons for the observed low utilisation rates of drug services by people of CLDB may be that migrants are used to being self-sufficient in dealing with problems and issues which affect them and tend to utilise their family or ethnic community contacts first, wherever possible (Hatty, 1990; Kim et al, 1992).
Effective implementation of treatment depends on drug treatment services having a thorough understanding of the sociocultural factors at play with different types of clients. Cultural factors not only affect a person’s reason for drug use but also the level and type of parenting skills, cognitive and social skills, the extent of peer influence and family disruption or conflicts. With the more traditional family, for example, the issues surrounding the use of drugs may be perceived as akin to the issues surrounding a mental illness. The level of fear about shame and loss of face are also issues that greatly affect some clients (De Leon et al, 1993; Kline, 1996).
Other issues that affect utilisation of drug treatment services by people of CLDBs include whether or not the service has staff who can communicate in the person’s first language. Studies in the US have shown that the provision of bilingual and bicultural personnel in the mental health field has dramatically increased the utilisation of these services by Asian-Pacific people (Zane and Kim, 1994).
Involving the family in a drug treatment regime was also considered by the literature to be very important, particularly for people from CLDBs. It is reported that where interventions are sensitive to cultural issues, treatment utilisation rises dramatically (D’Avanzo, 1997).
A number of institutional barriers have prevented people of CLDBs from successfully accessing services, which may explain some of the low utilisation rates. These include ignorance or denial by service providers that a need exists or that current services have cultural bias inadvertently built into their service delivery. Treatment services need a good knowledge of their client base in order to accurately target their service delivery in such a way that a variety of client’s needs are met. Despite perceptions, expectations or needs of clients, drug services very often do not know the extent to which different types of people are utilising their services on both the macro and micro level (Zane and Sassao 1992; Zane and Kim, 1994).
The lack of data about illicit drug use in ethnic groups has a number of serious ramifications. In the United States lack of data has helped perpetuate the myth that Asians do not need treatment, even in the face of strong public perceptions that drug use and sale has been increasing among this group. Second, lack of data has resulted in few attempts to develop cultural specific approaches to services, and thus
46 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement perpetuated the assumption that general and universal approaches (for example, the ‘one size fits all’ approach) are adequate. However, if the Asian cultural base, as an example, is not examined, there will continue to be an inability to enrol and then retain Asian background clients. Third, without data, the problem of using scarce resources in the most productive way continues—as does an inability to identify changes in demographics, emerging new groups and gaps in community infrastructure (Ja and Aoki, 1993; Finn, 1996; Kuramato, 1997).
Research Methodologies: Ethnicity and Illicit Drug Use Over the years, many studies have failed to come to grips with the complexity of ethnic demographics. Research into illicit drug use among ethnic groups has encountered a number of methodological problems, including: inadequate conceptualisation; inaccuracy of definitions; inappropriate research designs; disagreements over basic concepts and poor data collections related to the over- inclusiveness of ethnic groups (Spathopoulos and Bertram, 1991; Almog et al, 1993; Ja and Aoki, 1993; Jackson and Flaherty, 1994). Studies looking at drug-taking behavioural differences among specific ethnic groups often involve sample sizes too small to be of statistical significance (Morrisey, 1993). Because of the scarcity of population-based studies comparing co-occurrences between drug risk behaviours across diverse ethnic groups, inaccurate estimates of the prevalence of ethnic drug use patterns are frequent (Almog et al, 1993; Ja and Aoki, 1993; Neumarch-Sztainer et al, 1996).
The fact that investigations into socioeconomic status, level of parental care and supervision, education and geographic location are limited, prompts questions about whether any observed differences are truly related to ethnicity—or if they are more related to socioeconomic variables. As suggested by Neumarch-Sztainer et al (1996), it is more probable that lower socioeconomic status rather than ethnicity is the major contributor to high risk behaviour and drug use. A disregard for the relevant socioeconomic factors is considered by the literature to be both a methodological and conceptual problem when interpreting drug use research results. Undertaking research based on simplistic ethnic categories, without attention to all the other possibly confounding factors of sociocultural variables, is considered to be not only scientifically meaningless, but a great disservice to the ethnic groups under examination (Collins, 1992; Collins, 1996).
A significant problem among known drug users has often resulted in the inevitable exclusion of unknown drug users in both the ethnic and general population.
Key problems that have been identified when examining self-report studies by illicit drug users include the propensity for various errors, such as user memory failure, lying and the social compulsion not to publicly acknowledge an illicit activity. Results from these types of studies often reflect a significant under-reporting of illicit drug use (Cheung, 1989).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 47 Utilisation of Drug Treatment Services
Discussion The available literature commonly reports that illicit drug use among people from CLDBs is often associated with denial, shame and stigma. For some youth of CLDBs the sharing of information with family members would not occur for fear of being ostracised by both their family unit and ethnic community (Smith and Citta, 1994; Frederico et al, 1997). If a drug problem did become obvious, many ethnic families were considered more likely to seek help from their informal network of friends and family rather than ‘outside’ services, and they are often more likely to only access services when a crisis occurred (such as an overdose). Accessing outside help for an illicit drug problem was frequently thought to be not only logistically difficult but also possibly considered a betrayal to the family and the community (Hatty, 1990; Kim et al, 1992; Ja and Aoki, 1993; Kuramato, 1997). Ultimately, for a drug user to seek help, they need to perceive that they actually have a problem, that it is a serious disruption to their life, that beneficial results will be gained by using drug treatment services and that the cost of treatment is affordable (Kline, 1996).
When help from services was the required, the literature highlights that access to these services was difficult. Research indicates that few ethno-specific agencies or ethnic groups were actually aware of the drug services available to them. This may be a result of publicity that services were rarely multilingual. Consequently, accessing services was not easy (Romios and Ross, 1993; Kuramato, 1997; Success Works, 1998a). Ethnic groups needed comprehensive and understandable information about the available services so as to facilitate service access by youth and their families (Schick, 1991; Smith and Citta, 1994). Communities believed that consultation opportunities and adequate communication were obstructed where the community was isolated from services and unable to receive effective delivery of services (Health Department of Victoria, 1988, Success Works, 1998b).
In recent years there has been an increase in demand for inpatient detoxification services. Consequently, in the past few years, major providers of inpatient detoxification services have seen their waiting lists for client admissions increase from 10–14 days to 4–6 weeks (Parsons, 1999).
Where ethnic communities were aware of the existence of services, ethnic leaders were ambivalent as to how they could serve their communities appropriately, or how the community would actually approach them for help (Hatty, 1990; Spathopoulos and Bertram, 1991; Finn, 1996). Examination of the minimal available data has shown that the admission rates of CLDB people into drug treatment services was small in number (Johnson and Carol, 1995; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). This is more likely a reflection of under-utilisation of the service by people of CLDB, rather than a lower need for such services (Sasao, 1992; Legge, 1993; Zane and Kim, 1994; D’Avanzo, 1997). Language and interpreting services were believed to be crucial if a high quality of service was to be achieved. Frequently, however, such services were limited— either through lack of resources or because of inadequate or appropriate staff numbers (Health Department Victoria, 1992; National Health Strategy, 1993).
48 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement For a number of decades, drug treatment services have recognised that barriers to service are experienced as a result of language and cultural differences. They have been aware that these issues were not being adequately addressed. In the 1980s it was reported that information imparted to those of CLDB should be linguistically and culturally appropriate, but rarely was this the case (Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1988; Beninati et al, 1989). Some years later it was again inferred that too few drug treatment centres were able to cater for people who spoke languages other than English. The importance of a heightened awareness and sensitivity of treatment workers to the lifestyles, culture and language of various ethnic groups required even greater emphasis. It is important that materials and strategies within drug treatment services reflect the existence of diversity in the population and it is recognised that neither a minority nor majority culture in society remains static (Spathopoulos and Bertram, 1991; Longshore et al, 1993; Johnson and Carol, 1995). A recently commissioned project in Victoria, Australia identified barriers to access and effective care by drug treatment services. This has led to the production of a cultural diversity workbook for service providers outlining practical and innovative solutions in addressing systemic issues. However, its recent publication has not provided scope for an assessment into the effectiveness of this workbook, or its impact upon service providers towards culturally diverse ethnic groups (Success Works [C], 1998). Hatty (1990), Deitch and Solit (1993) and Sue et al (1994) all suggest that it is important to recognise the very fine line between cultural sensitivity and stereotypic thinking, in order to avoid reproducing conservative ideologies which may ignore the heterogeneity and complexity of ‘minority groups’.
Even if a comprehensive level of knowledge about a particular aspect of a culture exists it would still be impossible to know about all of the sub-cultures within it. Cultural sensitivity comes from being able to deal with diversity, a skill that needs to be incorporated into the practice of drug treatment services (Hatty, 1990). People of CLDBs need to feel better equipped to participate in drug issue discussions and in research which uses community development strategies, since positive outcomes are more likely to occur by providing a method which allows people to solve problems for themselves and take responsibility for their own affairs (Majors, 1993). Major (1993) suggests the empowerment of client groups needs further promotion—while remaining sensitive to the complex interrelation between ethnicity, gender, social class and various other factors associated with particular localities.
Issues of Communication Perhaps the lack of publicity for drug treatment services in languages other than English prevents many people of CLDBs from discovering the service in the first place. Then, once the service is discovered, the lack of appropriate material in their language prevents them from communicating with drug treatment workers in a way which proves the service to be sensitive to their particular cultural needs. Apart from written material, lack of translation services also continues to obstruct the flow of effective information (Success Works, 1998a/b). As suggested by Amodeo et al (1997), the non-availability of interpreters frequently results in a reluctance of clients to return to treatment services. Even where translating and interpreting services are available, anecdotal reports suggest that their expense makes drug treatment services
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 49 reluctant to use them. The lack of priority given to language services by either the Commonwealth or the State governments further compounds the under-utilisation of interpreters in drug treatment services (National Health Strategy, 1993; Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1995). Bilingual staff employed by services might informally assist with assessment, counselling and referrals, but their ability to do this effectively is limited by their unfamiliarity with drug issues (Health Department of Victoria, 1988).
A number of service providers were found to have assumed that clients of CLDBs receiving treatment possessed highly developed communicative skills. Research into this area indicates that in reality English proficiency among those of CLDBs is often poor and that misunderstandings are frequent (Hatty, 1990; NSW Health Department, 1993; EYIN et al, 1998). Most service workers believed that the recruitment of bilingual workers as interpreters was adequate in overcoming the problem of low availability of professional interpreters. Non-specialist translators could not deal effectively or appropriately with the volume or content of translations. For example, a bilingual receptionist or domestic worker, unfamiliar with drug- related issues, might still be used as an interpreter. Family members were another source for interpreting (Beninati et al, 1989; Health Department of Victoria, 1988). The use of bilingual people who have no experience as interpreters is inappropriate because it can result in inaccurate translations, erroneous clinical conclusions and the compromising of confidentiality. In addition, some of the literature suggests the principle of confidentiality is frequently misunderstood in some Asian cultures as well as those from other CLDBs (Nguyen NG, 1992; Amodeo et al, 1997).
Type of Service Guarantee of confidentiality in the use of drug treatment services is deemed crucial if ethnic youth are to openly speak about these sensitive issues (Success Works [A], 1998). According to the literature, people of CLDBs only seek assistance when a drug problem has reached a crisis stage, such as when there is a physical breakdown. Aside from feelings of shame, attending mainstream treatment services can be daunting, with potential for distrust and fear of officialdom. Consequently, telephone services might be a preferable mode of contact, as it is more able to guarantee anonymity (Zaparas, 1988; Jackson and Flaherty, 1994; Johnson and Carol, 1995). The literature points to local doctors or general practitioners (GPs) as a common option for many people of CLDBs seeking either advice or assistance about illicit drug matters. The doctor’s rooms were believed to be less formal and less intimidating (Spathopoulos and Bertram, 1991; Jackson and Flaherty, 1993). However, it was suggested that many doctors were not functioning with maximum efficacy in prevention, detection or early intervention with regards to drug-related problems. Alcorso (1990) suggests that many GPs’ knowledge of and liaison with drug treatment services is generally poor, with most GPs in need of more information and education.
Both state and federal governments have adopted the philosophy of mainstreaming with regard to all migrant services. The literature highlights that services, including drug treatment, should be flexible enough to cater for the whole community and be
50 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement sensitive to both social and cultural differences (Alcorso, 1990; Romios and Ross, 1993; Dent et al, 1996). However, due to a lack of appropriate staffing, ethnic groups often saw a number of drug services as remote and inaccessible and the need for staff trained in cross-cultural issues (Amodeo and Robb, 1997; Pearson and Patel, 1998; Success Works, 1998a). It has been reported that many drug treatment professionals were not knowledgeable, or had little affinity with, those from CLDBs. Some suggest that these concerns should be addressed by treatment staff adopting interactive styles that reflect the cultural values of ethnic groups in the community (Longshore et al, 1993; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). As reported by Finn (1996), treatment services have a moral obligation to enlighten themselves about the life experiences of disadvantage groups where CLDBs are included. The literature presented firm beliefs that services on offer needed to be friendly, welcoming and that people seeking assistance were valued. The need for open, honest and non-judgmental staff was seen as crucial before an attitudinal change towards using any service could occur (Smith and Citta, 1994).
Hatty (1991) suggests that treatment practices that excluded families in the consultative process deprived the family of the opportunity to demonstrate the importance of kinship ties that exist. Involvement of either the whole family or a family member in the intervention process was thought to be crucial both at a local doctor level and during any other treatment process (Alcorso, 1990; Dejong et al, 1998). As suggested by Martin and Zweben (1993), family ties of ethnic youth were often fundamental reasons either to comply with treatment or to drop out of treatment. Therefore, inclusion of family was essential. For many ethnic groups the family unit can be viewed as sacrosanct. Therefore, counselling which focuses an individual alone was widely believed to be a difficult process (Major, 1993; McGoldrick et al, 1996).
Service Effectiveness The Western concept of counselling and self-disclosure does not exist in many ethnic communities. Therefore, there exists widespread scepticism that personal problems can be best handled by professionals (Major, 1993; Sue et al, 1994; McGoldrick et al, 1996). Counselling can be very individually centred, with an underlying assumption that a client will act as an independent and assertive person who makes their own decisions (Finn, 1996). This may not be true for people of CLDBs. Restraints on strong feelings are often highly valued, particularly in Asian cultures. This results in a very limited sense of confidence in the process of talking about any problems (Sue and Sue, 1990; Lee, 1996). While researchers and practitioners often assume that counselling is not as effective with people of CLDBs, it is not possible to establish for certain whether this is in fact the case, due to the paucity of information available (Sue and Sue, 1990; Sue et al, 1994). While challenges to counselling are great, recent research of treatment services indicates a perception that various approaches have improved engagement with ethnic youth (EYIN et al, 1998). Whether an ethnic person would prefer a non-ethnic counsellor (because of an assumption that they might not trust a member of their own ethnic group to maintain confidentially) remains a moot point (Finn, 1996).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 51 Research has shown that clients of CLDBs were less likely to complete treatment and less likely to reduce or eliminate drug use during or after treatment (Maddux and Desmond, 1996; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). Research indicates that the treatment methods utilised were predominantly based on Anglo-Saxon models, perhaps resulting in those of CLDBs feeling uncomfortable in treatment programs and quitting before the completion of detoxification (De Leon et al, 1993; Van de Wijngaart, 1997). Anglo-centred strategies that may alienate the cultural needs of the client should be avoided. Culturally relevant programs need development because of the differing life experiences and stressors to which many people of CLDB have been exposed, including pre- and post-migration experiences (Tucker, 1985; Maddahain et al, 1988; Major, 1993; Zane et al, 1998). Additionally, those of CLDBs who left treatment early were generally difficult to follow up, and further recruitment into treatment was generally problematic (Collins, 1992; Ezard, 1998).
To resolve these problems it was considered necessary for partnerships and development of intersectoral linkages among all relevant sectors to occur, including government health and educational departments, community organisations and ethnic agencies (Romios and Ross, 1993; Finn, 1996). Treatment services need to be sensitive to community needs by recruiting ethno-specific workers (Smith and Citta, 1994). Mainstream agencies need to display greater flexibility to enhance accessibility. The literature cites peer outreach workers who accompany ethnic youth to appointments, for example, as an increasingly successful method. In recent years research has shown home detoxification programs for people of CLDBs can be successful and should be encouraged and expanded. This is particularly so in light of the increasingly long waiting lists for residential programs. Intensive follow-up after home detoxification should also occur to minimise the return to illicit drug use (EYIN et al, 1998).
Prevention The literature suggests that prevention programs for people of CLDBs should maintain a focus on the social and political factors surrounding those groups to enable these people to deal with systems that often continually rebuff them (Dorn and Murji, 1992: 26, cited in Johnson and Carroll, 1995). As reported by Dorn and Murji (1992), social behaviour was not the fault of the individual but was often caused by the social/political system of which they were a part. Ethnic communities are often deprived, marginalised and excluded from receiving information about illicit drugs, hindering their understanding of the subject. Johnson and Carroll (1995) suggest low knowledge levels about drug use, rather than negative attitudes among those of CLDBs, are likely to place such people at high risk of drug use. Attention to these problems needs to be tackled before the symptoms of drug use manifest in ethnic communities. Prevention work needs to be both relevant and effective if the need for ethnic groups to have access to drug information is to be successfully met.
Changing the attitudes for those of CLDBs can only be achieved if the approaches are culturally appropriate for that community. Information about how families and communities reduce or manage drug-related harm is invaluable. However, it has been suggested that those of CLDBs lag far behind other sectors of the community in
52 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement awareness of illicit drug issues and the harmful health consequences of drug use, such as HIV and hepatitis C (Spathopoulos and Bertram, 1991). Resourcing and consulting with ethnic groups remains crucial in order for the development of an appropriate community education strategy based around drug issues. Community and parent education can include:
Dissemination of information and materials by ethno-specific peer workers.
Community forums with particular ethnic groups.
Distribution of information at community centres or festivals.
Utilising ethnic media to inform the community about drug issues.
Live theatre or other artistic methods.
Collaborative ventures between schools and various ethnic communities (Mudaly, 1996; EYIN et al, 1998; Higgs, 1999; Vietnamese Students Association [VSA] et al, 1999).
Recently, an inventive tool used for preventive education and communication on drug issues for the Indo-Chinese community was a calendar. It was believed to be quite important for this community to actively initiate and promote education by bringing forth social, educational and intergenerational issues that affected family life. The aim was to alter individual risk behaviours within the social and cultural context in which it occurs (Mudaly, 1997). During 1998–99 another interesting way to promote education about drug issues was a community theatre production called the Dragon’s Lair performed by young Australian-Vietnamese people. This performance expressed the experiences of the heroin culture from an Australian-Vietnamese perspective. The aim of this production was to raise awareness and provide insights into a community (mostly Vietnamese) which may have underestimated the problem within its subculture. The general feedback was overwhelmingly positive, both artistically and educationally (VSA, 1999).
Prevention programs for those of CLDBs should incorporate an empowerment strategy for CLDB parents. In order to avoid loss of face and honour (important to many ethnic groups), intermediaries have been used to manage interpersonal conflicts. The benefits of intermediaries can be their ability to advocate for a person’s position without actually personalising the issues with the other person. The aims were to minimise potential loss of face and to reduce violation of the hierarchal relationship within the family (Zane and Kim, 1994).
Ethnic-specific services, which are culturally sensitive to people of CLDBs, would increase the viability of the services and would reduce the stigma associated with seeking help. There is a need to foster extended family networks and for support and education for parents to be implemented in a collaborative manner. While family cohesion has been suggested, it can be both a protective device as well as a social stressor for those of CLDBs. The need to support a community’s effort to develop its own resources to tackle problems associated with drug use is believed to be crucial (Zane et al, 1998).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 53
Ethnic Groups Selected on the Basis of Adequate Available Literature
Ethnic Groups Selected on the Basis of Adequate Available Literature
Greek
Background Migration from Greece to Australia has been occurring since the early part of the 20th century. This continuum of migration, although diminished in recent years, has enabled this group of people, largely, to retain their language and customs while immersing themselves into Australian life. Migration from Greece increased markedly immediately following World War II and continued to do so until the population grew from 30,000 in 1952 to 300,000 by 1972 (Everingham et al, 1994).
Poor documentation and definition of ethnicity in most databases and drug treatment services have made the extent to which Australian born people of Greek parentage are involved in illicit drugs invisible (Zaparas, 1988). While often embracing ‘Australian’ values, many second and third generation Greeks still maintain strong identification with their culture of origin (Zaparas, 1988). This finding is further supported by the Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996 Census of Population and Housing, Victoria, which shows that, while there were only 61,692 people born in Greece, there were 124,000 who spoke the Greek language (ABS, 1996).
Illicit Drug Use by People of Greek Background During the late 1980s Greek health and welfare workers believed that, compared with other ethnic communities, the Greek community did not experience a significant drug problem (Carless, 1989). However, given that illicit drug use is socially taboo in most groups and that they tend not to want to admit to drug use, this belief is questionable. At that time, just as now, there is little or no research information about illicit drug use within the Greek community. Therefore, although the extent of illicit drug use is not known, there is a strong possibility any numbers indicating drug use are severely underestimated (Everingham et al, 1994).
In the late 1980s, a study was conducted which investigated the drug use patterns of four different ethnic groups. Among Greek respondents, non-prescribed medication (the type of drug was not given) was reported to be used by 14 per cent of males and 17 per cent of females on a daily basis (Constantinides, 1992). In the early 1990s, research undertaken amongst Greek speakers in Sydney indicated the use of cannabis and other illicit drugs were lower than in the general community. While the
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 57 survey findings indicated that cannabis use was quite common among young Greeks there has been reticence by the community to discuss such matters any further (Hatty, 1990; Everingham et al, 1994).
Knowledge of illicit drugs among Greek respondents was generally poor, with up to 50 per cent stating that they did not know enough about drugs (Everingham et al, 1994). The Greek community also had a great fear of illicit drugs, which was further compounded by this lack of knowledge (NSW Drug and Alcohol Authority, 1987; Everingham et al, 1994).
The study on drug issues focusing on Greek respondents indicated 51 per cent thought that narcotics caused most drug-related deaths in Australia. In fact, tobacco was the major cause of premature and preventable death and disease in Australia (Everingham et al, 1994; Collins and Lapsley, 1996 cited in National Drug Strategic Network, 1998). Greek respondents believed the health problems associated with illegal drugs were overdose, addiction, suicide and HIV. There was no mention of hepatitis B or hepatitis C (Everingham et al, 1994). Greek parents discovering that their children might be using an illicit drug often caused a family crisis. The shame associated with illicit drug use attracted strict sanctions from parents—even to the point of sending their children back to Greece (Hatty, 1990).
Vulnerability of People of Greek Background to Illicit Drugs Many older Greeks believed peer group pressure was the major cause of illicit drug use. Communication and family relationships were not generally considered causal factors for drug use (Zaparas, 1988). However, the literature suggests that family relationships and parental bonding with children are of great importance within Greek families (Constantinides, 1992). The quality of this relationship was considered a determinant of illicit drug use among Greek youth. Young Greek people, particularly of the second generation, widely believed that parents were caring but overprotective. While overprotective parenting is often viewed negatively by Anglo- Australian culture, such a parenting style may in fact provide a certain amount of insulation to a young person in the face of cheap and readily available illicit drugs (Constantinides, 1992). However, it has also been suggested that, apart from common adolescent problems, there are also direct conflicts caused by the overprotectiveness encountered by young Greek people (Zaparas, 1988). As reported by Tsemberis and Orfanos (1996), Greek parents may misinterpret youthful striving for independence and assimilation as insolence—again attracting disciplinary action, often including physical punishment.
As is common among many ethnic groups living simultaneously in two cultures, social and personal conflicts may emerge which have negative consequences for Greek youth. Many first generation Greeks in Australia came from rural backgrounds and subsequently experienced massive changes in their social environment. This resulted, in many cases, in anxiety and insecurity. Attempting to retain familiar cultural values and norms within the Greek community may sometimes be at odds with the increasing desire by Greek youth to acculturate with
58 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement their surroundings (Zaparas, 1988). Conflicts of this kind may cause intra-family stress, destabilising the family unit (Everingham, et al, 1994).
Drug Treatment Service and Clients of Greek Background The Greek community finds illicit drug use unacceptable and feels that it would inflict great shame and stigma upon the family if the community discovered the problem. Consequently, few Greeks want to acknowledge drugs in their community—even though a family crisis would surely emerge if the problem remained untreated. Only a few Greeks would turn to health workers or health centres for information about an illicit drug problem (Everingham et al, 1994; The Open Mind Research Group [OMRG], 1997). Specific Greek welfare services are now actually available and are usually the first base of contact with health services. However, it has yet to be determined if these services are currently approached for problems of illicit drug use.
In the late 1980s, it was believed that ethnic specific agencies rarely handled clients with illicit drug problems (Beninati et al, 1989). The literature suggests that certain cultural nuances, such as the stigma surrounding a person’s inability to cope, or a strong sense of cultural pride, create barriers to accessing services, and may mean that a drug problem remains clandestine (OMRG, 1997). As pointed out by Zaparas (1988), a Greek family will use drug treatment services only when the situation becomes intolerable, usually for medical or legal reasons. The literature suggests that a person of Greek background involved in illicit drug use is less likely to seek help form a local doctor or priest within the Greek community for fear of loss of anonymity, personal shame or community stigma.
The most important source of information was considered to be from informal networks, such as a trusted friend or relative (Zaparas, 1988; Everingham et al, 1994). However, it was suggested local doctors and priests of Greek background were widely utilised as sources of information on illicit drug use for non-drug users (Everingham et al, 1994).
While family is acknowledged as all-pervasive and all-important in Greek culture, unfortunately it is a factor ignored by drug treatment services. Instead of delivering treatment in the context of the family, services tended to treat clients in isolation. As a result, the service experience was considered to be alienating for both the individual and the family. As suggested by Hatty (1990), independence from the family unit was an alien concept for many people of Greek background.
The literature also proposes that drug treatment service workers lacked cross- cultural training and were therefore unable to empathise with family circumstances (Zaparas, 1988). Counselling strategies tended to be based solely on Anglo-Saxon values, despite the fact that it was widely considered that the attitudes and needs of the user should be explored if the treatment were to be successful (Zaparas, 1988).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 59 Italian
Background Migration from Italy to Australia commenced, as with the Greeks, in the early part of the 20th century, peaking during the post World War II period, particularly during the 1950s and 1960s. The migration boom of Italians into Australia was due to poor economic conditions in Italy at the time (Jukic et al, 1997). The Italian community is well established in Australia, and is the largest ethnic community, both in Victoria and in Australia as a whole.
As with the Greeks, Italians have largely retained their culture, tradition and language. The Australian Bureau of Statistics (1996) indicated that while in Victoria there were 98,000 persons born in Italy, 159,000 actually spoke Italian (ABS, 1996). In common with other, more established ethnic communities, the strength of cultural link to ancestry continues well into second and third generation Italians. Nevertheless, the inadequate documentation and definition of ethnicity in most databases and drug treatment services excludes identification of a suspected substantial number of Australian born people of Italian background (Gucciardo, 1989; Jukic et al, 1997).
Illicit Drug Use by People of Italian Background There remains a dearth of information or research to determine the extent of illicit drug use by those of Italian background. Ethnicity variables on most databases are inadequate to identify persons other than first generation migrants. Therefore, the extent of use of illicit drugs by second and third generation people of CLDBs are sometimes based on speculation and therefore not clearly understood. Figures that are available appear to grossly underestimate the given size of the population.
A 1989 study which analysed Victorian Alcohol and Drug Services Record data for 1987–88 found only 31 persons born in Italy had presented to alcohol and drug services across Victoria for heroin and other opiate use (Gucciardo, 1989). (There is no indications in the report to establish that what was counted were individual cases or ‘episodes of care’.
Another Australian study in the late 1980s that looked at four ethnic communities found that seven per cent of the survey respondents of Italian background reported to be using cannabis, with most consuming the substance on a daily or weekly basis (Trimboli and Ridoutt, 1987). In 1997, a survey undertaken by Jukic et al (1997) indicated that 19 per cent of the total 532 respondents who spoke Italian, or identified with this ethnic group, had at some stage tried cannabis, and of these, 13 per cent reported using it once or more a week. Only one per cent of this group reported ever having used heroin, while six per cent reported using other drug stimulants. Jukic et al (1997) reported that young male Italian speakers were the main illicit drug-using group in their community. Jones (1993) found Italian speakers were less likely than the general community to report ever having tried either heroin (one per cent and two per cent respectively) or marijuana (26 per cent and 35 per cent respectively).
60 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement It has been suggested that extracting answers from CLDB respondents on sensitive issues can often inhibit frank replies and thereby potentially cause under-reporting of the truth (Ja and Aoki, 1993; Mudaly, 1997). From the paucity of information available it may be suggested illicit drug use is no more or less prevalent among those who are second and third generation Italians than for the broader community (Guccciardo, 1989).
In the late 1980s research amongst various ethnic communities, including Italians, found that there was widespread lack of knowledge about drug-related issues (Gucciardo, 1989; Hatty, 1990). In the late 1990s, Jukic et al (1997) found survey respondents associating marijuana and heroin with having a drug problem in greater proportions than the general community. Over half the respondents believed they knew enough about marijuana, while 74 per cent believed they knew little about other illicit drugs. The health problems associated with illicit drugs were believed to be overdose, AIDS, dependence and brain damage. Attitudes and reactions among Italian speakers over the issue of illicit drug use were often coloured by fear, social stigma and a lack of accurate and positive information (Gucciardo, 1989). It was found that people of Italian background strongly believed that illicit drug issues were primarily other people’s problems, and were greatly opposed to the legalisation of any illicit drugs. Most Italians in the literature strongly supported increased penalties for the use of illicit substances, particularly heroin, amphetamines and cocaine. They were less inclined to support increased penalties for the use of marijuana (NSW Drug and Alcohol Authority, 1987; Jukic et al, 1997; National Drug Strategy, 1994).
Vulnerability of People of Italian Background to Illicit Drugs Most Italian born migrants have now resided in Australia for 15 years or more and therefore the process of acculturating to the wider community has arguably occurred. (Jukic et al, 1997). Problems common to many adolescents, such as boredom, disillusionment, family problems and peer pressure, are also reasons why youth of Italian background may use illicit drugs (Gucciardo, 1989).
Adapting to the challengers of two different cultures has been considered to be stressful for Italian youth. It is also common for Italian families to express concern about the erosion of respect for parental authority and the adoption of Australian values that emphasise autonomy and individualism (Hatty, 1990; Jukic et al, 1997). In common with many other migrant groups from CLDB countries—and arguably true of adolescents of all backgrounds—intergenerational conflicts and poor communication with parents causes difficulties in families of Italian background. It has been suggested that when the stress of intergenerational conflict becomes overwhelming, there is an increased potential for young people to experiment with illicit drugs. Patterns observed in the development of drug dependency are often similar across all cultural backgrounds (Gucciardo, 1989).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 61 Drug Treatment Services and Clients of Italian Background Within Italian families, the discovery of illicit drug use often results in the problem being addressed within the family rather than seeking outside help. There is a tendency for such problems not to be disclosed with others so as to maintain the complex code of obligations that regulate relationships within and outside the family (Hatty, 1990). The literature suggests that Italians on the whole find it hard to conceptualise the idea of sharing their problems with a stranger because they are simply not used to exposing family crises (Guccciardo, 1989). Hatty (1990) has reported that Italian families are protective of the drug user and often conceptualise the problem of illicit drug use as an illness.
It has been suggested that drug dependency not only adversely affects the drug user, but also the lives of all family members. The term ‘co-dependent’ behaviour among Italian families has been used to explain how family members can often deny the existence of a drug-related problem. For many Italians the unfamiliarity of seeking professional assistance for something considered a family matter was common (Guccciardo, 1989; Giodano and McGoldick, 1996). Many people of Italian background were not aware of the availability of drug treatment services and/or drug information (Guccciardo, 1989). In the late 1990s, Jukic et al (1997) concluded that Italian speakers were on a par with the general community in their knowledge about where to obtain drug information. Medical doctors were considered the main sources of trusted information. However, the same report indicated that there were a high number of respondents who did not know which drug treatment services to access (Jukic et al, 1997).
When social deviance such as illicit drug use occurs there can be a sense of failure and of mounting shame amongst the non-using family members. Drug treatment services tend only to be sought when a crisis point is reached, and in fact may not be ultimately utilised because of language barriers (Hatty, 1990). Additionally, it was found that most drug treatment services were focused on working with the individual and not with the family—perhaps because of a lack of resources to incorporate family therapy into the service (Gucciardo, 1989). Current literature has not yet determined if this problem has been resolved.
Asian
Background As is common with many other ethnic groups, people of Asian background are often lumped together as a single homogeneous group, devoid of distinctive ethnic cultural and racial differences (Faung and Lee, 1991; Ja and Aoki, 1993). As previously discussed, the principal problem with this form of classification is the lack of acknowledgment of the often very different cultural backgrounds of various Asian communities. When classified together like this, faulty conclusions are likely to be drawn. In many public record databases ethnic identifications are based on a client’s last name or physical appearance, making the analysis of public record data
62 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement problematic (Takeuchi and Young, 1994). Ethnic-specific Asian groups are to be assessed separately later in this report. However, since much literature still homogenises ‘Asians’, and yet separates Indo-Chinese, a review of this ethnic group will be examined on its own.
Illicit Drug Use by People of Asian Background In the United States the Asian community has often been looked upon as the ‘model community’ because of apparently fewer problems related to the use of and dependence on illicit drugs (Gilmore et al, 1990; Ja and Aoki, 1993; Kuramato, 1997). Such perceptions are further supported by recent American studies indicating that among five different ethnic groups, marijuana and other illicit drug use was lowest among Asian-Americans (Neumark-Sztainer et al, 1996). The reasons provided to explain this lower illicit drug use were that Asians feared addiction and experienced a higher level of disappointment with themselves when they did use drugs, compared with whites and other ethnic groups (Newcomb et al, 1990). There is enormous potential for erroneous assumptions to be drawn from such findings. This is because conclusions would be based on inadequately defined ethnic groups, with an inability to differentiate between each different Asian group. Until recently there has been little or no research specifically on young people of Asian background, which might be expected to be different from the population as a whole (Kim et al, 1992; Zane and Kim, 1994; Kuramato, 1997).
The dynamics of illicit drug use remain complex. The current classification of ethnic groups does not assist in reducing misunderstandings and the potential under- estimation of the problem (Ja and Aoki, 1993). For example, in many Asian communities it has been found that the subject of illicit drugs is taboo, and therefore drug use is often met with strong denial, particularly by the older generation. Illicit drug use commonly results in loss of face within the community. It is perhaps no surprise that the level of illicit drug use exacted from surveys is low, or that there is a paucity of knowledge about illicit drug use in Asian communities (Ja and Aoki, 1993; Mudaly, 1997). The attitude of Asian communities in Australia towards use of illicit drugs has been found to be one of fear and anxiety (Hunt, 1992).
Vulnerability of People of Asian Background to Illicit Drugs There is a widespread belief among Asians that education is the primary path for social mobility (Takeuchi and Young, 1994). Many Asian communities believe the only viable means of survival and success in mainstream society is through educational attainment and excellence. In Australia, since the early 1990s, there has been a substantial proportional decline in educational attainment by Indo-Chinese. This may be due to family reunions and the emptying of long stayers in the refugee camps, which has had the affect of diluting the number of well-educated people within the community (Viviani et al, 1993).
It is not yet clear how the education level of Indo-Chinese will develop over time. However, in view of the recent dismantling of the manufacturing sector and rising levels of unemployment amongst all ethnic groups the importance of higher
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 63 education has increased (Viviani et al, 1993). In 1992, the unemployment rate for newly arrived migrants from Indo-China was up to three and four times the national average (NSW Health, 1993). Traditionally the Indo-Chinese have had a concentration of employment in the manufacturing industry in all states, particularly NSW and Victoria. However, work in this sector has contracted considerably over the past decade, and the impact upon particular groups in the Indo-Chinese community has been profound. A lack of qualifications overall among Indo-Chinese (including low proportion with trade qualifications) helps to explain their recently high unemployment rates (Viviani et al, 1993).
For many Indo-Chinese, a lack of educational attainment not only impedes social mobility, but can diminish their status in their ethnic group (Viviani et al, 1993). When educational performance falls short of parental expectations, a high degree of emotional stress from the fear of failure may occur, precipitating a family crisis. To relieve this sense of failure, depression or family pressure, it has been suggested that some Asian youth move away from their family and cultural identity, possibly turning to illicit drugs for solace (Kim et al, 1992; Lukaszewski, 1990; D’Avanzo, 1997; EYIN et al, 1998).
Since the late 1970s many migrants from South East Asia have experienced enormous trauma as a result of forced evacuation from their home countries, have witnessed atrocities and had prolonged stays in refugee camps (Zane and Kim, 1994). In many refugee camps compatriots within these environments become substitutes for family members. Being moved from camp to camp and losing touch with one another added further trauma to the experience (Lukaszewski, 1990). The literature suggests that stressors caused by the refugee and migration experiences, as well as loss of family, possessions and status, together with illiteracy and increasing poverty, make such people vulnerable to seeking relief through illicit drug use. The use of hard and psychoactive drugs to alleviate psychological distress has been reported to be common among Asian background people (D’Avanzo, 1997; Mudaly, 1997).
Drug Treatment Services and Clients of Asian Background The expression of emotion is often discouraged culturally in Asian communities. Intense denial of illicit drug use, and the difficulty in openly acknowledging personal problems which may bring shame and stigma to the family, are arguably among the primary reasons why people of Asian background do not seek assistance for illicit drug use (Zane and Kim, 1994; Amodeo et al, 1996; D’Avanzo, 1997; Fish and Harris, 1997). In the United States, Asian-Americans tend to under-utilise drug treatment services, and this infrequent use of services has been interpreted as a lack of need for these services. In Australia there is a tendency to believe that low utilisation of drug services is due to lack of knowledge of the services, or a lack of appropriate services for this group. It has also been suggested the Eastern concept of ‘karma’ is held by many Asian adults and to a varying degree by their youth. For some Asians, suffering takes on a spiritual dimension and is believed to be beyond the individual’s understanding. It was suggested in the literature that drug use could be perceived as ‘karma’ rather than a problem that needs to be solved, and that this results in apathy,
64 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement indifference or a general acceptance of those involved in illicit drug use (Morley, 1996; D’Avanzo, 1997).
The literature suggests that communication within the family unit was often indirect and mono-directional within the hierarchy of the family, and that the emphasis is often placed on the interdependent needs of the family rather than on the individual. The initial response on the discovery of illicit drug use by a family member of Asian background may be to deny the problem and hope it resolves itself. When this goal proves unattainable there remains a strong obligation to keep problems within the family in order to uphold family honour and minimise loss of face to the wider community (Ja and Aoki, 1993; Lee, 1996). Seeking outside help can result in significant dilemmas, as the problem highlights not only shame for the family but also can imply admission of failure of the family structure to both the community and others. As with other ethnic groups, it was suggested that Asian families often wished for a quick-fix solution to a long-term drug problem in order to avoid personal responsibility that may impact upon a family member (Morsy, 1990; Ja and Aoki, 1993). As suggested by Ja and Aoki (1993), there generally remains little understanding of the role family members can play towards contributing to drug use, and this in itself may give rise to problems.
Chinese Language Speakers
Background In Australia, sections of the Chinese speaking community are commonly considered to be well established. Chinese speaking people from mainland China have been migrating to Australia since the middle of the 19th century and particularly to Victoria during the gold rush era of the 1850s. Chinese speaking ethnic groups who migrated to Australia during this period were often looked upon as a danger to the local population and to the nation as a whole because of their long tradition of smoking opium. Public commentators at the time suggested that opium caused moral bankruptcy and a particular focus was placed upon the traditional Chinese consumers (Hatty, 1990; Manderson, 1999).
In recent years, the Chinese speaking community has grown. The ‘diaspora’ of Chinese speaking communities located throughout the world have been well documented. Most Chinese speaking migrants in Australia have come from China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. There are also ethnic Chinese speaking communities from Vietnam, Singapore, Malaysia and Indonesia who have also settled here, albeit in fewer numbers. Determining the number of Chinese speaking people by birthplace is thus very difficult. The Australian Bureau of Statistics indicated that those in Victoria born in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan alone numbered 47,253 people (ABS, 1996).
The major Chinese languages spoken are Cantonese and Mandarin. Chinese speakers constituted the third largest NESB group, after Italian and Greek speakers. In the Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996 Census, the number of people in Victoria speaking either Cantonese, Mandarin or Chinese (non-specific) was 87,306 (ABS,
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 65 1996). While most recently arrived Chinese speakers are identifiable on databases, those of second or more generations are not.
Illicit Drug Use by People from Chinese Speaking Backgrounds Information and other research specifically focused on the extent of illicit drug use in the Chinese speaking community are rare. Studies undertaken to determine the extent of illicit drug use on the Chinese mainland have shown the number of drug users continues to rise at an alarming rate. In 1992, the official figure was 148,000, and by 1997 there were an estimated 560,000 registered drug users (Crofts et al, 1998). Within the Australian context there has only been one study undertaken to measure the extent of illicit drug use. According to this study, fewer Chinese respondents had tried any illicit drug compared with the general population. It was found that drug users were reluctant to acknowledge any problems or to seek help. Key informant interviewees involved in the study also indicated there was relatively low drug use among people of Chinese speaking backgrounds compared with the general community. While it was generally agreed that illicit drug use was not a particular problem, illicit drug trafficking was perceived to be a greater problem for the Chinese (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
In the study undertaken by Everingham and Flaherty (1995), four per cent of Chinese speaking respondents reported having used marijuana in the past month, compared with nine per cent in the general community. Respondents reported very little use of any other illicit drug, although heroin was perceived as the most frequently mentioned illicit drug used. Seventy-six per cent of respondents felt they did not know enough about illegal drugs. Compared with the general community, Chinese speaking respondents were more likely to perceive heroin as the drug most likely to cause death, and they are less likely to nominate alcohol or tobacco as the drugs most likely to cause death. Although the survey indicated a poor understanding about drugs, the majority of respondents were strongly opposed to legalisation of any illicit drugs (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
Vulnerability of People of Chinese Speaking Backgrounds to Illicit Drugs It is very difficult to determine the vulnerability issues of illicit drug use for Chinese speakers or the impact this may have on their own drug use practices, because there is so little literature available. As with all NESB communities, difficulties are likely to be encountered while adjusting to a different culture. In recent years there has been a influx of Chinese speakers settling in Victoria, and although a number of recent migrants may possess high educational standards and relatively good English (particularly those from Hong Kong), the issue of unemployment is still a concern for many. The study by Everingham and Flaherty (1995) identified unemployment as the most serious problem facing the community, as for the general community.
Among the key informants interviewed for the study by Everingham and Flaherty (1995), poor socioeconomic status was referred to as a predisposing factor to using
66 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement illicit drugs. Additionally, those who may have arrived as refugees rather than as business migrants were likely to have encountered a variety of different stresses, which may have impacted on the likelihood to engage in illicit drug use (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
Drug Treatment Services and Clients of Chinese Speaking Backgrounds Family plays a crucial role in health seeking behaviour for people of Chinese speaking background. Everingham and Flaherty (1995) suggested that improvement in health is sometimes only achieved through family interventions. However, since there was often considerable shame and a social stigma associated with illicit drug use it was believed probable that people of Chinese speaking backgrounds felt it would be inappropriate to seek assistance or counselling for illicit drug use. A lack of recognition of drug dependency among Chinese speaking people was also considered to be a possible explanation for their general reluctance to admit to a drug problem, even to themselves. The belief of self-responsibility and the resolutions of problems through self-control without outside assistance also may affect the likelihood to seek assistance (Lee, 1996). These characteristics may partially explain why Chinese speakers were poor utilisers of drug treatment services. Overall, it was observed that health information and services were not generally accessed until breaking point was reached, by either the individual or the family (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
Everingham and Flaherty (1995) found that Chinese speaking people have often found counselling to be inappropriate for them, largely because of a reluctance to talk about private family issues. The study also indicated that doctors were the most commonly mentioned source of information about drugs (usually sought by a family member) followed by drug advisory centres. However, there was a perception that doctors were prescribers rather than confidants, resulting in illicit drug use issues often remaining unexplored (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
Other reasons for under-utilisation of drug treatment services were that newly arrived Chinese speakers have language barriers due to poor English proficiency and were unfamiliar with how to use and access the health system (Everingham and Flaherty, 1995).
Cambodian
Background Most Cambodians arrived in Australia as refugees between 1980 and the early 1990s. Before this period, there were very few Cambodians residing in Australia and those who did were generally students (EYIN et al, 1998). Having endured the profound trauma of the genocidal policy of the Pol Pot era during the early 1970s, Cambodians then experienced an invasion of their country by the Vietnamese in 1978. During the
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 67 late 1970s and early 1980s, up to 300,000 Cambodians fled across the border to Thailand. Nearly half of these were reported to be ethnic Chinese (Viviani, 1996; Stevens, 1997). The majority of Cambodians that joined the exodus to leave their country experienced prolonged political, social and economic upheavals and witnessed the general collapse of their society. Many lost family members through death or separation and the normal structures of their traditional life were severely dismantled (McKenzie-Pollack, 1996; Stevens, 1997). Many of the refugee camps where Cambodians lived before their arrival in Australia were similar to prison environments (EYIN et al, 1998). As a consequence of their background, trauma- related problems have deeply affected this community.
In 1991 there were 17,500 Cambodian born people living in Australia, of which, nearly 40 per cent lived in Victoria. By mid 1995 it was estimated that the size of the Cambodian population had grown to 29,000, including children born in Australia and elsewhere. It is believed half the recent arrivals were refugees (Viviani, 1996). The 1996 Census indicates that there were 8,274 Cambodian-born Victorian residents, and 7,316 of these people spoke Khmer (the principle language of Cambodia) (ABS, 1996).
Illicit Drug Use by People of Cambodian Background While there has been an increasing amount of literature and research about the Indo- Chinese there still remains a paucity of information focusing solely on Cambodians. Many of the studies on Indo-Chinese people tend to generalise across the three main Indo-Chinese populations, resulting in little information about illicit drug use among Cambodians (Swift et al, 1997; EYIN et al, 1998). While the extent of drug use is unknown or uncertain, there are concerns that Cambodian youth, together with both Vietnamese and Laotian youth, may be well represented as street dealers and as illicit drug users (EYIN et al, 1998). Whether the extent of illicit drug use among Cambodians is any different from the general community has yet to be determined.
A study undertaken of Cambodians by Pham (1994) in Sydney found that illicit drugs in general were not mentioned as being commonly used in their community. Key informants involved in the study believed the drug of choice for Khmer street kids was marijuana, and that when compared with the wider community there was no difference in their pattern of use of illicit drugs. In a further exploration of this subject, research undertaken by EYIN et al (1998) suggests that Cambodian youth, like other Indo-Chinese, use a range of illicit substances, including barbiturates, benzodiazepines, amphetamines, street methadone and inhalants. The preferred drugs were cannabis and heroin. Similarly, among Indo-Chinese there generally appeared to be a preference for opiates, and the progression from smoking to injecting heroin was not uncommon (Swift et al, 1997; EYIN et al, 1998).
Khmer people perceive the term ‘drug’ as meaning illicit substances. Illicit drug use is often associated with crime or of socially unacceptable behaviours, and thus open public discussions about these subjects are often stifled. As a result, this community has limited knowledge about illicit drugs (Pham, 1994). The same report also indicated that 80 per cent of the key informants interviewed believed they lacked the
68 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement knowledge on such matters and could not impart accurate information back to their community. Interestingly, at the time of the study, few key informants displayed any interest about knowing more about heroin, though it is unlikely this same attitude would prevail today (Pham, 1994).
Vulnerability of People of Cambodian Background to Illicit Drugs As with all people of CLDBs, there are various stresses that are encountered by immigrants to a new country to culture. However, in the case of people from Cambodia, the effects of multiple traumas, disruptions and cultural dislocations would be expected to exacerbate their vulnerability. At time of arrival in Australia, the Cambodian population was relatively young. The 1996 Census indicates that in Victoria nearly one in four people born in Cambodia was aged between 15 and 24 years old (ABS, 1996). The 1991 Census found there were a much higher percentage of one-parent families within the Cambodian community, compared with the total Australian population (15.2 per cent compared with 10.2 per cent), and a higher proportion of widows in such families. Adolescent years are recognised as a high risk period for illicit drug use (Success Works [A], 1998). The high proportion of young people in the Cambodian population, together with the pressures on family life and their past experiences, all contribute to their vulnerability to illicit drug use.
Educational achievements of Cambodian refugees and migrants have been reported to be lower than that for Vietnamese and Laotians. The societal upheavals that occurred during the Pol Pot regime partially explain this outcome. Additionally, many came from rural backgrounds and the education facilities there, and in the refugee camps, were inadequate and many lacked any formal education (Viviani, 1996). At best, Cambodians had severely disrupted schooling and many are illiterate in their own language (Pham, 1994; OMRG, 1997). Many Cambodians also have very limited proficiency in English, have had negative experiences learning English and tend to believe they do not need to learn English in order to live or survive in Australia (OMRG, 1997). Pham (1994) indicates that 15 per cent of those aged between 15 and 24 years had poor or no English while for those aged between 25 and 54 years it increased to 51 per cent. To a large extent people of Cambodian background have adapted and functioned in the wider community with minimum levels of competence, and their social relationships are commonly confined to the Cambodian community (Stevens, 1997).
Viviani (1996) found that Cambodians had not done as well as the Vietnamese and Laotians in the field of seeking employment, although their general experience in the labour market has been described as similar. During the early period of settlement, most Cambodians were employed in unskilled labour. It was suggested that the Cambodian community would be structurally vulnerable should there be a contraction in the manufacturing sector (Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1985). As predicted, the economic restructuring in Australia has contributed to the disappearance of unskilled jobs, and jobs available now often require higher levels of education and improved English language proficiency. As has occurred to many people of CLDBs, the requirements of greater employment skills have impacted negatively on the Cambodian community, particularly among youth and the aged
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 69 (Stevens, 1997). The unemployment rate for Cambodian youth in Victoria aged 15–24 was 39 per cent in the 1991 Census and 35 per cent in 1996 (Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1995; ABS, 1996).
Drug Treatment Services and Clients of Cambodian Background Cambodians have widespread lack of knowledge about the locations and the fundamental functions and information provided by mainstream services (OMRG, 1997). Information about the utilisation of drug treatment services was believed to be inadequate and difficult to obtain. It has been suggested that a lack of English proficiency among many Cambodians causes avoidance of such services and in turn creates a false impression of the lack of need in the minds of service providers (Stevens, 1997). However, it has been suggested that there was an increase in drug treatment services by the Indo-Chinese during 1996–1997. This was possibly linked to outreach services targeting and contacting these particular ethnic groups (EYIN et al, 1998).
The literature suggests that Cambodian parents are fearful of drug using issues affecting their community and they are increasingly frustrated by their inability to deal with such problems (EYIN et al, 1998). There was a belief that the shame and loss of face to the community, as is common with all Asian societies, is widely experienced by Cambodians who are using illicit drugs. The need to hide such problems regarding illicit drug using was of great importance (EYIN et al, 1998). As reported by Stevens (1997), Cambodians were both individually and collectively more orientated towards self-reliance in meeting challengers they faced, resulting in a widespread reluctance to make requests for help or to discuss personal matters for fear of blame. Cambodians believe the disclosure of personal information should be maintained with the closed extended family (Pham, 1994). The consequences were that problems often remained unresolved until an intolerable crisis emerged (Stevens, 1997; OMRG, 1997).
Where the reliance on the family remains strong, seeking assistance outside the extended family was believed a difficult step to take. The concepts of counselling or direct questioning are not a part of Khmer society (McKenzie-Pollack, 1996). However, it has been suggested that young South East Asians, including Cambodians, are beginning to seek help and discuss personal matters more openly as they adapt and acculturate to the wider community (EYIN et al, 1998).
Laotian
Background Most people from Laos arrived in Australia during the late 1970s and throughout the 1980s as a result of war. Many Laotians had been residing in Thailand refugee camps—often described as appalling—for many years (sometimes more than ten years) prior to their settlement in Australia (EYIN et al, 1998). There are three major groups from Laos, of which the largest number are ethnic Laotian (80 per cent).
70 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Ethnic Chinese comprise ten per cent and the remainder are either ethnic Vietnamese or Hmong (Viviani, 1996). In contrast to people from Vietnam and Cambodia, most Laotian families were able to remain intact in the Thailand refugee camps or were reunited with family immediately upon arrival in Australia.
As a result, it is probable that Laotian people in Australia are less psychologically disturbed or traumatised than others of Indo-Chinese background (EYIN et al, 1998).
In 1991, 60 per cent of Laotian people resided in New South Wales and 20 per cent in Victoria (Viviani, 1996). In 1991, there were an estimated 9,500 Laotian born people in Australia. In 1995 there was approximately 14,000 Laotians, including those born in Australia and elsewhere. The 1996 Census indicated that in Victoria there were 2,162 Laos born people of which 469 were between the ages of 15 to 24 years (22 per cent). There were 1,994 people who spoke Lao in Victoria (ABS, 1996).
Illicit Drug Use by People of Laotian Background There remains a dearth of information about illicit drug use among Laotian people residing in Australia. It has been standard practice integrating this ethnic group with people of Indo–Chinese descent without any attempt to determine any disparities that may exist among them. EYIN et al (1998) have reported that the aggregate pattern of illicit drug use appears to be reasonably valid for all groups that comprise the Indo-Chinese. On this basis barbiturates, benzodiazepines, amphetamines, street methadone and inhalants appear to be commonly in use in this group with the most preferred illicit drugs being cannabis and heroin among Laotian youth (EYIN et al, 1998). The extent of illicit drug use in contrast to the wider community remains largely unknown (EYIN et al, 1998).
There are few studies that focus on people of Laotian background. However, it is expected that there is poor knowledge about drug issues in this community. The attitudes by the community to illicit drug use among their youth have yet to be measured but, like the rest of the Indo-Chinese community, there is probably much fear and anxiety (EYIN et al, 1998). As with other members of the Indo-Chinese community some parents may look upon the penalties associated with drug use as too lenient and treatment options as ineffective. However, it has been reported that many parents do want to be supportive of their children by exercising appropriate guidance and discipline (EYIN et al, 1998).
Vulnerability of People of Laotian Background to Illicit Drugs The traumas experienced by people of Vietnamese and Cambodian background were believed to have been more severe than those encountered by Laotian people. However, the refugee experience itself, and the problems associated with resettlement, were still profoundly difficult (Kavanagh and Sananikone, 1982; Viviani, 1996). While a number of people from Laos have been able to achieve a basic standard of living, find steady jobs and acquire tertiary educations, there are also a number who remain unemployed or involved in largely unskilled jobs with uncertain futures (Viviani, 1996; EYIN et al, 1998). While those born in Vietnam and
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 71 Cambodia had greater unemployment levels, Laotian unemployment levels were still very high. In 1991, 30 per cent of males and 35 per cent of females were unemployed (Viviani, 1996). For those aged between 15 and 24 years the unemployment rate was 39 per cent for both males and females (Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1995).
It has been suggested that Laotian people have lower rates of unemployment compared with those of Vietnamese and Cambodian background because, not only do they have better proficiency in English, but also their period of residence in Australia has been longer. For example, in 1995 their median period of residence was 13 years (Viviani, 1996). However, other reports indicate that most Laotian people have limited English skills, which affect their ability to enter the competitive employment market (OMRG, 1997).
Drug Treatment Services and Clients of Laotian Background In the Laotian community it was found that there was a high level of unwillingness to tell others of personal problems for fear of losing face with the community resulting in a strong tendency not to seek assistance outside of the family unit (OMRG, 1997). The concept of seeking advice from drug treatment services could bring about great shame and was apparently an alien concept. It was also believed the small size of the Laotian community could create difficulties with the availability of interpreters and culturally appropriate information about illicit drug issues and services (EYIN et al, 1998).
It has been suggested that some parents are in need of accurate, culturally appropriate information (EYIN et al, 1998). However, lack of knowledge may be difficult to redress in this community due to its small size, and therefore there are fewer resources for education programs specific to them. It was also believed there were few Lao welfare workers employed to assist the community and of those that did exist there was precarious funding associated with maintaining these positions (EYIN et al, 1998).
The Laotian community appear to be largely unfamiliar with the fundamental systems and structures of services available in Australia. Consequently, their ability to access a drug treatment service is likely to be poor. Additionally, Laotian community networks are poorly developed and not widespread. Thus, it is probable that Laotian people do not know where to go for help when illicit drug problems emerge in their community. It has also been suggested by the literature that existing services are designed to focus on the Indo-Chinese, which are mostly targeted to Vietnamese and employ Vietnamese workers, may not, by their nature, be an attractive option by Laotian people (OMRG, 1997).
72 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Vietnamese
Background The fall of Saigon in 1975, and the reunification of Vietnam in 1976 following a protracted, full-scale war between two ideologically opposed groups, resulted in an exodus of thousands of people who ultimately resettle in various parts of the world (Bertram and Flaherty, 1992; Karnow, 1994). The majority of Vietnamese departed as a result of the policies and politics of Vietnam’s communist government, which came into power at the end of the war. For some time there was widespread draconian discrimination imposed upon various sectors of society in Vietnam. These included the confiscation of land and goods, restriction of speech, religion and movement, imprisonment and ‘re-education’ in camps located in remote regions of the country. Migration of Vietnamese people to Australia was by one of three routes: perilous boat journeys; refugee camp resettlements or through official departure schemes (Hawthorne, 1982; Viviani, 1984; Wilson and Storey, 1991). Until 1991, most Vietnamese arrived in Australia as refugees (80 per cent) after spending lengthy periods of time in refugee camps in Hong Kong, Thailand, Indonesia or Malaysia. The war and refugee experience for these people was deeply traumatic (Viviani, 1984; Coughlan, 1992; Bertram and Flaherty, 1992; Viviani et al, 1993).
Before 1971 there were 717 Indo-Chinese born people residing in Australia (Coughlan, 1992). This changed following an influx of refugee boat people immediately after the end of the war. Then there were two major waves of Vietnamese migration to Australia. The first of these waves was between 1980 and 1982 due to the closure of private businesses in Vietnam in 1979. The second occurred from the late 1980s to the early 1990s due largely to an acceleration of a family reunion program (Viviani et al, 1993). The widely held belief that around two- thirds of people coming from Vietnam were of Chinese ancestry is incorrect. The 1986 Census indicated that 34 per cent were ethnic Chinese, and the 1991 Census found that Vietnamese with Chinese ethnicity comprised little more than 25 per cent of the Vietnamese born (Coughlan, 1992; Bureau of Immigration and Population Research, 1994).
Between 1980 and 1988 approximately 12,000 Vietnamese migrated to Australia (Coughlan, 1992). While there was still a 23 per cent increase in the number of Vietnamese born people in Australia between 1991 and 1996, there was also reported to be a steady decline in Vietnamese migration as family reunions were completed (EYIN et al, 1998). In 1991, there were 121,000 Vietnamese-born people residing in Australia, and by 1997 this had risen to 165,000. In 1997, the Vietnamese community became the third largest CLDB migrant group in Australia behind Italy and those from the former Yugoslavia (Viviani, 1996; ABS, 1996).
The 1995 Census indicated Victoria had just more than 55,000 Vietnamese born people in its population of which almost 54,000 spoke Vietnamese. Of Vietnamese in Victoria, 22 per cent were between the ages of 15 to 24 years old (ABS, 1996).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 73 Illicit Drug Use by People of Vietnamese Background The Vietnamese community are the most researched ethnic group in Australia in relation to illicit drug use. Their well-documented refugee and migration experience are perhaps an influential factor in the subsequent documentation of their illicit drug use (Ezard, 1997).
There has also been extensive media coverage that frequently features Vietnamese young people as drug user’s and/or traffickers (Vo, 1998). While an illicit drug problem certainly exists among Vietnamese youth, quantifying the extent of illicit drug use among the Vietnamese community in Victoria and comparing it with that of the general community has not yet been undertaken (Dare, 1998). Researchers acknowledge that the extent of drug use among any group of people is difficult and attempts to date have produced inaccurate estimations for both minority ethnic groups and the wider community.
The number of injecting drug users (IDUs) of Vietnamese background appears to be greater than for other ethnic groups (Parks Area Safety Network, 1994; Ezard, 1997). However, a 1993 National Drug Strategy Household Survey that compared a sample of Vietnamese with the general community showed that one per cent of Vietnamese born had ever used heroin, whereas two per cent of the general community had. For marijuana use the proportion was four per cent for Vietnamese born and 34 per cent for the general community (Evans, 1996). The Victorian Drug Household Survey indicated that only four per cent of those born in South East Asia (of which it can be assumed most were Vietnamese) admitted to ever having used hard drugs. This compares with nine per cent for those born in Australia (Department of Human Services, 1995 citing Ezard, 1997). The Victorian Inpatient Minimum Database showed that between 1995 and 1996 there were 12 Vietnamese born people who were admitted to a hospital for an opiate related condition, compared with 1,315 Australian born (Ezard, 1997). This figure, as emphasised by Ezard (1997), may equally be a result of poor accessibility of hospital services by people born in Vietnam than it is an indicator of drug use.
It has also been suggested that the secrecy and shame associated with illicit drug use in the broader Vietnamese community may reduce the likelihood of accurate estimates of illicit drug use (Bertram and Flaherty, 1992). However, other research among Vietnamese illicit drug users gives an indication of patterns of use for this group. For example, a study undertaken by Barr and Crofts (1998) indicated that from 1992–1997 there were 13 heroin-related deaths of persons of Vietnamese background, out of a total 550 heroin related deaths. While Vietnamese people in Victoria comprise 1.3 per cent of the total population, they accounted for 2.3 per cent of heroin related deaths. The same coronial data showed that the Vietnamese were years younger than the Australian born counterparts and had greater exposure to hepatitis C on autopsy (85 per cent, compared with 31 per cent of the Australian born deaths) (Barr and Crofts, 1998).
In 1994, it was estimated that 80 per cent of young Vietnamese males coming into contact with correctional services were heroin users (Hinz and Kelly, 1994). Victorian Police statistics show that Vietnamese born (mostly males) comprised the largest
74 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement non-Australian born group of alleged offenders. However, nearly 80 per cent of their offences relate to drugs and nearly 50 per cent of offenders were under the age of 20 (Victorian Police, 1997). Whether these statistics indicate higher levels of drug use, or indicate a greater focus by law enforcement agencies on targeting street drug use and dealing in areas where there are a high proportion of Vietnamese, remains a moot point (Hinz and Kelly, 1994; Higgs et al, 1999). In recent years police harassment of heroin users in the suburb of Cabramatta in Western Sydney, of whom many were Vietnamese, seems significant (Maher et al, 1997).
An overview of needle and syringe program (NSP) statistics has suggested that there are potentially high rates of heroin use among Vietnamese youth. In the Western Region of Melbourne 35 per cent of NSP clients were Vietnamese.
Most of those using the service were between 19 and 26 years of age, and all were male. However, this region in the early 1990s had a high proportion of Vietnamese residents (35 per cent of the total Vietnamese population in Victoria) and they comprised about three per cent of the population in that area (Fox and Lauchlan, 1992). In the south-eastern Melbourne suburb of Springvale, Vietnamese peoplw accounted for 22 per cent of those using the NSP (Hinz and Kelly, 1994). Another secondary exchange in Melbourne estimated that up to 50 per cent of clients were Vietnamese (Macfarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research, 1997). Caution should be adopted in making assumptions about what these figures actually mean. For example, high rates of utilisation of NSP could indicate successful access strategies by outreach workers specifically targeting Vietnamese people, rather than a greater drug use by Vietnamese people (Fox and Lauchlan, 1992; Duong, 1995).
Research focusing on patterns and practice of illicit drug use among Vietnamese IDUs has shown a number of risk factors. As reported in a study by Louie et al (1998), it was found that 18 per cent of Vietnamese IDUs reported sharing of needles; 69 per cent did not use NSPs; and of the 32 per cent tested for hepatics C, all were positive. A 1997 a study in Cabramatta, Sydney found that among the Indo-Chinese, of which 76 per cent were Vietnamese, 89 per cent drew heroin from a communal solution on the last injecting occasion and one-third reported sharing of needles. Only 16 per cent reported ‘mainly’ using NSPs to access injecting equipment (Maher et al, 1997). A recent study of 188 injecting drug users of Vietnamese background indicated that, despite a lower sharing of equipment (18 per cent), there was nevertheless a high rate of positive tests for hepatitis C (78 per cent) (Higgs et al, 1998).
Between 1993 and 1997 up to 18 per cent of HIV notifications in south-west Sydney involved individuals from an Asian background. More than 50 per cent of these cases identified IDU as the sole risk factor, compared with 35 per cent in New South Wales as a whole. In 1998, another study found that Vietnamese IDUs were increasing their risk of acquiring HIV infection through the sharing of needles. Although past studies have shown ethnic mixing was rare among illicit drug users, this study found that 33 per cent of the Vietnamese IDU respondents shared needles with non-Vietnamese (Maher, 1998).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 75 Common to all studies involving those of Vietnamese background, the respondents tended to be significantly younger than Caucasian drug users. Most IDUs were male. Knowledge and awareness of blood born viruses was minimal. Sharing of equipment was common. Hepatitis C was found to be highly prevalent and injecting drug use appeared to be increasing (Louie et al, 1998; Higgs et al, 1998; Maher et al, 1997 and Maher, 1998).
A Sydney study by Bertram et al (1996) found that the level of knowledge and general attitude to illicit drug use among the Vietnamese were poor. Ability to identify both licit and illicit substances was lower than for the general community, and a substantial percentage (21 per cent) did not know how to access information about drugs. It was widely believed that heroin use was restricted to young men, not the older generation, and that the main illicit drug used was heroin (Romios and Ross, 1993). While there appeared to be widespread anxiety among parents about the impact illicit drugs had on their children there was also both a feeling of defensiveness over the problem and a sense of inadequacy as to how the problem should be addressed (Romios and Ross, 1993; Ezard, 1997; EYIN et al, 1998).
Vietnamese parents were greatly ashamed of their children’s involvement in drug use, and accompanying mixed feelings of support and anger there was despair. Anecdotal reports indicate some Vietnamese parents were sending their drug- addicted children back to Vietnam in order for them to escape the drug scene in Australia. However, many of these young Vietnamese soon discovered the same drug scene in Vietnam. They were then involved in injecting drugs and having unsafe sex in a country with very high reported level of HIV infection among IDUs (ranging from 35 per cent to 90 per cent) (Louie et al, 1998; Crofts et al, 1998; EYIN et al, 1998). These types of responses were not exclusive to Vietnamese parents. It has also been reported among Asian families in Britain, where drug using children were sent back to their home countries, away from the ‘corrupting influence of the West’— often compounding the problem even further (Pearson and Patel, 1998).
For most of the wider Vietnamese community, harm reduction as a philosophy for illicit drug use was a new and difficult concept to understand. Similar to people in most CLDB communities, the approach favoured by the wider Vietnamese community involved complete abstinence from drug use (Fox and Lauchlan, 1992).
Vulnerability to Becoming Involved in Illicit Drugs Understanding the background of many people born in Vietnam enables a better understanding of their potential vulnerability to illicit drug use. The long-term effect of massive social upheaval and the psychological impact of war and violence cannot be underestimated (Viviani, 1984; Tung, 1989; EYIN et al, 1998). Many people from Vietnam spent years in crowded, unsanitary transit camps and for those aged less than 30 years of age in 1975, most had known nothing but war (Burley, 1990; Duong, 1995). It has been suggested that heroin use and dependence were endemic in many of the refugee camps and during the war (Lulla and Traver, 1995; Ezard, 1997).
76 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement This proposition is further supported by a study, which found that up to 25 per cent of the respondents had already been injecting drugs prior to their arrival to Australia (Louie et al, 1998).
There continues to be increasing support for the notions that drug use and social factors, particularly among youth who experience isolation, language barriers, unemployment and homelessness, are linked (Romios and Ross, 1993). In the case of people from Vietnam social problems were widespread and multifaceted.
Social and Economic Factors The higher proportion of single parents and dependent children among families of Vietnamese background had implication for workforce participation and welfare dependency (Viviani, et al, 1993). Further problems confronting families of Vietnamese background were the tensions generated by the parent–child relationship and intergenerational conflicts based on perceptions of decreasing youth respect for elders and parents, by youth accused of adopting too many Australian cultural traits (Van and Holton, 1991; Nguyen H, 1995).
In the early 1980s approximately 50 per cent of people from Vietnam were married, but many arrived in Australia without their spouse (Burley, 1990; Ezard, 1997). Large numbers of Vietnamese were not accompanied by biological members of their family when they arrived in Australia (Cuong and Bertilli, 1990).
Most of the Vietnamese coming to Australia at that time were young. The ABS 1986 Census showed that half the Indo-Chinese (of which most were Vietnamese) arriving in Australia were less than 20 years of age. The median age was 27 years of age, compared with 41 years for other overseas born of CLDBs (Cuong and Bertilli, 1990). The 1986 Census also indicated there were 26 per cent more males than females, and at the time there were only five per cent of the Vietnamese married to non- Vietnamese spouses. It has been suggested that this gender imbalance exacerbated social problems within the Vietnamese community (Coughlan, 1992). A substantial number of Vietnamese youths appeared to be parentless (an estimated 12 per cent of the Indo-Chinese came to Australia without a parent). Many were sent out alone and expected to survive with whatever precarious family support was available (Coughlan, 1992). Additionally, it has been suggested that a number of Vietnamese parents have a strong desire to advance economically, and as a consequence could lose focus on their children or fail to protect the family unit from detrimental external factors (Zane and Kim, 1994).
The potential to end up in street gangs, to live in shared, transient households, to drift from pool halls to petty crime and eventually to experiment with illicit drugs is expected to be high under these social circumstances (Mellor and Ricketson, 1991). In 1986 the median size of households for people of Vietnamese background was five, compared with three for non-Asian households. On arrival in Australia, there was a heavy reliance on resettlement agencies to find available and inexpensive housing. The result was that refugees often settled in underprivileged neighbourhoods. It was in these areas that young Vietnamese were able to drift easily into delinquency and to form ties with non-Vietnamese delinquent youth. This unfortunate process of
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 77 acculturation resulted in participation in activities associated with the prevailing culture, one of which was the use and trafficking of illicit drugs (Bankston and Zhou, 1997; EYIN et al, 1998). As reported by both Jordans (1996) and Maher (1998), the deterioration of social circumstances is another strong force that propels young Vietnamese further into social and economic marginalisation and inequity, consequently increasing the risk of drug use.
Education Recent studies have indicated that many Vietnamese drug users were not only young, but their educational attainment was severely disrupted. Consequently, achievement was low (Nguyen O, 1995). It has been shown that an increasing number of Vietnamese are going onto further education—often focusing on computing, engineering or medicine. However, it has been suggested that few enrol into social science subjects that could contribute to their community’s development in Australia (Coughlan, 1992). While Vietnamese people may be disproportionately represented at some universities in faculties with ascribed status, most were under- represented in tertiary education as a whole (Viviani et al, 1993).
A study by Bankston (1995) on Vietnamese school students has shown that a participatory involvement in the ethnic community inhibits drug use, and how it was possible to help insulate group members from the influences of the larger society. As may be common with all communities, what has generally occurred among the Vietnamese was the bifurcation of those who became high achievers and those who became delinquents. Media reports often feature stories either about successful Vietnamese students gaining entrance into elite universities, or those involved in illicit drug use or delinquent street gangs (Rodd and Leber, 1996; Bankston and Zhou, 1997). As reported by Bankston and Zhou (1997), this bifurcation towards both higher achievement and delinquency may cause Vietnamese community members to dichotomise their youth into ‘good’ and ‘bad’ kids.
Employment The need to get work has often forced Vietnamese to take only unskilled or semi- skilled jobs (Van and Holton, 1991; Viviani, 1996). Van and Holton (1991) reported that for every Vietnamese person who had become a successful professional, there were at least ten who remained in manufacturing or were unemployed. Coughlan (1992) suggests that the Vietnamese were very status conscious compared with Laotian and Cambodians, and this may explain their reluctance to seek out employment in low status positions. A number of researchers have explained the apparent lack of motivation of people from Vietnam towards personal advancement by pointing out the fact that resettlement is often highly stressful for a number of cultural, social and economic reasons (Van and Holton, 1991; Coughlan, 1992; Viviani, 1996).
Most Vietnamese tended to take up unskilled occupations, which were generally precarious during times of economic downturn (Van and Holton, 1991; Coughlan, 1992; Duke and Marshall, 1995; Viviani, 1996). According to some researchers, there
78 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement have been increasing concentrations of an urban underclass because many industrial jobs have disappeared (Bankston, 1997; Viviani, 1984; Viviani, 1996). The low level of English proficiency among Vietnamese, and the filial duty to help their Vietnamese families (either in Vietnam or within Australia), has often impeded the ability of Vietnamese to train for more skilled jobs. In some ways this has also deterred them from acquiring a tertiary education (Coughlan, 1992).
Various studies have indicated that youth unemployment among Vietnamese drug users is high. Louie et al (1998) reports that unemployment among Vietnamese IDUs was 87 per cent; Kelsall et al, in a later study (1999), found the rate was 62 per cent. The 1991 Census indicated unemployment among Vietnamese youth (15 to 24 years of age) was 56 per cent, compared with 19 per cent among those who born in Australia (Victorian Ethnic Affairs Commission, 1995). Many youth turned to street drug dealing, and invariably to using illicit drugs, perceiving that the long-term options of unemployment benefits or the youth allowance were not enough for economic survival (EYIN et al, 1998). Vietnamese in employment do not seem to sympathise with the long-term unemployed—whether they are Vietnamese or in the wider community—and this tends to exacerbate the problem (Van and Holton, 1991).
Proficiency in English Language The major problem for those entering Australia for the first three years was language. Acquiring the skills to enter the competitive job market usually requires a relatively good level of English proficiency. Initially, English classes were offered at hostels, but settlement into the wider community appeared to reduce the imperative to learn English. Opportunities to learn English were reduced by the government in the mid- 1980s, and this dismantling of support led many to search for a job rather than learn English (Viviani, 1996).
Utilisation of Drug Treatment Services Vietnamese values revolve around the family. So pivotal is the family unit that individual interests are often looked upon as subordinate and irrelevant in comparison with the interests of the family. Severe social censure tends to be applied to family members dishonouring the family name, and, as with many other Asian communities, honour is generally maintained by not suffering loss of face either in the local or wider community. Consequently, problems and crises are frequently handled within the family unit (Viviani, 1984; Burley, 1990; Nguyen, 1995; Leung and Boehnein, 1996). There is also a tendency to avoid unpleasant confrontations, to try to foster harmony and to show their ‘worth’ to the wider community (Burley, 1990). It could be suggested that revealing or acknowledging issues of illicit drug use in their community would be damaging, and unworthy aspects of their community’s standing in the wider society could be revealed. Therefore, problems surrounding illicit drug use often remain clandestine. Understanding the cultural mores of the Vietnamese community can partially explain why the Vietnamese community has resisted public acknowledgment that their community has an illicit drug problem (Duong, 1995).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 79 Not accessing drug treatment services may be one way of preventing exposure of a problem. However, there have been suggestions that the Vietnamese community is becoming increasingly aware of issues related to drug use, and that they are more prepared to seek assistance. Services need to be prepared for a probable increase in the client base among the Vietnamese born (Parks Area Safety Network, 1994). The perceived lack of culturally relevant drug programs has arguably resulted in few people of Vietnamese background participating in drug treatment programs. In 1995–96, the Department of Human Services found that there were only 19 people of Indo-Chinese descent (most of whom were Vietnamese) receiving drug treatment. For 1996–97 there were 15,862 ‘episodes of care’1 provided by drug services statewide. Of these ‘episodes of care’ only 169 (1.1 per cent) involved people born in Vietnam (Dare, 1998). Further evidence of poor utilisation of drug services was found in an inner city Melbourne alcohol and drug centre where, between April 1995 and April 1997, only two per cent of the clients were Vietnamese (Ezard, 1997). While drug use in the Vietnamese community may be no higher than in the general community, Vietnamese people do have special needs that should be acknowledged and met by drug services (Dare, 1998).
A substantial number of people of Vietnamese background have poor language and communication skills. This may partially explain their unease in using drug treatments, or indeed any other services (Nguyen, 1996; OMRG, 1997). It has been suggested by Mudaly (1997) that many may be fearful of being associated with sensitive community issues such as illicit drugs. There seems to be a need for culturally specific, targeted promotion of both drug education and information about where to seek drug treatment help. The expectation by many Vietnamese clients and their families that the services they access will provide a ‘quick fix’ solution is also problematic (Vo, 1998; EYIN et al, 1998). Thus, there is a need to manage expectations of services so that they are realistic. The concepts of therapy and recovery were also not well understood in this community (Romios and Ross, 1993).
Recent findings have confirmed that treatment services are often not adequate in providing services to people from diverse ethnic backgrounds—and indeed were often accused of using culturally inappropriate practices (Hynes, 1997; Dare, 1998). While it was reported that there was a demand by Vietnamese heroin users for programs that were both short-term and flexible in alleviating heroin withdrawal, such programs were scarce (EYIN et al, 1998). The treatment services initiated specifically for people of Vietnamese background were often not successful because many clients were ‘lost’ in the follow-up from initial treatment (Ezard, 1997).
Swift et al (1997) reported that access to treatment and community services by Indo- Chinese was generally poor—even though Vietnamese heroin users did actually desire treatment for their addiction. As reported in a study by Louie et al (1998), 61 per cent of Vietnamese respondents had sought treatment, and of those, 81 per cent had tried methadone. Similarly, in a study undertaken in Sydney by Swift et al
1 An ‘episode of care’ consists of a completed course of treatment undertaken by the client under the care of an alcohol and drug worker. An ‘episode of care’ will therefore consist of a number of client contacts with the agency, which will vary according to the individual needs.
80 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement (1997), most Vietnamese respondents had previously attempted to detoxify with street methadone—probably because, unlike in Melbourne, methadone programs were harder to access. While Vietnamese youth are willing to use methadone treatment, many did not view substitution therapy as a long-term option (EYIN et al, 1998).
The literature suggests that friends above parents were the preferred source of information about drug issues amongst the youth (Mudaly, 1997). However, it has also been shown that Vietnamese heroin users and non-users do access local doctors for drug-related information and help, although not to the same degree as Caucasians did (Ezard, 1997; Bertram and Flaherty, 1992). While GPs could be accessed for information and support, it has been suggested that some young Vietnamese drug users could be reluctant to go to a Vietnamese doctor for fear of shame and being exposed in their own community (Nguyen, 1996; EYIN et al, 1998). However, even with access to GPs, there was still a significant proportion of respondents in a study by Bertram et al (1996), who had not known how to access information (21 per cent) or where to access help (26 per cent), were a drug problem to emerge. Even though large numbers of Vietnamese drug users were found to be able to read, it was nevertheless considered important that translations of written material were colloquial, rather than academic or too ‘correct’, in order to avoid misunderstandings, inaccuracies or misinterpretation. Culturally appropriate language was believed to be vital for effective access to information (Fox and Lauchlan, 1992).
It has become increasingly apparent that the engagement and persuasive skills of outreach workers is crucial in assisting young Vietnamese into treatment. The outreach approaches, which offered both ongoing and non-judgmental support, were viewed as a vital link—particularly between various treatment services and those that lived on the margins of society (Romios and Ross, 1993; Jordans, 1996; EYIN et al, 1998).
Arabic Speaking
Background Large numbers of Arabic speaking Lebanese migrated to Australia following the 1965–67 Arab–Israeli war and the 1976–77 civil war. The principal reasons for these two migration waves include religious intimidation, poor social and economic conditions and an unsettled political climate. According to the ABS (1994) most of the Lebanese employed in Australia were likely to be labourers, involved in sales or in trades industries (Jukic et al, 1996). As of 1996 the number of people in Victoria born in Lebanon was 13,951, of which 1,715 were aged between 15 and 24 years (ABS, 1996). Another major Arabic speaking group consists of those from Egypt, of which many have resided in Australia for more than 20 years. According to the ABS (1995), a significant number of Egyptians spoke English at home and their English proficiency was reported to be good. As of 1996 the number of people in Victoria born in Egypt was 12,129, of which 1,454 were aged between 15 and 34 years.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 81 Compared with those born in Lebanon, Egyptian born people were well qualified and many held white-collar positions (Jukic et al, 1996). In 1996, Arabic speakers in Victoria were the fifth largest language group, numbering 39,451 (ABS, 1996).
Extent of Drug Use and Knowledge of Drugs There remains a paucity of information on drug use issues among Arabic speaking people. In the late 1980s one study found a substantial number of Arabic speakers had used psychotropic drugs on a regular basis (but it should be noted that this study was questioned for its true representativeness) (Guirguis, 1989; Jukic et al, 1996). An earlier study conducted by Triboli and Riddout (1987), which focused more on illicit drugs, reported that four per cent of those of Lebanese ethnicity admitted using cannabis. In 1996, a study conducted in Sydney indicated that cannabis and heroin use was lower among the Arabic speaking community compared with the general community. As can be common with studies that locate respondents through a technique of door-to-door interviewing about an illegal activity, many respondents report little use of illicit drugs. Cannabis use was reported to be the most favoured illicit drug, while the use of heroin, amphetamines and cocaine was rarely reported (Jukic et al, 1996).
In 1997 a study that focused on Arabic speaking drug users in Sydney indicated that of those surveyed, 88 per cent were injecting heroin and 44 per cent injected daily or more than once a day. Forty-eight per cent had experienced an episode where they had shared needles. While a significant number had shared needles, 74 per cent had reported new injecting equipment was obtained from needle exchanges, health centres and hospitals. It had been reported that accurately measuring the extent of the illicit drug use was difficult, particularly among Arabic speaking IDUs, as they were likely to go to great lengths to exercise secrecy and confidentially about their behaviours. The research suggested there was a strong wish for such activities not to be visible, largely due to intense fear of rejection by the family and by the Arabic speaking community at large (Samaha, 1997).
As reported in a 1996 study, only 14 per cent of the respondents believed they knew enough about illicit drugs, possibly explaining why most were opposed to any legalisation of any illicit drugs (89 per cent), compared with the general community (58 per cent). While illicit drug use was considered lower than in the general community, most respondents considered the issue to be a problem secondary to their principal concern of unemployment (Jukic et al, 1996).
Vulnerability to Becoming Involved in Illicit Drugs The vulnerability issues that affect Arabic speaking people have been largely unexplored or researched. In the late 1980s it was reported that widespread use of mood altering drugs could be due to a significant high level of job dissatisfaction and boredom with their employment (Guirguis, 1989). In more recent years it was reported that illicit drug use and experimentation were significantly linked to peer pressure and the desire for excitement to escape the boredom that often accompanies unemployment. As previously documented, unemployment was to be the key
82 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement concern for Arabic speaking people (Jukic et al, 1996). Issues of social isolation and the lack of appropriate recreational and social options available were also suggested as determinants for using illicit drugs. Intergenerational problems were reported to occur, with young people experiencing feelings of cultural confusion as a result of shifting between two cultures (Jukic et al, 1996).
Utilisation of Drug Treatment Services The literature suggests that Arabic speaking community members deny the existence of a problem rather than help to avoid or solve the problem (Abudabbeh, 1996; Samaha, 1997). Within Arabic culture the discussion of illicit drugs remains a taboo subject, and therefore the ability to talk openly about drug problems was believed to be problematic (Samaha, 1997). As there remains a high degree of shame associated with illegal drug use, the disclosure of such information to others and the obstacles in accessing services arising from language and cultural differences was perceived to be difficult. Among the wider Arabic speaking community, the GP was believed to be the key person from whom to seek information, advice and assistance related to resolving drug problems. While the GP was perceived as the best option to seeking out assistance, a significant number of respondents (30 per cent) did not know where to go to receive information about drug issues (Jukic et al, 1996).
However, a study by Samaha (1997) concluded that most users of illegal drugs would not access an Arabic speaking doctor for fear their drug taking behaviour would be found out—leading to social stigma and cultural isolation. It has been reported that Arabic speaking drug users experience widespread discrimination because of their activity and this has resulted in their reluctance to seek out risk reducing behaviour within the health care system. However, for those wishing to utilise drug treatment services, most respondents did not know where the services were based or how to access them, and they identified language difficulties and problems of travelling to the service as significant deterrents. Overall, drug treatment services were not perceived to be culturally sensitive to the needs of the Arab speaking community (Samaha, 1997).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 83
Literature Criminal Justice
Literature—Criminal Justice
Part 1: Setting the Scene Making sense of what is known about drugs, crime and ethnicity, and trying to come to some reasonable conclusions about the interplay and relationships between these variables, is fraught with difficulty—as will be seen.
Studies, such as that of Chi and others, on alcohol use among Asian Americans, have made important contributions to identifying patterns of substance use, and this knowledge has helped to dispel popular assumptions and identify the diversity of cultural patterns and values (Chi et al, 1989). There is, however, very little research into ethnic and cultural differences amongst those who use illicit drugs. In the United Kingdom a few studies were conducted in the 1960s and early 1970s when first generation immigrants were arriving in Britain. In these studies the researchers found that non-white groups were less likely to offend than whites (Bottoms, 1967, 1973 and Lambert, 19 70, cited in Tarling, 1993).
In Australia:
The issues surrounding drug use in ethnic communities in Australia are…poorly understood…While the predominant culture is Anglophonic, Australia has an ethnically diverse population. Within these ethnic communities, the meanings of, and acceptable norms and rules surrounding, licit and illicit drug use are shaped by a complex interaction of factors, such as earlier cultural influences, the upheavals associated with migration, the degree to which an ethnic culture becomes ‘frozen’, the ‘Australianisation’ of younger generations of migrants, and the level of alienation and marginalisation from ‘main street’ Anglophonic culture and social institutions. The development of culturally sensitive policies and interventions in order to address drug use in these communities must include an appreciation of and adaptation to these factors. In many areas, this may require a re-think of many of the existing strategies developed for the dominant Anglophone culture (Lintzeris, 1998: 263).
In commenting on the lack of focus on ethnicity, Hands (1995) was of the view that the treatment needs of people from CLDBs who use illicit drugs in Australia has been addressed to an even lesser extent than the treatment needs of women (Hands et al, 1995, cited in Ezard, 1998: 109). What little research has been carried out in the area of ethnicity and illicit drug use often denies the heterogeneity of communities from CLDBs, and tends to ignore the roles played by gender and class (Copeland and Hall, 1995, cited in Ezard, 1998: 108):
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 87 …What literature there is available on drug and alcohol use in culturally diverse communities does however confirm that within these communities, as within the mainstream community, drug users are isolated. Drug users from NESB are likely to be doubly isolated, experiencing cultural isolation from the mainstream community through both their drug use and their ethnicity (Awiah et al, 1992 cited in Ezard, 1998: 109).
Using ‘Ethnicity’ as a Variable in Official Records and Research Ethnicity is not a variable in itself so much as ‘…a marker for a host of variables governing lifestyle, relationships, views of the world and beliefs’ (Cheung, 1991: 581).
…The concepts of race and ethnicity are fraught with ambiguity, and scholars debate whether sub-cultural or social structural theories best account for race and ethnic group differences in behaviour (Kleinman, 1978).
Defining ethnicity is very problematic. People of the same race may belong to different ethnic groups and thus exhibit different values, beliefs and behaviours. However, in most ‘official’ databases there is reliance on an over-simplistic definition of ethnicity. Such variables are not designed for thorough examinations of the relationships between ethnicity and drug use.
While some official statistics and studies are aware that culture and/or ethnicity may be one of the variables affecting drug use, or propensity to crime, the difficulties associated with the definition of culture or ethnicity has resulted in the variable being reduced. In the few studies where it has been included at all ethnicity has been reduced to extremely broad categories based predominantly on visual appearance. Thus black, white, Asian and Caucasian are commonly used to differentiate between races and cultures. Such broad categories are almost useless, as the migration experiences and cultures within each group may be vastly different:
While it is clearly necessary to distinguish between the continuation of pre- existing cultural patterns of drug use and the effects of migration upon drug use, this distinction is often neglected. Research has usually been confined to particular NESB groups, or the use of particular drugs within these groups (Hatty 1991: 207).
On a similar note, Legge in Canada laments that statistics such as police and court records and school district records on student populations at risk that might provide useful information on substance misuse indicators do not usually break down information by ethnic group (Legge C, 1993: 1). Statistics that are able to distinguish
88 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement meaningfully between ethnic groups and patterns of behaviour are very scarce within the literature.2
The fact that in many countries keep data on culture or ethnicity in relation to crime and offending patterns compounds the difficulties in establishing meaningful categories of ethnicity for research purposes, and this has been a very sensitive issue. The practice is also one that, in some countries, has been linked to immigration and deportation policies. It is only comparatively recently that the importance of data to help dispel myths about ethnic offending (myths which are usually generated by the media) has been acknowledged. Below are examples of how some countries are currently defining ethnicity for official statistical purposes. As you will see they vary enormously:
In France, except for some prison statistics, official data distinguishes only between French citizens and ‘foreigners’ (Tournier, 1997).
In Canada’s prison system three principal categories are used: aboriginals, blacks and whites. Canadian court statistics are only recently beginning to be published and do not include data on the racial or ethnic origin of suspects or convicted persons, except in the case of aboriginals (Roberts et al, 1997: 482). (This is also the case in Australia, where aboriginality is the most consistently included cultural variable in databases.)
Swiss statistics differentiate ‘ethnicity’ by whether the person is a Swiss national, resident foreigner, non-resident foreigner or asylum seeker. Race and ethnicity is not recorded. This is not considered to be a problem because of the low number of naturalisations of foreign-born people (less than 10,000 per year from 1989–93) (Killias, 1996: 380).
In Sweden no official variables have been developed to register persons in terms of their ethnicity. The basic concepts used when officially classifying immigrants’ ethnic backgrounds are citizenship, country of birth and residency. Foreign nationals are categorised into those who do or do not reside in Sweden, and those from a Nordic country or a non-Nordic country. Non-residents are classified into those seeking asylum, those engaged in business, tourists and illegal entrants (Martens, 1997).
In the United States, official statistics tend to categorise ethnicity into white, black, native American or Canadian, Asian or Pacific Islander (Sampson, 1996: 311). In the United Kingdom official statistics tend to categorise ethnicity into black, white and East Asian. In the case of the US, the classification is native Americans and Hispanics (Smith, 1997).
2 In Australia, the Population Census Ethnicity Committee looked at international experience in the field of ethnicity and found that ‘views as to the very meaning of the word “ethnicity” varied widely, both between countries and between different bodies within the same country. Similarly, approaches adopted to the development of measurement techniques are somewhat disparate’ (The Committee’s Report cited in Castles, I, 1990, p. 3) 1986 Census of Population and Housing. Census 86: Data Quality Ancestry, Information Paper, Australian Bureau of Statistics, Cat. No. 2603.0).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 89 In Australia, country of birth is the category most often used to distinguish ethnicity in criminal justice and treatment services. Ethnic breakdown of arrestees is not published by any police jurisdiction except Victoria, which uses country of birth and ethnic appearance (Victoria Police, 1997: 47–49). In Western Australia police use categories based on racial appearance: Aboriginal, Asian, Caucasian, Latin, Negroid and Polynesian. However, these are not published in statistical reports (Western Australia Police, 1997). In other criminal justice databases in Victoria (which are probably similar to other states), if an ethnicity variable is included it is usually ‘country of birth’. This variable singles out recent migrants but makes invisible second or subsequent generation people, even though they may maintain strong cultural links.
The difficulty of defining ethnicity in any meaningful way is illustrated by one of many examples where the Australian Customs Service and Australian Federal Police arrest, for example, a Hong Kong-born Canadian national arriving at Sydney from Cambodia via Singapore (ABCI, 1997: 48). Another problem in research into ethnicity-based differences is that the numbers of people from any given background are often so small as to be meaningless in any analysis of differences in illicit drug involvement.
People from CLDB Have Unique Experiences and Understandings Knowledge about the unique experiences and different understandings and beliefs of people from CLDBs is essential to providing responses that take into account different needs and beliefs. Some of the types of ethnic and culturally related experiences that influence behaviours, including those of illicit drug involvement and crime, follow:
One of the consequences of migration, particularly in the case of refugees, is poverty and marginalisation in the new country. High unemployment and low income, or long hours in (usually) unskilled employment, are the norm.
These socioeconomic circumstances may inadvertently lead to child neglect, poor supervision and disrupted parenting. Given the economic challenges facing migrants and the energy and time they must devote to establishing themselves, it is not difficult to see how children may have to take second place in the priorities of their parents and how supervision of children may be affected. This type of parenting experience by a child appears to be linked to higher rates of involvement in crime, regardless of ethnic background (Weatherburn, 1998).
Most migrants on arrival necessarily settle into areas in which housing is cheapest. They may subsequently find that the area in which their children are being raised already has a high rate of use of drugs and criminal and delinquent behaviour. While a family is trying to find its economic and social feet in a new country, it may also be coping with the normal behaviour of adolescents. Children may be facing the challenges of trying to fit into Australian society at the same time as trying to meet the traditional expectations of their parents. All of these factors add up to a very difficult mix. It is perhaps remarkable that so
90 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement few young people of migrant parents do not engage in drug taking or other criminal behaviour (Weatherburn, 1998).
Migrants from South East Asia may suffer post-trauma mental health problems. Many people from Cambodian and Vietnamese backgrounds seek medical treatment for somatic complaints that mask poor mental health, alcohol and other drug abuse problems. There is a predominant belief in these communities that alcohol is harmless unless the individual is also engaged in behaviour that disgraces the family. Alcohol is often seen as useful in overcoming sadness and forgetting painful memories. To many people of South East Asian background, the notion of alcoholism and drug dependence as illnesses or diseases is totally unfamiliar and preventing health problems is also a new concept for them (Amodeo, 1996).
Denial plays an important role in South East Asian culture and is congruent with the values of self-sacrifice, submission to the common good, harmony and acceptance of fate. The role of denial with regard alcohol and drug use is an important area for further study, and has major implications for drug education and treatment programs. Aggressive approaches tend to induce guilt and shame, thus increasing denial and other defences. Therefore, with Cambodian and Vietnamese clients it is imperative to avoid aggressive approaches that may cause loss of face. Mental illness is viewed as familial and heritable, and illness in one family member is seen as related to past family transgressions, and therefore damaging to the reputation of the family as a whole. Once the family’s name is damaged, the stigma continues for generations.
The method of having family members and significant other confront the person who has the drug problem does not work well with South East Asians as it is not a common communication method. With South East Asians it is not clear that recovery needs to involve a personal transformation, given that the culture places little emphasis on self-reflection and insight. Instead, in addition to abstinence, recovery may constitute a return to harmony with nature or a return to fulfilling family and community obligations and protecting the honour of the family name (Amodeo, 1996).
The validity of using variables that define ethnicity to differentiate between different experiences of drug abuse by people from different CLDBs is particularly compelling when one looks at the low rate of uptake of drug treatment services by people of CLDBs. Research shows that use of drug treatment services by people of CLDBs is comparatively low. For example, in a review of long-term residential treatment for people with alcohol and other drug use problems in Australia, it was found that, out of a total sample of 1,068 clients resident in the 56 treatment programs (out of a possible 60), only 103 (9.6 per cent) were identified as being from CLDBs. When the 42 persons on programs specifically for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders is subtracted from the 103, only 61 persons remain. Thus, only 5.7 per cent of clients were from CLDBs. Only 23 of the 56 service respondents identified any clients from CLDBs in their programs, and the only issue for CLDB clients identified during the review consultations was the lack of translators for educational and treatment
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 91 information. The researchers found that, because of the general lack of information about the needs and use of long-term residential treatment by people from CLDBs, it is not known whether the number in long-term residential treatment programs is acceptable or not (Ernst and Young, 1995: 68).
In their study of substance use and criminal patterns of behaviour by youths defined as ‘serious delinquents’, De La Rosa and Soriano were disturbed to find that only seven per cent of Hispanic male youths indicated having participated in substance abuse treatment, compared with 32 per cent of Anglo-American males.
While identification of people’s CLDB can be of value in identifying gaps in service, and in debunking many of the misconceptions about illicit drug use and offending generally, attempts to describe or explain criminal activities and drug abuse behaviours in terms of ethnicity only would not be constructive. Offenders from Anglo-Saxon backgrounds rarely—if ever—have their offending explained or described in terms of their ethnicity. Rather, research into offending and criminal behaviour, certainly for people of Anglo-Saxon background, is almost exclusively in terms of their socioeconomic status and life experiences. It could be argued that ethnicity is really only relevant for a study of drug crime in terms of its ability to determine the contexts and social mores. This may help explain differences in outlooks, or as it relates to poverty and socioeconomic status— although this is more probably linked to the migrant experience rather than ethnicity per se.
Ethnicity and crime statistics will be useful only if other demographic, social and economic statistics for migrant groups are also collected (Mukherjee, 1999: 6).
Some Ramifications of Reporting Ethnic Involvement in Crime Generally, research into crime committed by ethnic minority groups has found that their involvement is lower. A recent study in NSW of crime amongst NSW secondary students found that students from an ethnic background had lower rates of participation in crime, were no more likely to use cannabis, and were less likely to be frequent alcohol users than were secondary students from English speaking backgrounds (Baker, 1998).
In Sweden, the crime–drug trend for new migrants appeared to show a higher rate of offending. Martens prefaces his report on Sweden’s experience with the observation that in Sweden generally ‘…it has been taboo to discuss negative behaviours of immigrants, such as law breaking. This is due to a general fear of giving grist to the mills of xenophobic elements within the community’ (Martens, 1996). However, in a governmental proposition of 1989–90 the Ombudsman Against Ethnic Discrimination argued that the facts about immigrant criminality should be known, and as a result, a number of research projects were started.
It was found that crimes were committed by foreign-born people at generally twice the rate as for native Swedes. The over-representation was most pronounced for violent crimes, with physical assault four times higher, and murder, manslaughter
92 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement and robbery 3.5 times more likely to be committed by foreign born. The rate of participation in narcotic drug laws was found to be 0.75 for first generation foreigners, 0.77 for second-generation foreigners and 0.47 for native Swedes (Martens, 1997: 224).3 One of the consequences of these findings was that they were used, up until 1994, by a new political party in Sweden that advocated strongly for a more restrictive immigration policy. A recurring theme to support this position was the higher crime rate for immigrants seen in the crime statistics. Crime statistics for immigrants was used as evidence to support the passing of a law in 1994 that made it easier to expel foreign citizens convicted of even a relatively minor offence (Martens, 1997: 185).
Research into the Link Between Drugs and Crime Research into the relationship between offending and other crimes is notoriously difficult to measure and, according to the Australian Bureau of Criminal Intelligence, is certainly not currently recorded in any meaningful way by any Australian police jurisdiction (ABCI, 1996: 12). This is mainly because of the difficulties associated with establishing distinct motives behind property crime. For example, while many burglary offenders may be drug addicted, the offences they commit could have been motivated for a variety of reasons. These include simple greed or other social factors that affect their propensity to commit crimes, and may not just be a means of financing a drug addiction. Another problem is that many crimes remain unsolved, making it impossible to ascertain the proportion of crime that may have been committed to finance drugs.
Nevertheless, there has been some attempt to gauge the extent and type of drug- related crime in Australia. Queensland reported that 70 per cent of robberies are drug-related, while NSW reported that 80 per cent of armed robberies are drug- related (National Committee on Violence quoted in Makkai, 1993: 37). In NSW the Department of Corrective Services found that 67 per cent of inmates reported being under the influence of a drug at the time of their most serious offence. Seventy-four per cent of re-offending inmates said their current offence was related to their use of alcohol or drugs, and this compared with 62 per cent of first offenders (CEIDA, 1996: 21). In a study of imprisoned burglars in NSW it was found that higher rates of burglary were associated with greater expenditure on illicit drugs. Over 90 per cent reported using illicit drugs, and 70 per cent had traded stolen goods for drugs. Burglars who were heroin users reported a higher median burglary rate per month (13 per month), compared with a median rate of 8.7 per month for non-heroin users (Stevenson and Forsythe, 1998: vii).
It has been reported that heroin users commit significantly more burglaries, armed robberies and fraud than non-users. However, heroin dependence may only
3 Most first generation immigrants in Sweden are born in a European country. The majority comes from Finland (23 per cent); Yugoslavia (12 per cent); Iran and Norway (five per cent each); Denmark, Poland and Germany (four per cent each); and Turkey and Chile (three per cent each) (Martens 1997).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 93 exacerbate offending among those already committing crimes, rather than actually causing a law-abiding person to turn to a life of crime (Qld CJC, 1996: 11).
The National Committee on Violence (1990) came to the conclusion that most heroin users in Australia were involved in more opportunistic crime, such as shoplifting and bag snatching. This is supported by a similar finding in Germany, where it was found that while robbery, burglary and shoplifting were most commonly associated with drug addiction, official police statistics in 1990 showed that only one in seven burglary offences, and one in ten robberies, were committed by addicts. Another study in a major German city found that addicts committed 21 per cent of all household burglaries, 25 per cent of purse snatching, 19 per cent of other street robbery and seven per cent of shoplifting offences. The criminal histories of drug addicts showed that drug selling, shoplifting (and for women, prostitution) were more likely to be practised by addicts. In both Germany and the United States it was found that overall, shoplifting was the most common activity for drug addicts (Reuband, 1992, cited in Makkai, 1993: 38).
A similar finding on shoplifting was found in a United Kingdom study, where arrestees in five police force areas were tested for drugs through urine analyses over a two-year period 1996 to 1998 (N=622). The study showed that half of urine-tested arrestees suspected of shoplifting tested positive for opiates and one-third tested positive for cocaine. Only ten per cent of all suspected burglars and one-quarter of all suspected car thieves tested positive for opiates. Almost half of arrestees interviewed in the study who reported using drugs in the last 12 months (46 per cent) believed their drug use and crime were connected. This group also tended to report higher levels of criminal involvement (Bennet, 1998: ix)
In a study of 200 regular amphetamine users in Sydney, over half had committed a crime in past month and 44 per cent reported committing crimes while under the influence of amphetamines. Thirty-eight per cent had dealt in drugs, 27 per cent had committed property crimes, nine per cent had committed fraud and four per cent had committed violent crimes (Hando, 1996). In a previous study, Hando found that the strongest predictor of committing any type of offence after using amphetamines was a history of having committed the same type of offence before using amphetamines. Amphetamine use does not necessarily cause violent crime, and Hando notes that other factors (such as the potentially violent lifestyle associated with crime and illicit drug use), predisposing personality factors (such as schizophrenia or previous criminal history) and the use of other drugs (including alcohol) may all contribute to the violence exhibited by persons using amphetamines (Hando and Hall, 1993).
Other, recent studies also show a connection between drug use and crime. For example, it was found that 30 per cent of a group of 268 homicide offenders imprisoned in New York State correctional facilities attributed their involvement in the homicide to their use of substances (Spunt et al, 1995). Another study, based on Drug Use Forecasting (which in the US involves urine tests and interviews of arrestees across 23 cities), found that 51 to 83 per cent of arrestees tested positive for illegal substances (National Institute of Justice, 1996). Another study by the US Department of Justice found that more than three-quarters of all jail inmates
94 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement surveyed in 1989 in the US reported some lifetime illicit drug use. About two-thirds reported using illicit drugs once per week, and more than one-third of the prisoners claimed to be under the influence of drugs at the time of committing the offence for which they were imprisoned (US Department of Justice, 1992).
A similar proportion is found in Netherlands prisons, where the number of prison inmates who were addicted to drugs rose from 23 per cent in 1980 to an estimated 50–70 per cent in 1993 (van de Wijngaart, 1997: 926).
Previous research has fairly consistently shown that drug and alcohol use and crime are statistically correlated. See, for example, Grandossy et al, 1986, Parker et al, 1989, Dobinson, 1989 and Hammersley, 1987. In the United Kingdom, Hodgins and Lightfoot found that male prisoners abusing alcohol and drugs together were the most criminal; offenders who abused illegal substances without alcohol were the least criminal; and offenders using neither alcohol nor drugs were somewhere in the middle (Hodgins and Lightfoot, 1988).
Drug use also appears to be common with juvenile offenders. Watts and Wright found that 40–47 per cent of the variance in minor delinquency, and 34–59 per cent of the variance in violent delinquent crime, could be attributed to substance misuse by youth detention facility residents (Watts and Wright, 1990). Of 101 juvenile incarcerated burglars interviewed in NSW, it was found that 23 per cent used heroin and 78.3 per cent used marijuana. It was found that juveniles had a higher median rate of burglary than adults (Stevenson and Forsythe, 1998).
In the NCADA National Household Survey respondents were asked whether they had been physically abused and/or whether they had had property stolen by someone who was or appeared to be affected by illicit or illegal drugs. Of the 3,349 respondents, eight per cent reported experiencing either physical abuse or property stolen or damaged in the last 12 months by someone thought to be affected by illicit drugs. Lifestyle, as measured by marital status and urban location, significantly increases the likelihood of being a victim (Makkai, 1993: 40)
The Estimated Cost of Illicit Drugs When illicit drugs are viewed in the context of substance abuse, it is generally considered to be less problematic than alcohol and tobacco in terms of cost to the community. It has been calculated that overall, substance abuse accounts for seven per cent of the global burden of disease. This is broken down into: tobacco (which account for 2.6 per cent), alcohol (3.5 per cent) and illicit drug use (0.06 per cent). HIV-AIDS represented 0.8 per cent of global burden of disease (Ball, 1998). It has been estimated that the cost of drug abuse in Australia in 1996 was $18.8 billion, with $1.6 billion, or nearly nine per cent of this abuse, associated with illicit drugs (Collins and Lapsley, 1996). These estimates do not include the costs of associated crimes, welfare and health services, lost productivity and so on.
In 1995 in Australia it was estimated that 18,124 people died from tobacco-related causes, and 3,642 from alcohol-related causes. This compares with an estimated 778 deaths attributed to illicit drugs. These deaths may also be due not only to use of
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 95 illicit drugs, but caused by ‘route of administration’ and other associated lifestyle factors. Nevertheless, deaths from illicit drugs have increased significantly between 1990 and 1995, from just fewer than 500 to 778, and they continue to rise (AIHW, 1997). Between 1991 and 1997, overdose deaths in Australia doubled. In 1999 drug overdose deaths in Victoria are expected to equal or exceed all road crash deaths in the state.
In August 1999 the death rate was 40 per cent higher than at the same time in 1998 (Parsons, 1999: 5). However, the increase in deaths may be a consequence of increased purity levels rather than an increase in the number of people using illicit drugs (ABCI, 1997).
According to a 1997 United Nations World Drug Report, Commonwealth and state government expenditure in response to illicit drugs was estimated at $620 million. Of this, 84 per cent is allocated to law enforcement, six per cent to treatment and ten per cent to prevention and research (The World Drug Report, 1997). The Western Australia Task Force on Drug Abuse estimated that in the year 1993–94 a total of $239,784,778 was spent by government and non-government organisations on activities related to drug abuse. Nearly 80 per cent of total expenditure involved two main areas: inpatient hospital stays (at 29.9 per cent, or $71,727,594) and justice and law enforcement activities (48.6 per cent, or $116,549,440) (Government of Western Australia, 1995: 38). In its 1995 White Paper, the United Kingdom government estimated that the cost of drug-related crime in England and Wales in 1992 was between 58 and 864 million pounds among heroin users alone (United Kingdom Government, 1995, cited in Newcombe, 1998).
The Estimated Cost of Maintaining an Illicit Drug Habit In a study that interviewed sixty-three cocaine addicts in the North West of England, it was found that such people were typically spending over 20,000 pounds a year on illicit drugs. The smaller group of heroin addicts (N=19) who were interviewed spent, on average 10,000 pounds per year on their habit. To find the money to pay for their habit, many used state benefits or, less commonly, legitimate ‘cash in hand’ earnings. Some women with very costly drug habits relied on prostitution. A minority funded their addiction by drug dealing. A majority of all addicts funded their habit partly or wholly by acquisitive crime, such as theft, shoplifting, fraud and burglary, rather than by crimes of violence. However, some interviewees felt their dependence on cocaine led them to commit riskier offences—perhaps with a greater potential for violence (Parker and Bottomley, 1996).
Similarly, Hando found that amphetamine users in Sydney financed their habit from a variety of sources. Eighty-nine per cent received amphetamines as a gift from friends; 72 per cent used money from paid employment; 44 per cent had used unemployment benefits; and five per cent Austudy payments. Forty-three per cent had borrowed money from friends; 38 per cent borrowed money from parents; 34 per cent had pawned items; and seven per cent had obtained money from sex work. Other than dealing drugs (41 per cent), it was uncommon for the subjects to commit other types of crime, such as property crime (nine per cent), fraud (three per cent) or
96 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement violent crimes to fund their amphetamine use (Hando, 1996). Maher found that in her group of 202 daily heroin users in Cabramatta, 38 per cent of total income was derived from acquisitive crime and 44 per cent from the ‘drug market’. Participation in the drug market was considerably more lucrative than participation in acquisitive property crime (Maher et al, 1998: 115).
In another study it was found that the majority of addicts committing criminal acts to fund their habit had already been involved in crime before their addiction. However, it was found that those using cocaine for more than two years showed a greater disposition to rely on acquisitive crime than those who were recent users.
Of the 22 who did not have a criminal career predating their cocaine use, over two- thirds subsequently turned to acquisitive crime, drug dealing or prostitution (Parker and Bottomley, 1996). Pettiway et al also found that crime related activities were substantially more likely to culminate in drug-related activities than drug-related behaviours were to culminate in crime (Pettiway et al, 1994).
In a South Australian study it was estimated that the criminal activity (excluding drug dealing) of drug dependant persons cost $A130,000 per year before the dependent user entered methadone treatment.4 (Ryan et al, 1995). A study commissioned by the therapeutic community Odyssey House in Victoria estimated that the cost to society of a dependent user in the year before entering the therapeutic community was $A75,000 with $A53,000 being the cost of drug-related crime5 (Odyssey House: date unavailable).
In a recent United Kingdom study, arrestees in five police force areas were tested for drugs through urine analyses over a two-year period from 1996 to 1998 (N=622). The study showed that arrestees who said their drug use and their offending were connected reported illegal incomes on average two to three times higher than those who said their drug use and crime were not connected. This was supported by the statistically significant finding that the average illegal income of arrestees with no positive urine test was 3,000 pounds, compared with over 12,000 pounds for arrestees with three positive urine tests (Bennet, 1998: ix).
In a study of 230 incarcerated burglars in NSW it was estimated that median expenditure on illicit drugs during an average week in the reference period was $900 (range $250–$2,050). For those using heroin the average weekly expenditure on the drug was $1,500 (range $500–$3,500) (Stevenson and Forsythe, 1998). Maher and others combined the median weekly amount earned from acquisitive property crime by their study participants, with Hall’s (1995) estimates of the size of the population of regular heroin users (at between 49,000 and 150,000). They calculated that heroin users in Australia probably generate between $535,080,000 and $1,638,000,000 per annum from acquisitive property crime (Maher et al, 1998).
4 It was pointed out that methadone treatment costs just over $A2,000 per year (Ryan et al, 1995). 5 They further pointed out that whilst incarcerating dependent users costs $A48,000 per person per year, treating them at Odyssey House cost only $A15,600 per person per year (Odyssey House: date unavailable).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 97 The Media’s Role in Developing Public Perceptions of the Link Between Drug Crimes and Ethnic Groups In Canada the media has been blamed for creating a public perception that immigrants commit much of drug crimes. While there has been considerable political debate in Canada in the 1990s about whether race crime data should be collected, the debate has affected the issue of immigration. A number of opinion polls suggested that crime by new immigrants was an important component in Canadians’ attitudes to tighten up immigration policies. The major explanation for this appears to be:
…increased attention to the problem of ‘immigrant’ crime by the media…. In the early 1990s there was considerable coverage of crimes by ‘gangs’ of immigrants from China and Vietnam…More recently, the emphasis has shifted to Somali refugees…It is worth noting that a major review that demonstrated that the foreign born were highly unrepresented in the population of those incarcerated for violent crimes (Thomas, 1993) received little publicity in the news media (Palmer, 1996).
Media focus on crime and immigrants also precipitated changes in Switzerland Press reports in the mid-1990s shocked the Swiss public with its expose on the large proportion of foreigners and asylum seekers among arrested drug dealers and the inability of the police to deal with the problem. As a result, Swiss deportation laws were tightened up to allow more rapid deportation of illegal aliens (Killias, 1996: 378). In addition, large scale heroin prescription programs were initiated, so that ‘…crime is no longer as commonly perceived as being directly related to immigration’ (Killias et al, 1995).
Australia too has its share of colourful headlines linking crime, drugs and immigrants, and these usually focus on Asians. For example, ‘Vietnamese gangs a big crime threat, says NCA’ (The Age, 7.9.94). ‘Police report predicts rise in Asian Crime’ (The Age 10.8.92). ‘The Drug Lords who Seized Redfern’ (The Bulletin 11.2.97). This last item covered a situation where residents believed that the Vietnamese were responsible for most of the crime and have a corrupting influence on other groups. One resident of Redfern is quoted as saying, ‘The Vietnamese connection [with Aborigines] is very dangerous—they don’t have respect for life and that creates the same sort of attitude in the young Aboriginal boys and girls’. Vietnamese ‘gangs’ are considered ‘ruthless’ and engage in home invasions, machete attacks and the ‘brazen’ selling of heroin on the streets of Cabramatta. The gang 5T is considered to be the most ruthless. The expression ‘5T’ is considered by The Bulletin author Brett Martin to be the Vietnamese words (Tuoi Tre Thieu Thuong) which mean ‘sex, money, prison, die and conviction’. These same Vietnamese words are considered by Doan actually to mean ‘young people, who lack love and care’. (Doan, 1995)
98 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement In April 1997 Brett Martin of The Bulletin reported on:
…the growing threat posed in the Pacific and beyond by Asian crime gangs. Chinese Triads, Vietnamese youth gangs, Japanese Yakuza and Korean criminal elements have overtaken Australia’s other ethnic groups in the reach and scope of their criminal activity: heroin importation, prostitution, money laundering, extortion, home invasions and other crimes of violence. With the exception of outlaw motorcycle gangs, Caucasians no longer figure large in Australian organised crime (Martin 8.4.97: 18).
Fear is further enhanced by warnings that Asian criminals may continue not to only target their own ethnic group but may ‘break out of their own ethnic groupings’ and take a wider criminal focus. In this same article the issue of immigration is broached. Anthropologist Richard Basham is quoted as saying, ‘It is important that we start dealing with organised Asian crime because in the future the bulk of Australian immigration and business will be Asian. We have to get it right now’ (Martin, 1997: 19). However, Asian organised crime in Australia ‘…is considerably less organised than might be thought from an uncritical reading of media reports’ (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 2 of 17).
Part 2: Drugs, Crime and Ethnic Involvement
Is there Discrimination in the Criminal Justice System? Discrimination is present across a widespread of institutions. In a study of racial discrimination in Britain, it was found that racism was widespread in seeking housing and employment, and it came from white institutions generally. An interesting finding relates to how different ethnic groups adapted to this discrimination. While all ethnic minorities faced discrimination, it was found that ethnic groups differed in the ways in which they reacted to it, which ultimately affected their socioeconomic positions in society.
For example, in the British study it was found that people of South East Asian background relied more on family and contacts for their housing and jobs, and were often engaged in extraordinary efforts to buy, rather than rent, accommodation. In contrast, people of Afro-Caribbean background assumed equality would be offered to them and were much more outgoing. However, as a result of this challenging and outgoing behaviour they placed themselves in situations where they faced very the hostility and rejection that, in contrast, the South East Asian background people had avoided. People from South East Asian backgrounds are now becoming wealthier (in Britain), and those of Afro-Caribbean background tend to be much poorer (Smith, 1994).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 99 The criminal justice system is primarily a national institution that, to a greater or lesser degree, reflects the culture it arose from. The majority group has a:
…unique connection with the moral, religious, and cultural tradition which shaped the legal system…neither the law nor the corresponding sense of identity grew out of a tradition that included the present day ethnic minorities. Their treatment under the law is therefore the sharpest test of the capacity of the tradition to evolve and adapt (Smith, 1994: 1042).
A number of reports have pointed to the inherent discrimination that exists in the criminal justice system. A survey of 169 superior court judges and 113 court managers in New Jersey US in 1989 found that 98 per cent saw bias against minorities. Half saw small increments of discrimination against minorities at each step of the justice process—arrest, bail, jury verdict and sentencing (New Jersey Study, 1989). It is also interesting that the study was shelved for two years before being made public through a leak to the New Jersey Law Journal.
Analyses of arrestees in the United Kingdom during the early 1980s, when police classified people on the basis of skin colour, found that black-skinned persons were considerably over-represented in the arrest statistics. This gave rise to the question of whether blacks are stopped by police because they commit more crime or because the police exercise their discretionary powers differently. A similar pattern of dark- skinned people being more highly represented in police cautions or convictions at court was found by Ouston’s study of over 2,000 boys and girls attending 12 inner London schools. When Ouston controlled for background factors to assess the impact of race she found that boys and girls whose parents were born in the West Indies had a higher proportion of cautions and convictions that did persons of other races (Ouston, 1984, cited in Tarling, 1993).
Once again, the question arises whether this illustrates a tendency of the criminal justice system to treat dark-skinned persons with fewer leniencies. Tonry is of the view that in the US, the policy of the ‘war on drugs’ has caused the enormously disproportionate number of black people arrested and incarcerated. The rise in the proportion of black ‘offenders’ has coincided with the timing of this policy. The US National Household surveys on drug abuse indicate black people’s use of drugs is less than that of white people, however arrests of black people for drug offences have risen from 30 per cent to 42 per cent for the years 1976–1992. Between 1985 and 1989, the number of arrests of black people doubled from 210,298 to 452,574. In the same period, the rate for white people grew by 27 per cent.
No matter why it happens, the police emphasis on disorganised minority neighbourhoods produces racial proportions in arrests that do not mirror racial proportions in drug use (Tonry, 1995: 107).
On any given day, blacks are six to seven times more likely than whites to be in jail or prison. In Britain, US, Australia and Canada there is a much higher imprisonment rate for black people than for white. However, because it is so difficult to control for
100 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement other variables, it is not possible to say conclusively that the criminal justice system is racially biased.
It may be that crimes committed by people from ethnic minority groups are more likely to be reported to police, or that sentences are more likely to be harsher for ethnic minorities and that the criminal justice system gives unequal treatment which increases resentment by ethnic minority groups (Smith, 1994: 1045).
In 1990, it was found that 12.5 per cent of Australian-born females were in prison for drug offences, compared with 17 per cent of overseas-born females. The proportions were even more disparate for males. In 1990, 6.4 per cent of Australian-born males were in prison for drug offences compared with 20.5 per cent of overseas-born males (Gobbo, 1990). Another form of discrimination occurred where migrants in prison suffered isolation from their fellow prisoners due to their background and language, and were also rarely visited by people from their own ethnic group (with the exception of one Chinese pastor visitor) (Gobbo, 1990).
In Australia there is evidence of discrimination at every level of the criminal justice system, from police attention on the streets, police processing, courts, sentencing and in prison. Goldsmith argues that police tendencies ‘…to use stereotypes in carrying out their duties naturally inclines police patrols to focus their attention upon those groups within the community which are the subject of negative stereotypes’. This may explain why particular ethnic groups become the focus of police attention (Goldsmith, 1991). It is possible that a vicious cycle is occurring: the more bad publicity an ethnic group gets, the more likely they are to attract police attention; the more police attention they attract, the more bad publicity they are likely to receive. A higher rate of remand for people of CLDBs in police custody in New South Wales was found to be due to ignorance of their right to an interpreter, or inadequacy of interpreting services (Mamontoff and Gorta, 1983). The Law Reform Commission’s inquiry into multiculturalism and the law heard much evidence of the cultural and linguistic problems faced by CLDB persons in courts and the need for interpreters (Australian Law Reform Commission, 1991). Justice Gobbo also thought that different meanings in body language needed to be understood by judges and juries so that they do not misinterpret a smile or downcast eyes, and so on (Gobbo, 1990).
Discrimination in the criminal justice system can also be found in community legal centres. These have very limited access to interpreters, which leads them consciously not to promote their services within ethnic communities because a language barrier will inevitably exist (Australian Law Reform Commission, 1991). In a study of sixty street-frequenting youth of CLDBs in Sydney, the majority who had had experience of legal aid were not satisfied. Clients from CLDBs said that the service is dominated by ‘Anglo solicitors’, who judge them as guilty. Since duty solicitors are paid by the number of cases they handle they try to speed up cases and allegedly make the young people plead guilty even if they are not (Pe-Pua, 1996). Some young people in this same study felt that the juvenile courts were not fair to young people because they are not allowed to speak up.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 101 The same stereotype about street-frequenting young people, if held by solicitors, can damage the case for the young person even before it has started. The CLDB young people who are not fluent in English could be denied a chance to defend themselves when they are denied an interpreter in the legal process. Justice is also denied when the court proceedings prevent them from directly addressing the judge (Pe-Pua, 1996: 97).
Interpreters Despite the shortage of interpreters and the calls for interpreters to be much more widely used, they are not in themselves the complete answer needed to overcome bias in the criminal justice system—or even in the treatment sector.
The Education Department of Victoria found that during the development of its drug education program for CLDB parents (the Backgrounds Project), it was much more productive to train drug education facilitators from CLDBs rather than utilise interpreters. It had been found that the interpreters’ translations were wrapped in Western values, did not allow for cultural sensitivity and were unreliable in direct translations. There was also difficulty in translating information that was of a more technical nature (Freestone and Wigzell, 1998). Inadequate interpreting ensures that people from CLDBs are at a disadvantage within the criminal justice system. As Justice Gobbo pointed out, interpreters are probably only able to interpret about one tenth of the judicial proceedings.
The court jargon is difficult enough as it is and this is compounded by the lack of English-language skills of CLDB young people. In the process of interpretation, the meaning is sometimes lost, which works to the disadvantage of the NESB youth client (Pe-Pua, 1996: 96).
Police Brogden and others have argued that normal policing is discriminatory against certain categories of people. While police may say they are merely responding to crime, the crimes they choose to focus on are often biased against the poor and the powerless. The bulk of police work is not directed at white collar or corporate offences, but rather at street crimes and other comparatively minor crimes against persons and property. According to Brogden (1988), bias is built into the way in which police operate. Police have a duty to maintain public order by keeping the streets ‘clean’ and in managing the poor and unemployed youth (White, 1994).
Young, working-class, unemployed, and non-white people who spend a great deal of their leisure time in public spaces are often easy targets for police harassment and questioning…it does not require deviant police practices or illegal use of police powers to explain why the young, the poor, and ethnic minorities receive discriminatory treatment by the police (Chan, 1997: 41).
102 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Indo-Chinese youth may be highly visible if they congregate in groups, and to some, this projects a ‘gang’ image, and may attract police attention. Community unease about such groups, exacerbated by media scares about Vietnamese youth violence, in turn heightens these youths’ public visibility and community concern. One consequence may be that the police feel pressured to be seen to be taking action.
Chan is of the opinion that police tend to perceive ethnic youth as troublemakers, delinquent and involved in illegal activities on the basis of their appearance, especially when they congregate in groups (Chan, 1992). Police also have a tendency to assume that young people go to school and can speak English (Chan, 1994).
The majority of Indo-Chinese young people in Australian society can be described as marginalised, particularly those who have migrated as refugees. Refugee migrants arrive with few assets, are often destitute, have often suffered severe dislocation and experiences of torture and trauma. They seek unskilled or semi-skilled employment in an increasingly competitive labour market (Lyons, 1995: 174).
Lyons believes that the reason for much of the police contact with Indo-Chinese youth is related to the socioeconomic position of Indo-Chinese youth, rather than their ethnicity per se, and that such encounters may unintentionally deteriorate as a result of misinterpretations of body language and language difficulties (Lyons, 1995).
Victoria Police have established an Asian Squad within its Crime Department, to try to encourage the reporting of crime committed within the Vietnamese community. Unfortunately, there may be a perception in the community that the establishment of a specialist crime squad for one particular section of the ethnic community is a reflection of their greater propensity to commit crime. To reduce this perception it would perhaps be more ethical to call the squad the ‘Asian victim’s assistance squad’. A more positive name would more closely reflect the reason the squad was initially formed, that is, to break down barriers between police and people who generally were distrustful of authority in general. The squad also targets Vietnamese who tend to be reluctant to report crimes committed against them by other Vietnamese because of their lack of confidence in police (Force Focus, 1995).
A 1991 intelligence report warned against lending too much weight to reports that a new ethnic group was moving into the criminal environment:
…we have come to the view that since any ethnic group is capable of (and quite probably involved in) any form of criminal activity, then the periodic shifts in law enforcement focus on specific groups itself produces a skewed perception of what is happening. As more information (on a new group) becomes available as a result of change in operational and intelligence focus, and less (of the old) comes to notice, then this phenomenon will strengthen the already formed impression that ‘a new group’ is moving into the criminal environment (Wardlaw et al, 1991: paragraph 5.39).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 103 Limitations to Researchers As discussed above, it is probable that the statistics we see in the criminal justice system may, to a large degree, be a reflection of bias that is inherent in the current systems and practices.
While data on licit drugs, such as tobacco and alcohol, are relatively straightforward to obtain, the activities surrounding illicit drugs are less open to quantification, scrutiny and explanation:
The confusion and mystique, which permeates the world of illicit drugs, adds to the difficulties of penetration for the researcher. From a law enforcement perspective, the norm of secrecy, which pervades law enforcement bodies in any case, is magnified (Atkinson, 1992: 11).
In its discussion paper, the Parliamentary Joint Committee on the National Crime Authority expressed concern about the over-secretiveness of Australian agencies. The Committee considered that there was often nothing in the contents of seminar and conference papers given in forums which required them to be closed to the public and media and their contents kept confidential. Similarly, intelligence assessments marked ‘Police Protected’ often contained nothing that would prevent them being available to the public. The Committee considered that ‘a better-informed public debate would result if such assessments were available to the public’ (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 3 of 5).
Studies of illicit drugs have tended to focus on known addicts who have been identified, either through their contact with the criminal justice system, or through treatment programs. However, studies of the relationship between illicit drug use and crime tend to use arrestees or convicted persons as their sample. This is problematic. Police statistics on illicit drugs may reflect police priorities and activity at a particular time and in a particular jurisdiction, rather than give an accurate description of trends and the extent of illicit drug crimes (Wardlaw, 1986, cited in Atkinson, 1992). Official records are considered unreliable, gross underestimates of the criminal activity associated with drug taking. Overseas studies have shown that most drug-related offending does not result in arrest (Dobinson et al, 1985: 7). In a study by Inciardi it was found that one arrest was made for each 413 crimes committed by heroin users (Inciardi, 1979, cited in Atkinson, 1992).
Addicts who do not appear in either of these systems can generally not be identified and included in studies. Cultural differences affecting the likelihood of seeking treatment and the possible racial bias of the criminal justice processes may be expected to contribute further to an unknown level of bias in the groups singled out for study. For example, many studies have shown an under-representation of people from ethnic backgrounds in drug treatment services, and in many countries, their over-representation in the criminal justice system.
A common method of identifying and selecting study groups for illicit drug use, which might be expected to pick up some of the addicts who do not show up in official statistics, is through the self-report method. This method has its own set of
104 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement methodological problems and biases, including the propensity of participants to under-report levels of drug use, especially illicit drug use. Self-report studies are also difficult to compare with other studies (Cheung, 1991: 581). Many studies of drug taking by minority groups are based on student groups, although minorities are more likely to drop out of school. ‘There is a need to know more about the people who do not fall into these groups (Rebach, 1992: 39).
Another difficulty limiting debate on the extent and nature of the illicit drug trade in Australia is the secrecy maintained by intelligence organisations. The Parliamentary Joint Committee on the National Crime Authority, which examined Asian organised crime in Australia, believed that the secrecy and lack of aggregate information made public by intelligence organisations in Australia was unnecessary, and stifled informed public discussion. It also considered that this lack of public information probably assists criminals:
…criminals are able to trade on public ignorance of the true situation by falsely claiming to be Mafiosi, triads or the like, or by falsely claiming that such an organisation exists, ordinary criminals may be able to intimidate members of the public from reporting their activities to the police or appearing in court proceedings against them…More readily available, accurate, public information will prevent unnecessary fears from impeding the work of law enforcement. This will make successful prosecution of relatively unorganised, opportunist criminals easier. The law enforcement resources thereby saved can be directed at the organised criminal activity that genuinely does exist (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 4 of 5).
Another limitation to police data on illicit drugs is the different coding and reporting practices used by each police jurisdiction in Australia. Even the legislation may be different, which makes meaningful comparisons all but impossible. It is therefore virtually impossible to make comparisons between states and territories, or to use the available statistics in an aggregate way as the basis for understanding the national pattern of illicit drug use and drug-related crime (Atkinson, 1992: viii).
The National Crime Statistics Unit of the Australian Bureau of Statistics has been working for a number of years on standardising crime categories and counting rules across states and territories. They have succeeded for certain offences. However, the way that drug offences are counted is not standardised, and there is still no way to gauge the extent to which drugs are a factor in the commission of crimes. In a report on the National Drug Statistics Framework Project yet to be published, the Australian Bureau of Statistics defines a number of areas to be targeted for national standardisation of illicit drugs and related offences. The variables include:
• A national classification for drug type and form.
• Defined methods of quantification of seizures.
• All illicit drug-related arrests and seizures to be recorded.
• Offender, charge and seizure records to be linked.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 105 • Unique identifiers to track offenders through the justice system as well as linking them to health data.
• Equipment and assets to be linked to the relevant arrest.
• Source and origin of the drug to be recorded if known (national crime statistics, 1998 unpublished draft).
If the above variables are implemented they will provide a much more comprehensive picture of illicit drugs in Australia.
Trends in Drug Use In Australia, household surveys have been conducted over ten years to gauge drug usage rates, and some ethnicity data has been collected in these. In the United Kingdom, a household crime survey conducted in 1994 also gives some breakdown by ethnicity. However, the authors in the UK are cautious in their reporting of the ethnicity breakdown for drug use:
The whole question of ethnic differences in drug use is complicated and contentious. It is also hamstrung by a shortage of reliable research studies to which reference can be made. Given both the lack of good anchorage with other work and the comparatively small numbers of minority ethnic respondents, it makes sense [not to] attempt to present [much detail] (Ramsay and Percy, 1996).
Ramsay and Percy found there was a higher proportion of ‘don’t want to answer’ responses from people of ‘non-white’ backgrounds, and a higher rate of ‘don’t want to answer’ responses overall when the questions asked about use of drugs which had more stigma, such as cocaine, heroin and methadone. Their study found that older Afro-Caribbeans (in the 30–59 year age group) do have higher rates of drug use than other groups. However, the rate of drug use for younger Afro-Caribbeans is less than for other groups, giving rise to speculation that drug use might be generational in this ethnic group. However, the differences shown did not reach statistical significance. In the younger, 16–29 age group, whites show a sharp upsurge in drug use and have, in general, a substantially higher level of drug use than any other ethnic group in this age bracket.
Heroin use, while not frequent, is nevertheless higher (or statistically significant) for Pakistanis/Bangladeshis in both young and older age groups. However, caution is urged given the small numbers involved. The researchers point out that this finding is supported by other studies, such as Siddique, 1992 and Patel et al, 1995, who discuss the use of heroin in Bradford by those of Pakistani origin. They point to personal links—between Pakistanis in the UK and those still residing in Asia—as an underlying factor, and point out that in the northern part of the Indian subcontinent, there are local traditions of both cultivating and smoking opium.
Leitner, Shapland and Wiles, in their study of more than 4000 people over four geographic locations in the United Kingdom, found that for the main sample of
106 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement randomly-selected residents in Lewisham, there were no significant differences found based on ethnicity. In the booster sample of users, however, a statistically significant finding was that white respondents were more likely to have used drugs than their black counterparts. In Bradford, where the comparison was between whites and people of Asian background, it was found that in both the general resident and drug user samples there was a statistically significant finding that white respondents were more likely than Asian respondents to have used a non- prescription drug. This disparity existed even though the ethnic background respondents were more likely to be young, male, unemployed and significantly more likely to be of a lower status socioeconomic group—all factors which appear to be associated with illicit drug taking (Leitner et al, 1993: 30).
Marijuana Users Trends in use of marijuana appear to have remained stable in Australia over the ten- year period in which National Drug Strategy opinion surveys have been carried out. Marijuana users were found more likely to be male (although not to the degree that is found with some of the other illicit drugs), and to be young. Exposure and use is more likely to take place among the Australian/New Zealand-born, or among immigrants from Britain or Ireland. The rate of lifetime prevalence is halved among immigrants from non-English speaking countries, most notably among Asian immigrants.
This may be a reflection of other social factors which are associated with being an immigrant, rather than of cultural differences as such, but it does accord with the lower rates of smoking among Asian immigrants, which is the most common means of ingesting marijuana (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 39).
Unlike most other illicit drugs, there is a strong association between education and marijuana use. Forty per cent of those with tertiary education report lifetime prevalence, compared with 26 per cent of those with no educational qualifications. The unemployed showed the highest rates of use, with 50 per cent of the currently unemployed reporting lifetime prevalence of marijuana and almost one in every four saying they had used marijuana in the previous 12 months (Makkai and McAllister, 1998).
…knowledge about the relationship between various ethnicity indicators and cannabis usage is very poor in Australia. A problem with all surveys to date is that the sample sizes do not allow for sufficient numbers of any ethnic groups to provide stable prevalence estimates (Donnelly and Hall, 1994: 48).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 49,305 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using cannabis, and 19,831 arrests for providing cannabis. From 1993 to 1996–97, cannabis-related arrests have consistently comprised around 80 per cent of all drug arrests across Australia (ABCI, 1997).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 107 The majority of cannabis consumed in Australia is produced here. However, higher levels of production and the difficulties facing law enforcement agencies in PNG may increase the potential for more cannabis importations from that country (ABCI, 1997).
Heroin Users Trends in use of heroin appear to have remained stable over the ten-year period in which National Drug Strategy opinion surveys have been carried out. However, lifetime prevalence of heroin has remained relatively unchanged over the ten-year study period. Of those who reported lifetime prevalence of heroin, only one in 10 of all users used the drug once a week or more, whereas 86 per cent of users reported using the drug less than once a year.
While heroin is undoubtedly highly addictive for a small group of users, the survey evidence suggests that there is a much larger proportion of recreational users in the general population who will use the drug infrequently, without becoming addicted (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 45).
Those who reported being offered—and who had tried—heroin are more likely to be male and aged in their 20s. Almost one in ten in this age group reported being offered the drug, compared with just three per cent of those in their 40s or 50s. Just fewer than one in 20 adolescents said they had been offered heroin, although only one per cent said that they had actually tried it. Those who had been offered or who had tried heroin were more likely to be Australian, New Zealand or British born (five per cent report being offered; two per cent report having tried the drug). Of those born in non-English speaking Europe, four per cent reported being offered heroin, and one per cent reported trying heroin. Among Asian-born people, four per cent reported being offered heroin. For Asian-born people trying heroin, the numbers were too small for reliable estimation. More than one in ten unemployed people reported having been offered heroin, and five per cent said they had tried the drug (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 46).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 4,986 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using heroin, and there were 2,154 arrests for providing heroin. Heroin-related arrest rates jumped considerably from 2,502 and 2,992 in the years 1993 and 1994 respectively. This figure reached 7,105 in 1995–96, and 7,140 in 1996–97.
Heroin-related arrests comprised 8.4 per cent of all drug arrests across Australia in 1996–97. Victoria had the highest proportion of heroin-related arrests in 1996–97 (47.6 per cent), with next largest amount in NSW at 34.4 per cent (ABCI, 1997). Purity levels appear to be increasing, and cost decreasing, and this may have contributed to an increase in the number of fatal overdoses, most of which have occurred in NSW.
Intelligence collected by DEA Taskforce Three, and other information disclosed by current operations, indicates that Chinese criminals continue to dominate the importation and supply into Australia of large quantities of No. 4 South East Asian heroin, which originates from the Golden Triangle region. Chinese importers sell
108 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement wholesale quantities of imported heroin to other Chinese and Vietnamese, and have also sold wholesale quantities of heroin to individuals and groups from non-Asian backgrounds, including Romanians and Lebanese (Watson et al, 1998: 31).
An operative from the NCA Taskforce Three is quoted as saying that Chinese criminals are behind the bulk of the heroin smuggled into Australia (Martin, 1997: 19). However, in a study comparing American and Australian patterns of drug use, the authors consider that while prior to 1993 the heroin market was controlled in Australia by the Chinese and Romanians, it has since become almost exclusively controlled by the Vietnamese (Maxwell et al, 1997). Interpol points to Cambodia as being increasingly used as a transit point for heroin from the nearby Golden Triangle region (Gibbons, 1997).
Amphetamine Users
Of all illicit drugs, amphetamines arguably cause the greatest concern to Australian law enforcement agencies…due to the harm they cause to users and the violence and crime associated with such use (ABCI, 1995: 3).
Survey results from national drug strategy opinion surveys show an apparently increasing amphetamine availability and use, with significant numbers using the drug on a regular basis. From 1988 to 1993, lifetime prevalence has increased by two percentage points to eight per cent of the population, and was estimated to be ten per cent of the population in 1995.
Most users report taking amphetamines very infrequently. However, 14 per cent of users said that they took amphetamines several times a month or more. Use is most likely to be associated with men, those aged in their 20s, manual workers and the unemployed. Respondents born in Australia/New Zealand were more likely to have been offered amphetamines (11 per cent) or to have a lifetime prevalence of amphetamine use (six per cent). Immigrants from Britain or Ireland also had a higher proportion of people reporting being offered amphetamines (ten per cent) or having lifetime prevalence (four per cent). Numbers were too small to accurately estimate lifetime prevalence use of amphetamines among immigrants from non-English speaking European countries and Asian immigrants. However, seven per cent born in non-English speaking European countries and five per cent of Asian immigrants said they had been offered amphetamines (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 52).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 2,702 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using amphetamines and 1,205 arrests for providing amphetamines. Amphetamine-related arrest rates remained relatively stable from 1993 to 1996–97, with 3,705 arrests in 1993 rising to around four-and-a- half thousand in 1994 and 1995–96, and back down again to 3,907 arrests in 1996–97. Amphetamine-related arrests comprised 4.59 per cent of total drug arrests across Australia in 1996–97 (ABCI, 1997).
Members of the Criminal Investigation Branch in the Western Australian Police Section Squad undertook a study of the drug use of a sample of offenders arrested or
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 109 brought in for questioning. It found that, in general, the suspects’ expectations and experiences were that alcohol and amphetamines were drugs that made respondents more likely to be argumentative, angry or violent. This compares with cannabis, heroin and benzodiazepines, which were thought to make such effects less likely, and, in the case of cannabis, ‘massively’ less likely (Loxley et al, 1997).
‘Ice’, a form of methamphetamine that can be smoked, is considered to be related to increased levels of violence. In 1989, Oagu’s Queen’s Hospital in Hawaii averaged five to six hospital emergencies each month for drug-induced psychoses and violent behaviour from ‘ice’ (Drug Enforcement Administration, 1989).
Cocaine Users The anticipated rise in the use of crack cocaine predicted by US trends has not occurred. Results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that the proportion of people being offered cocaine peaked at nine per cent in 1991, and that it declined to five per cent in 1993 and three per cent in 1995. Use of cocaine has been stable at three per cent over the ten-year study, and the proportion of people reporting having used the drug in the previous 12 months is also constant at one per cent. This suggests that there is a stable proportion of users within the population. Six per cent of Australian/New Zealand-born, and six per cent of British immigrants, report having been offered cocaine. For both groups three per cent report lifetime prevalence. Four per cent of immigrants from NES Europe and five per cent of Asian immigrants report having been offered cocaine, with numbers too small to accurately estimate lifetime prevalence (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 56).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 198 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using cocaine and 262 arrests for providing cocaine. Cocaine-related arrests have risen steadily from 154 in 1993 to 460 in 1996–97. Cocaine related arrests comprise 0.54 per cent of all drug arrests across Australia (ABCI, 1997).
Cocaine is not expected to develop into the major problem found in some other countries, notably the US. ABCI considers cocaine users to constitute a relatively hidden component of the drug using community. In comparison with other illicit drug types, cocaine users are considered to be less likely to resort to crime to support their habit. No plantations of coca leaf or refining laboratories have been found in Australia. Importation of cocaine into Australia is not necessarily organised only by South American nationals. US nationals and Australians have been involved in importations, although New Zealand and Bali have been used as transit points for cocaine distribution into Australia. Of the 28 individuals arrested in 15 significant cocaine seizures (over 100 grams) reported in six months from July 1996 to December 1996, four were Colombian, five American, two British, four Venezuelan, two Lebanese, one Uruguayan, one Italian, two Tongan and seven Australian.
110 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Hallucinogen Users Survey results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that the proportion who reported having been offered hallucinogens has remained constant at between 13 per cent and 14 per cent of the population of the ten-year study period. However, among those aged 14–29 years there is some evidence that the availability of the drug has been increasing. Lifetime prevalence has also remained comparatively stable at five per cent. Users are more likely to be male. There is a significantly sized group aged in their 30s who say they have tried the drug—a larger group than among adolescents. This is a pattern considered to be a legacy of the popularity of LSD during the 1970s. Use is more likely to occur among those born in Australia/New Zealand or in the British Isles, and the rate is more than twice that for immigrants born in NES Europe or Asia (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 60).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 407 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using hallucinogens and 202 arrests were made for providing hallucinogens. Hallucinogen-related arrests have risen from 282 in 1993 to 609 in 1996–97. Hallucinogen-related arrests comprise 0.72 per cent of all drug arrests across Australia (ABCI, 1997).
Designer Drug/Ecstasy Users Results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that there are few birthplace variations in exposure to or prevalence of ecstasy, although Australian/New Zealand-born people have a higher rate that those born elsewhere. Gender differences are less marked than for other drugs. Exposure to the drug was reported at four per cent of the population in 1988, and this rose to seven per cent in 1991, and fell to three per cent in 1995. However, in the age group 14–29 years the proportion being offered ecstasy exceeded one in ten in both 1991 and 1993, then declined to eight per cent in 1995. Lifetime prevalence has increased from one per cent in 1988 and stabilised at two to three per cent. Those with most experience of the drug are aged in their 20s. The unemployed emerged again as having the most contact with the drug (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 63).
Tranquilliser Users Results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that lifetime prevalence of tranquillisers has remained reasonably stable after an increase between 1985 and 1988. In 1993 just over one in three people had taken tranquillisers at some stage in their lives. The rapid decline is thought to be due to the greater reluctance of general practitioners to prescribe the drugs. Three per cent of the population has abused tranquillisers. Lifetime prevalence of barbiturates has been declining steadily since 1985. Non-medical use of barbiturates is one per cent. Unlike the illicit drugs, tranquilliser use is more likely to occur among women, older people and among non- English speaking immigrants. Barbiturate use conforms more closely to the patterns for the major illicit drugs (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 69).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 111 Inhalant Users Results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that exposure to inhalants is about twice the rate for the population as a whole. The estimates point to a slow decline from a peak of 12 per cent of 14–29 year-olds in 1985 to seven per cent in 1995. Among adolescent users, nine per cent report weekly or more frequent use, and a further 12 per cent report monthly or more frequent use.
Lifetime prevalence is one per cent for Asian-born, two per cent for immigrants from NES Europe and the British Isles and three per cent for Australian/New Zealand born. Nearly twice as many Australian-born as Asian born reported being offered inhalants (six per cent compared with 30 per cent) (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 70).
Steroid Users Results from the National Drug Strategy opinion surveys show that exposure to and use of steroids show few variations across the population. Women are equally as likely to have been offered steroids as men and to have used them, as are the other various age, educational and employment groups. The only variation across the population that is of significance is birthplace. Australian/New Zealand-born people and immigrants from the British Isles were more likely to have been offered steroids and to have used them at some point in their lives, compared with immigrants from NES Europe and Asia (Makkai and McAllister, 1998: 72).
Figures collected by the ABCI indicate that in 1996–97, 64 arrests were made across Australia for the offence of using anabolic substances (44 of them in NSW) and seven arrests were made for providing anabolic substances. The number of steroid-related arrests has remained at around 70 in both 1995–96 and 1996–97. Steroid-related arrests comprise 0.08 per cent of all drug arrests across Australia (ABCI, 1997).
Injecting Drug Users Results from the national drug strategy opinion surveys show that intravenous drug users are more likely to be male than female, to be aged in their 20s, and to be Australian-born.
Drug Use Overview Atkinson concluded that heroin and cocaine are used by a small fraction of the Australian adult population, and that juveniles exhibit different pattens of drug use, with marijuana appearing to be relatively widely used amongst the juvenile population. Atkinson came to the conclusion that, apart from marijuana, illicit drug use is not widespread in Australia. Drug use does appear to be associated more with young males, particularly where involvement in crime was present prior to drug taking. Unemployment appears to be a further factor in both crime and illicit drug use (Atkinson, 1992: 9).
112 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Bennett points to a number of flaws used in current indicators for drug use. He recommends that an arrestee monitoring program, similar to that used in the US since the late 1980s, should be introduced in the UK, to give a better indicator of trends in drug use in the criminal population over time and across different geographic areas:
Surveys of the general population do not tap sufficiently well the small proportion of high rate users in the country who determine national trends and local problems. Surveys of criminal populations through enforcement data deal only with drug offences, either in terms of convictions for drug offences or in terms of seizures of drugs. This means that there is no national level and regularly collected indicators of drug use relating to the criminal population as a whole. Arrestee monitoring has the potential to provide useful information about trends in drug use among this criminal population…(Bennett 1998: 71).
Drug testing and surveys of arrestees have the advantage that they tap a potential criminal population at the point of entry into the criminal justice system. It is also at a point typically soon after the commission of an offence. Such information would generate local level profiles of drug use and crime patterns, which might indicate intervention strategies as well as inform on national trends. The American Drug Use Forecasting program, upon which the UK research was based, argues that arrestees ‘…comprise the most active end of the drug use and criminal behaviour spectrum and may be responsible for a high proportion of both drug use and crime. It also argues that arrestees will be the first groups to try new drugs and to exploit new drug markets.’ (Bennett 1998: 72) Arrestee monitoring is also more fluid than crime statistics, in that it can be used to measure changing characteristics of the criminal population, assess changes in the seriousness of offending and predict crime trends and changes in crime.6
One of the main aims of the American Drug Use Forecasting Program was to identify early changes in drug use and predict the effects of these changes on drug-related crime. If changes in drug use precede changes in crime, as some studies have shown, then it would be possible to take action to deal with the changes in crime before they happen—or perhaps prevent it from happening. Increases in cocaine use across various states in North America preceded increases in robbery in those states (Baumer, 1994; and National Institute of Justice, 1997).
Government Responses to Drug Use In the Netherlands, the amended Opium Act 1996 separates hemp products from other ‘high risk’ drugs. The possession of illicit drugs is subject to a less severe penalty than is trafficking, and, according to the Dutch Government, the Act reflects the view that criminal law plays only a minor part in preventing individual drug use. Their view is that every possible effort should be made to ensure that drug users are
6 The Australian Institute of Criminology is currently developing a Drug Use Forecasting Program.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 113 not caused more harm by the criminal proceedings than by the use of the drug itself (van de Wijngaart, 1997: 918).
Australia has taken the approach known as ‘harm minimisation’. Single believes that harm minimisation should be neutral in relation to the broader policy agenda, and should focus on the problems that drug use causes, rather than on drug use itself. The premise from which harm minimisation starts is that it is inevitable that some drug use will occur. Harm minimisation does not translate into support for illicit drug use or for fundamental policy reform. Rather, Single believes harm minimisation is an approach that should be viewed as the middle ground, where people with differing views on drug policy can agree upon practical, immediate ways to reduce drug-related harm (Single, 1995).
Harm Minimisation and Policing In the wake of Australia’s policy of ‘harm minimisation’, police organisations can no longer simply fulfil their straightforward enforcement role in the area of drugs:
It is the street level policing of the drug laws that presents the greatest difficulty for law enforcement officers: on one hand, there is the public expectation that they will uphold the law and proceed against drug offenders; on the other hand, it is widely recognised that street-level policing can actually lead to harm to both drug users and society (ABCI, 1997).
Police are being required to balance their obligations to harm minimisation principles with their law enforcement role, the activities of their own organisation and the activities of other non-law enforcement agencies. In Australia, non-drug specialist areas of police investigate the majority of drug offences. For example, in Victoria in 1993 the Drug Squad in Victoria dealt with 259 possess, obtain and use drug offences, and 260 traffic, grow or manufacture offences. This compared with 10,328 possess, obtain and use drug offences, and 5,128 traffic, grow or manufacture offences for all other areas of the Victoria Police (Green and Purnell, 1995). While specialist drug units, such as the Drug Squad, have adopted policies primarily aimed at drug providers, generalist police have not. This has resulted in a disproportionate number of users arrested each year. Sutton and James (1996) observe that law enforcement needs to ensure that drug enforcement activity, by both specialists and general policing officers, is performed in a considered and coordinated way.
It is considered by Maher (1998) that the officers for whom demand-reduction and harm-minimisation strategies are most important are those least likely to acknowledge such strategies. The failure of police organisations to give substance to their commitments to harm reduction cannot be explained at the level of poor communication or even bad faith. As Brown and Sutton (1997) demonstrate, responsibility lies much deeper, in the structures and cultures of policing.
In Australia, national arrest rates show that there were just over 85,000 arrests for offences relating directly to illicit drug use in 1995–96 (Australian Bureau of Criminal Intelligence, 1997). There is no ethnic breakdown. At face value, the figures appear to
114 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement be significant and to represent successful and rigorous policing. However, recent studies are showing that the output of traditional methods of policing illicit drugs (that is, arrest rates) does not show the full picture. In addition, increased police activity may, in some cases, be exacerbating harmful outcomes. Sellers and buyers obviously adapt their behaviour in response to increased enforcement. Therefore, success in controlling availability of drugs may actually increase the cost of drugs, and reduce the opportunity to deal drugs to pay for a drug habit. This may well increase property crime as the more preferred means of financing a drug habit (ABCI, 1995, cited in United Nations, 1997: 256). Maher et al also found that increased policing of drug markets may have adverse effects, including a greater risk of spread of bloodborne viruses (Maher et al, 1998).
The more intensively open markets are policed, the greater the incentive on both buyer and seller to adopt less open styles of transaction. Low-level enforcement increases the chances of low grade or fake deals, and the market can become a more dangerous place.
In Cabramatta, Sydney, Maher and others found there were a number of negative consequences of traditional street policing activities that actually increased harm. The harmful consequences of tough policing of drug crimes included:
• Greater incidents of oral and intranasal storage and transfer of heroin, thereby increasing the risk of transmission of tuberculosis and bloodborne viruses (and increasing the risk to police when retrieving drugs from mouths).
• Reluctance of users to carry injecting equipment on their person, thus increasing the likelihood of using used equipment or of hiding equipment elsewhere.
• Increasing high risk injecting episodes.
• Strengthening the dealer–user relationship.
• Dispersal of drug users and dealers to new, as yet undiscovered locations.
• Development of more organised, professional operations.
• Displacement of drug dealing offences to more enduring forms of criminality.
• Increasing the number of sellers of fake or half caps, leading to increased violence in retribution (Maher et al, 1998).
Weatherburn and Lind found that the effect of police seizures on drug pricing was minimal, and that the costs and benefits of police activity were very hard to quantify (Weatherburn and Lind, 1997). Edmunds’ study draws attention to the problem that most arrestees come into contact with the criminal justice system only to be released again, either immediately or eventually, without any of their health, drug dependency and lifestyle issues being addressed (Edmunds et al).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 115 Drugs In Prisons Currently, prison drug policy is built on two pillars: ‘zero tolerance’ for drugs in prisons, and treatment for drug-related problems. Harm reduction is not even a feature of Victorian prisons’ stated policy, though it is the overriding policy in the community. These anomalies lead to significant differences in approach and inconsistencies between community drug policy and prisons drug policy. Corrections departments from all jurisdictions in Australia unanimously support total drug prohibition. However, few, if any, of the jurisdictions thought total prohibition was achievable (ABCI, 1999).
A number of studies, especially in NSW and Victoria, have found that prison populations contain a substantial proportion of people who have previously injected illicit drugs. These studies have found that the proportion of prisoners self-reporting a history of having injected drugs is around 50 per cent, with a range from one- quarter to three-quarters (Crofts et al, 1995; Butler et al, 1994; Dolan et al, 1996, cited in Crofts et al, 1996: 17–19). In the largest study, Crofts et al found that out of 3,429 males and 198 females recruited to the study at prison entry in 1991–92 in Victoria (over 98 per cent of prison entrants in that year), 45 per cent of the males and 69 per cent of the females reported histories of injecting drugs. Crofts et al (1995) found that this was almost certainly an underestimate. Conversely, the proportion of injecting drug users in the community who self-report a history of imprisonment is around 40 per cent (Crofts et al, 1994; Wodak et al, 1994, cited in Crofts et al, 1996: 17–19).
Why Asian Communities may be Fertile Ground for Asian Criminals An understanding of social mores and Asian social, political and historical contexts may provide insight into questions such as why there appears to be a general reluctance to report crime and criminals, even by law-abiding citizens who may themselves be direct victims. It has been argued that in most Asian countries it was necessary for survival for non-elite individuals to organise themselves in ways which would promote their interests and protect them from rapacious authorities (Chin, 1986; Ownby, 1993).
The strong tendency for Asian societies to be organised around the extended family and or village has meant that trust between strangers from different families, villages and regions has always been in short supply. Individuals who could act as guarantors of the behaviour of strangers were crucial in permitting commerce to flourish and in maintaining social stability, even if their own power was based ultimately on intimidation. The state, however, was regarded as more remote and potentially even more dangerous. It was best warded off and kept at arm’s length…(Basham, 1995: 7).
Many Asian government systems inadvertently reward deception and discourage frank reporting of all matters. Thus, ordinary individuals would not dare take the risk of providing information of significance to government officials. To do this would be to invite punishment for themselves and their families from angry
116 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement co-villagers. Instead, a village headman would be chosen to speak on behalf of the villagers and control the flow of information between village and state. In real terms, over many generations, the village was much better off running its own affairs in secret (Popkin, 1979). Because Asian society is usually organised along networks of favour and obligation, class and occupational group loyalties are usually weak. To cooperate with police and other government officials against one’s ethnic fellows:
…is a risky tack. In doing so, an individual risks having acts of vengeance directed at himself and members of his family. [In Asian communities, threats to exact vengeance against family members are commonly made and seriously entertained.] Also, since the moral authority of the larger society is often rejected, and people may have lied to its agents (in immigration, social services and the taxation department) there is always the fear of being ‘turned in’. Thus, by far the best strategy vis-á-vis officials is to be humble and polite but, ultimately uncooperative (Basham 1995: 9).
There is a perceived lack of moral legitimacy of Western host societies and their institutions. This is indicated, for example, by the high rate of divorce, perceptions that family obligations are not taken seriously by Westerners, and state intervention in family matters such as child custody and so on. These perceptions provide a potentially fertile ground for criminal activity. Indeed, in their own societies, many laws are not really taken seriously: they are seen as obstacles placed before them by police and other government officials to force them to either invoke their connections or pay bribes.
Crime Involvement by ‘New’ Migrants Generally, ethnic minority groups have a younger age structure than the majority population, irrespective of the country they are living in. Because most crime is committed by males aged between 15 and 30 years, it is important to take account of the unusual age structure of ethnic minority groups when examining their recorded crime rates (Smith, 1997: 116). Other factors that should be taken into account with many Asian immigrants of the 1970s and 1980s is that their reasons for immigrating were, unlike most previous ethnic group migrations to Australia, motivated more by necessity than by choice.
The high unemployment rate of the Vietnamese-born workforce in Australia is probably due to a number of factors, including low level of English language proficiency, low level of schooling and short period of residency in Australia. However, even when these factors are controlled for, unemployment for the Vietnamese-born community in Australia is still about 20–25 per cent higher than that of other immigrant groups. Coughlan considered that other factors contributed to the low participation rate in the workforce, including the timing of their arrival in Australia. One-third of Vietnamese people arrived during or shortly after the 1982–83 recession and many had been in refugee camps for many years and were known to suffer high levels of psychiatric morbidity. These factors, together with the changing demand for different types of labour power and skill in which Vietnamese-born are
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 117 deficient, as well as possible racial prejudice in recruiting, have contributed to keep Vietnamese-born people out of the workforce (Coughlan, 1991: 76).
High levels of unemployment and a younger age demographic are variables associated with crime and drug offenders. Vietnamese people have a relatively high rate of unemployment, and high percentage in the younger age demographic. Nevertheless, Victorian statistics show that the proportion of Vietnamese using drugs is less than for the Australian-born population (Department of Human Services, 1995). However, Vietnamese appear to be over-represented in the prison population. On 30 June 1996, 69 prisoners, or 2.8 per cent of the prison population, were Vietnamese-born. In the broader population, Vietnamese-born comprised only one per cent of the Victorian population. Arrest figures for 1996 show that 93 per cent of those charged with trafficking in Melbourne CBD were Vietnamese. Yet it is ‘…unclear whether this represents a higher level of drug use and trading in this community or whether it represents simply a higher rate of arrest and incarceration’ (Ritter et al, 1997: 307).
Easteal’s study of Children’s and Lower Court data in NSW over the three years 1985–1987 showed that Vietnamese youth have a significantly lower crime rate than their non-Vietnamese counterparts. Offenders with Vietnamese names were compared on a number of variables with non-Vietnamese. In young males, who are responsible for most illegal activity in any community, it was found that the non- Vietnamese rate for general offences was more than double that of the Vietnamese, and the level of drug offences is about one tenth that of non-Vietnamese:
The unaccompanied Vietnamese minors, who could be expected to be more at risk that others, were found in fact to have a significantly lower rate of offending. Although making up 12 per cent of the 10 to 17 year old population, they made up only 4.1 per cent of offending minors (Easteal, 1989a: 7).
It was found that in three of the four Sydney suburbs that had the highest percentage of Vietnamese offenders, the crime rate in those areas was higher in 1979, before large-scale influx of Vietnamese, than it was in 1987 (Easteal, 1989: xiv). In the age group 18 to 24 years, violent crime was much lower for Vietnamese than for non- Vietnamese, and , based on unrelated and incomparable data, the rate at which Vietnamese were victims of murder appeared to be relatively high, although what this meant remains unclear. The rate of Vietnamese youth drug offences was found to be almost 15 times lower than that of the non-Vietnamese rate. The study concludes that:
The data refute the media portrayal of rampant youth violence in the Vietnamese community. Indigenous cultural values, such as identity and loyalty of the individual to the family and the loss of face incurred by anti-social activity may act as strong deterrents…(Easteal, 1989: xiv).
118 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement A similar finding for new immigrants was made in the 1950s, following the influx of European migrants and refugees. The earliest investigation into the extent to which migrants committed crime was that undertaken in the early 1950s by the Immigration Advisory Council under the Chairmanship of Mr Justice WR Dovey. Crime and court statistics revealed that, despite the majority of migrants being young, male and unmarried, migrant crime was in line with or below that of the general population (Hazlehurst, 1987). However, in seeking to obtain data on migrant crime in the mid-1980s, Hazlehurst found herself ‘…confronted with a body of data that is patchy, frequently inconsistent and inconclusive’ (Hazlehurst, 1986: 38).
According to Viviani, the broadly positive picture painted by Easteal is no longer true. While the number of young Indo-Chinese in NSW Juvenile Justice Centres was 87 in 1991, this rose 200 per cent to 267 in 1993 (or ten per cent of the total population of these centres. This can be compared with the general population, where the proportion was less than two per cent). While over-represented in Youth Training Centres, Indo-Chinese youths were also receiving sentences three times longer than average because of the seriousness of their offences (Viviani, 1996). Viviani quotes a community service worker, who points out that:
There is very high youth unemployment (but very low take-up of JobSearch allowances [by Vietnamese]), poor English, poor education…rising homelessness, widespread drug use…high grade, relatively cheap heroin…available…[and] schools are reluctant to enrol young offenders (Viviani, 1996: 132).
Detective Sergeant Pierce of the Asian Division of Victoria Police was also of the opinion that ‘…in comparison with other ethnic groups, we believe the percentage of drug users within the Indo-Chinese community would be low’ (Pierce, 1991: 23).
In America, a study of Indo-Chinese refugees arriving post-1975 found that 66 per cent had no English language skills on arrival, a further 20 per cent had the barest knowledge and only six per cent possessed ‘…what might be called a reasonable grasp of the language’ (Caplan, 1989: 12). Seventy-nine per cent of Laotian, 57 per cent of Chinese and 36 per cent of Vietnamese adults had not received schooling beyond the elementary level. Despite the disadvantages they appeared to have, the study found that Indo-Chinese refugees had been ‘…conspicuously successful in both economic and educational pursuits’ (Caplan, 1989: 51). The explanation for this appeared to be that while their parents were working in low skilled, low paid jobs, their children were being encouraged to excel in their education. The study found that despite being enrolled in disadvantaged schools and at a time when educational standards were perceived as falling, by 1982 they had begun to move forward academically, ahead of other minority groups on a national basis (Caplan, 1989: 75).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 119 Other Determinants Affecting Involvement in Illicit Drugs and Crime
Environmental and Socioeconomic Factors The high crime rates in areas where there are large numbers of Vietnamese residents have not necessarily been caused by the Vietnamese themselves. In NSW, Easteal found that Vietnamese people have tended to settle in neighbourhoods that exhibited higher crime rates than the average for the rest of New South Wales, prior to their arrival. The crime rates in these areas had continued to rise at a faster pace than the average of the rest of the State, which Easteal believes can certainly cannot be attributed solely to Vietnamese offences, since comparable increases have occurred for the non-Vietnamese (Easteal, 1989a).
A study by researchers Shaw and McKay from the University of Chicago, looked at the high crime rate of certain neighbourhoods over several decades. They found that, although the ethnic composition of these neighbourhoods changed over time, the level of criminality remained the same. They suggested therefore that the attitudes, values and norms of these areas are not only conducive to crime but that they are passed on from one ethnic group to another (Lyman et al, 1991: 70). Walters, too, was of the view that, while social class and poverty may play a role in the development of drug abuse and crime, their affects are the result of social learning rather than social class and poverty per se.
Drugs and crime are linked by the action of a third variable…being the opportunity to learn specific behaviours from persons living in one’s immediate environment (Walters, 1994: 16).
After working in Cabramatta in New South Wales as part of the Cabramatta Youth Team, Stubbs believed there were many reasons why some individuals were at greater risk of using drugs. Many use drugs as a means to increase self-esteem, gain acceptance with peers, and deal with emotional distress, loneliness, boredom or depression. Others may have mental health difficulties and some may begin using as a social activity but develop a level of dependence that is hard to change (Stubbs, 1998: 4).
De Lint believes that racial or cultural attitudes and values are overrated as explanations of cross-national variations in drug use and abuse, and other factors, such as urbanisation and availability, are just as important (de Lint, 1976). Tonry is of the view that poverty causes crime and drug abuse:
120 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement …crime by young disadvantaged black men does not result primarily from their individual moral failures, but from their misfortune of being born in places and times and under circumstances that make crime, drug use, and gang membership look like reasonable choices from a narrow range of not very attractive options. There is no other defensible explanation for why crime, delinquency, and drug abuse are so extraordinarily more prevalent among disadvantaged minority youth than among other youth…the financial benefits from selling drugs and stealing purses are less enticing to a well-off suburban youth with a part-time job…[and] a family that will be mortified by an arrest, and long-term college and career plans…than to an impoverished urban youth with no lawful job or allowance, no family—or a dysfunctional one—and no realistic chances for material or professional success…Should the criminal law blame a disadvantaged youth for succumbing to all but overwhelming temptation? (Tonry 1995: 134–135).
Crutchfield studied the relationship between labour markets, ethnicity and crime. Although a consistent relationship has never been found between unemployment and crime, Crutchfield found that census tract crime rates were higher where relatively large segments of the workforce were marginally employed in short-term, insecure jobs. Also, no matter what their race or ethnicity, marginally employed people were more likely to be involved in crime, and in particular, violent crime, when they lived in areas with concentrations of similarly marginally-employed people. He concluded that employment discrimination toward ethnic minorities may reduce attachment to the labour market which theoretically can lead to higher crime rates (Crutchfield, 1989). Whether higher crime rates are related to marginally employed people, or to the environment in which marginally employed people tend to live, is a moot point.
Weatherburn and Lind take the effect of socioeconomic factors on crime, including illicit drug crime, further in a recent study. They found that conventional wisdom suggested that crime-prone neighbourhoods are most likely to be those with high rates of unemployment and/or low levels of household income. Therefore, individuals affected by stress are motivated to offend. (For examples, see Wilson and Herrnstein, 1985; Braithwaite, 1988.) Weatherburn and Lind point to a number of findings that they believe are difficult to reconcile with this conventional view. For example:
• Peak age for onset of criminal activity often predates entry into the labour market—and, in some cases, entry into secondary school—by a large margin (Farrington et al, 1990).
• Time series studies of poverty, unemployment and crime frequently show a significant negative relationship (Chiricos, 1987).
• Juvenile involvement in crime appears to be shaped by the level of economic stress and/or prevalence of offending in the surrounding neighbourhood (Paternoster and Mazerolle, 1994).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 121 A more likely connection is that low-income parents are less likely to be nurturing, less likely to supervise their children closely and are more likely to engage in inconsistent, erratic and harsh discipline. It is through these disruptive child-rearing approaches that economic stress may exert at least some of its effects on crime. Weatherburn and Lind conducted a comprehensive study of geographic locations deemed poor, based on income and number of single parent families and ‘crowded’ households. They also looked at juvenile court appearance data and child neglect and abuse data for these factors, to test whether economic stress was directly related to juvenile involvement in crime, or if it was related indirectly through its effect on the quality of parenting.
They found that of all the possible causes of juvenile participation in crime, neglect had the greatest causal influence. Taking the study further, the researchers found that for all poorly supervised juveniles (those allowed out very often any evening), 51 per cent of those living in crime-prone neighbourhoods were involved in crime. This compared with 33.8 per cent of those who lived in neighbourhoods that were not crime-prone. In the ten worst postcode areas for child neglect, it was found that ten per cent of children aged 15 years or less were reported as ‘neglected’, and 18 per cent aged 10–17 years had appeared in a Children’s Court. In the worst postcode area, nearly one in three children were reported ‘neglected’ and nearly half had appeared before a Children’s Court (Weatherburn and Lind, 1998: 5). Weatherburn and Lind’s conclusions are supported by Tonry, who found that ‘…experiences of physical and sexual abuse, poverty and single parent homes as a child are strongly associated with offending as an adult’ (Tonry 1995: 8).
Drug Trafficking/Organised Crime The Australian Federal Police estimates that the gross heroin turnover in Australia is equivalent to that of a multibillion-dollar industry.
Criminal organisations in Australia and throughout the world are increasing in size, sophistication, resources, mobility and efficiency, brought about in part because of political deregulation [which has increased] freedom, and mobility of people crossing national and international borders (Hadgkiss, 1998: 22).
In 1994, eleven priority areas of organised crime activity that were considered to pose an immediate threat to Australia were identified:
1. Chinese Triads
2. Vietnamese organised criminal groups
3. N’drangheta (Italian organised crime)
4. Lebanese criminal groups
5. Australian organised crime groups referred to generally as the ‘East Coast Milieu’
122 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 6. Romanian crime groups
7. Outlaw motorcycle gangs
8. Organised paedophilia networks
9. Colombian cocaine syndicates
10. Japanese Yakuza groups
11. Groups with origins in the former eastern bloc.
Clearly, these groups reflect that criminal activities can be conducted across the political borders…and transgress legal, cultural, religious and organisational boundaries among and within states… (Hadgkiss, 1998: 23).
There appears to be little evidence of major, Australian-grown crime organisations (Walker, 1995: 3 of chapter 4). However, the Royal Commission into the NSW Police Service found that police corruption, including taking payments for the protection of some drug suppliers and proprietors of establishments who permitted the sale of drugs out of their premises, amounted to ‘…open encouragement for drug cartels to form, to carve up the territory, and to operate in an organised way’ (Wood, 1997: 120).
Vietnamese ‘Gangs’ During the past ten years, Vietnamese criminals have come to law enforcement attention in Australia. Intelligence and seizures indicate that the Vietnamese importers appear to deal in smaller quantities than their Chinese counterparts, although this may be starting to change (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 3 of 7).
There have been many media reports of ‘Asian gangs’ and they are blamed for home invasions and extortion rackets. The Parliamentary Joint Committee found that much of this activity is amateurish. The 5T gang in Cabramatta is said to have links with South East Asia and with people in Victoria. However, it is not at all clear if the 5T and other gangs are merely local entities, or if some of them are part of larger, more widespread criminal organisations. The 5T gang may in fact represent juvenile delinquency rather than ‘organised crime’, but this is difficult to establish for the same reasons that Vietnamese organised crime is difficult to police.
Law enforcement agencies have significant difficulties in counteracting Vietnamese organised crime, due to a lack of Vietnamese police officers, consequent language barriers, and a common mistrust of police and other government agencies by migrants from Vietnam (Parliamentary Joint Committee 1995: 2 of 7).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 123 Viviani believes that the illicit drug industry in Cabramatta, NSW, has progressed to one that is more organised:
While in 1988 police had not seen the problem as one of organised crime, this was clearly the case by the early 1990s, with the Chinese triads apparently involved by then. Those involved in the drug trade in Cabramatta include Yugoslavs and Romanians, and distinctions need to be made between those who run the trade and the young people who are used as its pawns because of the lighter sentences they are likely to attract as juveniles (Viviani, 1996: 132).
A NSW police Chief inspector said of the 5T gang:
We can label it a gang but it’s the same as any group of people banding together; young people who have similar problems. It’s a very normal part of every society to have delinquent young people. I presume they band together for mutual support and as some sort of social basis. (The Bulletin, 20.9.94: 26)
Asian Squad detectives in Melbourne also don’t see these kids as gangs,
…but, rather, localised youth groups who associate because of school, social, economic and predominantly race factors. They don’t accept their parents’ discipline and often they are isolated by their Caucasian counterparts. They must associate with each other for a sense of belonging. (Police Life, 1996: 21).
Joe’s findings support this view. Joe found that Asian gangs studied in San Francisco were not participating in formally organised and hierarchically controlled criminal enterprises and were similar to other ethnic gang members. In the absence of knowledge of Asian gangs, there had been ‘…a perception that Asian gangs are urgently problematic [perhaps leading to anti-Asian sentiments]…Such ethnic myths must be dispelled’ (Joe, 1994: 412).
Chinese Triads The value of Chinese Triad activities, based predominantly in Hong Kong, has been estimated at around $US210.2 billion per year. There are fears that operations will shift from Hong Kong to Australia and other countries as the colony reverts to Chinese control (Walker, 1995: 3 of chapter 4). One of the priority areas of interest to Australian intelligence organisations has been in relation to ethnic Chinese involvement in heroin trafficking into Australia from South East Asia. The report of the New South Wales Crime Commission for the year ended 30 June 1993 stated that large importations of heroin mainly originate in China and South East Asia. The Australian Federal Police reported that, ‘Some 80 per cent of the heroin seized in Australia can be sourced to the Golden Triangle,’ (Australian Federal Police, 1994: 4). The Golden Triangle is the area in South East Asia where Burma, Thailand and Laos meet.
124 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Australian law enforcement agencies believe that ethnic Chinese have been for many years, and still are, the major organisers of heroin imports into Australia (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 13 of 17). According to a leaked 1992 national intelligence assessment, 85–90 per cent of heroin imports into Australia were organised by Chinese-organised crime groups (The Weekend Australian, 20 November 1993).
Stability in the price of heroin and its quality in Australia indicate the importation of heroin into Australia is well organised and dominated by Chinese organised crime groups. Heroin is routed through Bangkok, the Malay Peninsula, Hong Kong and the Peoples’ Republic of China (Australian Federal Police, 1994: 4).
While Chinese are involved in the wholesale heroin business, their involvement in distribution is minimal (Wardlaw, 1991). There is a variety of opinions about the extent to which the Chinese Triad organisation is involved in crime in Australia:
…assertions that criminal triads exist in Australia as powerful, well-organised, functioning entities, must be treated sceptically in so far as the assertions are based on statements from criminals claiming membership in such organisations (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 7 of 17).
The then-vice secretary of the non-criminal Triad, the Melbourne-based Mun Ji Dong, believed a more realistic scenario was that:
…some Chinese crime syndicates had individuals on the fringes of the Australian Chinese community, working as contacts for the importation of illicit narcotics and Asian prostitutes…there were indications that some petty Asian criminals claimed heavy Triad affiliations to intimidate victims (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 7 of 17).
The Committee goes on to say that there are suggestions that the more traditional, Triad-oriented way, in which those criminal activities were once organised, is increasingly being replaced by a more entrepreneurial, ad hoc, and multi-ethnic approach.
Japanese Yakuza In Japan, the Japanese National Police Agency refers to crime groups as ‘Boryokudan’ or ‘Yakuza’. The Boryokudan have penetrated many aspects of Japanese life, reaping substantial illegitimate profits and investing in many legitimate businesses. Being allowed to operate in the open—functioning largely as public corporations—facilitated the success of these groups in Japan. In 1992, the Japanese government began enforcing a new ‘Boryokudan Countermeasures Law’ and promulgated new money laundering statutes to be effective at the end of that year. The Yakuza gangs are not illegal, but gangs must meet specific criteria, which ban
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 125 eleven activities. This has the effect of denying these groups access to previously lucrative sources of income (Shinnosuke, 1992). As a result, many Yakuza members are moving into more-or-less legitimate lines of business. A series of scandals linking top politicians and businessmen with Yakuza deals helped bring down the government in 1994, and companies have been trying to sever connections with the underworld.
In spite of the pervasive nature of organised crime in Japan, claims that Japanese companies in Australia are linked with Japanese organised crime are meaningless in the absence of more specific details. In Queensland, there has been much media reporting of extortion of tourist businesses, money laundering through the purchase and development of multimillion-dollar properties and gambling. However, while there have been reports of organised Japanese crime activities in Queensland (see, for example, the Australian Financial Review, 1994), there is no real evidence of this.
There is clear evidence of recreational visits by Yakuza gang members but nothing linking them to the purchase of property on the Gold Coast. The absence of a large Japanese community in Australia makes it less easy for Yakuza to prey on Japanese in the way Vietnamese and Chinese criminals prey on their own communities, and language difficulties provide a considerable barrier to gaining a foothold in Australia. In addition, the relative sophistication of Australian measures for the detection of money laundering is considered to lessen Australia’s attractiveness.
Additionally:
…the close interest taken in Yakuza visitors by Australian law enforcement agencies, and the attendant media publicity, may have discouraged visiting Yakuza from seeing Australia as anything more than a holiday destination (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 10 of 17).
Mafia The Sicilian Mafia, the Camorra and the N’drangheta organisations of Italy have known connections in Australia (Walker, 1995: 3 of chapter 4).
Lebanese Groups A recent inquiry found that Lebanese groups have been involved in drug trafficking into Australia for many years (Parliamentary Joint Committee, 1995: 11 of 17).
Organised Crime in Europe In European countries, the years since 1989 have seen enormous, historically significant changes, including the breakdown of communism in Eastern Europe and a number of civil wars that have generated many refugees. The confusion and reorientation in the political and economic life of the former Soviet states is also considered to have formed a basis for organised crime. The St Petersburg area in
126 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Russia and the Baltic States has become a strategic area for smuggling drugs, goods and illegal refugees. The 1995 European Union has also led to worries that uncontrolled criminality might soon be crossing borders right across Europe (Martens, 1997: 185).
Money Laundering Money laundering is the process by which illicit sources of money are introduced into an economy and used for legitimate purposes. It does not include illegally obtained money that is spent on everyday purchases, but rather, that amount which is set aside in a form in which it can be re-liquidated later. The process can be divided into three phases:
Placement, which involves the physical disposal of the bulk cash profits that are the result of criminal activity.
Layering, or the piling on of layers of complex financial transactions to separate the proceeds from their illicit sources.
Integration, where the provision of legitimate-looking explanations for the appearance of wealth by providing investments in the legitimate economy (Walker, 1995).
Money laundering can take place in Australia, can involve proceeds of crimes committed elsewhere and laundered in Australia, or can be the proceeds of crimes in Australia which are sent overseas for laundering. The Organisation of Economic Cooperation and Development has estimated that the annual figure for the laundering of drug money alone exceeds $1,100 billion globally (cited in Walker, 1995). Walker lamented that neither the various police jurisdictions, Directors of Public Prosecutions, National Crime Authority, Australian Customs Service, Australian Taxation Office, Law Societies, National institute of Accountants, Australian Securities Commission, Australian Bankers’ Association or other financial peak bodies, nor the Australian Bureau of Statistics, compiles comprehensive statistics on the extent of money laundering in and through Australia. Beyond the occasional data on individual cases, there are no official statistics on money laundering:
Monitoring money laundering is not the primary focus of any agency, although it comes close to being the primary function of AUSTRAC. AUSTRAC, however, suffers from lack of feedback from the agencies to which it feeds data. Not that it would be easy to monitor money laundering even with the very best feedback from those agencies…Official statistics only relate to proven offences, they are confused by the multiplicity of agencies involved and the delays in processing allegations through the courts to finality, and they are problematic, in their estimation of the amounts actually involved in laundering operations. The estimation of the extent of money laundering must therefore rely more on reading the more oblique messages we can piece together from other sources (Walker, 1995 page 4 of chapter 2).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 127 AUSTRAC estimates that $A655 million was sent out of Australia in 1995 to South East Asian drug producing countries, much of which—it is assumed—was to fund the importation of narcotics into Australia (Hadgkiss, 1998).
AUSTRAC has assembled data on international funds transfers by country of origin and destination for 1993 and 1994. It found that there is an apparent gap not explainable by reference to the net exports of merchandise to these countries from Australia. There was a total net outflow of funds to South and Central American drug-producing countries of around $15 million per year, and to South East Asian drug producing countries around $640 million per year. Outflow to known European tax havens is $3.1 billion, and to Asian drug transit/finance markets $2.4 billion. Inflow from other tax haven countries to Australia totalled $7.7 billion (Walker, 1995):
Money laundering has been called the crime of the 1990s and such hype is justifiable. The sums involved are stupefying. In 1996, the International Monetary Fund hazarded $US500 billion as a likely worldwide figure, with $US400 billion from drug profits. The real total could be $US1 trillion. In random forensic testing in the US it was found that almost every note in circulation contained traces of cocaine, indicating that the greenbacks had once sat next to drugs in a stash house, waiting to be cleansed (Huck, 1998: 32).
Demand for drug services appears to be outstripping supply:
Three years ago the major providers of inpatient detox services in Melbourne— Odyssey, Windana and Moreland Hall—sometimes had waiting lists and sometimes addicts waited from ten to 14 days for a bed. Today they are commonly on the waiting list for four to six weeks (Melbourne Times, 2.6.99, cited in Parsons, 1999).
In addition to the issue of services meet demand, there is also the issue of whether the services are meeting the needs of young people and people from CLDBs. De-Pua identified a number of gaps in Department of Juvenile Justice; programs in relation to servicing young people of Indo-Chinese background, including:
A lack of culturally appropriate drug and alcohol treatment.
Lack of culturally appropriate counselling.
A need for staff to be educated on Vietnamese history, culture and traditions and on cultural and generational conflict experienced by youth raised in Australia.
A need for more adequate access to interpreters.
Long distances to correctional facilities making it difficult for family visits (De Pua: 96).
Coorey also found that there was a general lack of adequate servicing for young people from CLDBs. This was attributed primarily to a lack of cultural sensitivity by
128 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement mainstream youth service providers, together with a lack of youth sensitivity by ethnic services. Coorey also pointed out that there was no database of youth/ethnic services that had a focus on CLDB young people (Coorey, 1994).
Studies of treatment services in US found that African-American and Hispanic drug users are less likely than Anglo drug users to enter treatment for drug abuse. (See Desmond and Maddux, 1984; Little, 1981; Runsaville and Kleber, 1985.) However, the Treatment Outcome Prospective Study found that African-Americans and Hispanics have, on average, a greater number of treatment episodes than Anglos (Hubbard et al, 1989).
Edmunds is of the view that, because more problem drug users pass through the hands of the police and the courts than through any other agency dealing with drug misuse, this makes the criminal justice system a potentially pivotal component in bringing treatment services to problem drug users (Edmunds, 1996).
A majority of crimes are committed by a relatively small number of individuals, making it important to provide effective and culturally sensitive intervention efforts. It is clear that the heterogeneity in the US population necessitates socially and culturally specific prevention and intervention programmatic efforts that are tailored to meet the needs of particular ethnic and geographic communities…. The historical trend to push for the development of singular intervention and prevention programs that are appropriate for all cultures and communities may now be inadequate. Only culturally and socially sensitive research can lead to the information necessary for developing truly effective prevention and intervention programs (De La Rosa and Soriano, 1992: 38).
Treatment information available in the places where people go for assistance was seen as pivotal. In a study of views of people from a Vietnamese background in Perth it was found that, in relation to seeking help for a problem with illicit drugs, the majority said they would go to their GP for help (59.7 per cent) or to the Alcohol and Drug Authority (20.4 per cent). None would go to a Vietnamese Community Centre or to a Vietnamese Religious Centre for help. Fourteen per cent would consult friends, 17 per cent welfare services and 15.5 per cent would look for help at the hospital (Batu, 1998).
The best way to develop culturally relevant drug prevention programs is primarily through surveillance of the target population and interviewing its members. Such interviews can gain information about how users are identified in the culture, as well as discover the social views of users and non-users (Segal, 1995). Coorey believed that services would be much better served if there was participation of CLDB young people in program planning, management and policy development, and inclusion of CLDB groups in service or program evaluations (Coorey, 1994).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 129 Some Solutions Easteal believes there must be changes made to the criminal justice system to eliminate its inherent discrimination against minority ethnic groups:
Australia’s purported multicultural orientation does not appear to extend adequately into policing, the courts and the prisons. To do so effectively is not hard; yet actions are required that are precipitated by an individual orientation to enforcement, adjudication and detention as opposed to the current in large part monolithic approach (Easteal, 1994: 105).
The conclusions drawn from the Weatherburn and Lind study were that parenting and neighbourhood are the factors that appeared to impact significantly on the level of juvenile offending, leading to this conclusion:
Governments that want to produce a reduction in the supply of motivated offenders must look beyond the usual agencies they call upon to deal with crime. The evidence suggests that three of the most important ways of reducing the supply of motivated offenders are to reduce the level of economic stress; prevent geographical concentration of poverty (reducing the influence of offending peers); and introduce family and child support programs (to support the parenting process) (Weatherburn and Lind, 1998: 5).
Workers in Cabramatta also believe drug use has more to do with structural issues and therefore the solution is to address these. For example, if a person is detoxed, the schools will not take them, their English is not good enough for them to attend TAFE, and because they may be Asian and come from Cabramatta, they are discriminated against when it comes to seeking jobs. ‘What else is there for them to do except fall back into the street scene and using heroin?’ (McKey, 1998.) De Pua believed that the key to effective intervention was to look at the source of the behaviour and create the opportunity for street-frequenting CLDB youth to succeed in life endeavours, such as education and employment:
It is easy to say the services are there, it is up to them to use them, [or] they want to be independent, so we should not spoon feed them. But what is severely lacking in this approach is the understanding that young people do not grow up the same way…have not necessarily acquired the skills to be independent even if they want to be independent…Many of them are still children…in providing support we have to take young people step by step until they learn to be independent. Then they will seek out the existing opportunities in society and be able to contribute to society. If we simply reject them, the issues will always be there (De Pua, 1996: 124).
130 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement As a result of his research with street frequenting youth from CLDBs in Sydney, De Pua recommended, among other things, that:
• Different information and different dissemination strategies need to be used to meet the needs of different people in different circumstances.
• CLDB street-frequenting young people should be provided with opportunities for exploring life options, knowledge of practical matters, self-development, acquiring skills for employment and applying their skills in job situations.
• The school system needs to increase the opportunities for CLDB street- frequenting young people to succeed in educational pursuits, including opportunities to go back many times—if necessary—to achieve an academic level, and provide additional assistance to CLDB youth with language difficulties.
• Alternative forms of recreation need to be increased, as well as different housing alternatives.
A number of studies are beginning to pose the question about the efficacy of safe injecting places. In a question to traders in the Smith Street Collingwood study, Fitzgerald et al found that 78 per cent of traders said they would support such a project:
[They said,] ‘Safe injecting places would remove overdoses and needles from the trading area.’ As well, when asked if they had any other comments to make, many said that illegal drug use was a social problem not a criminal one, and needed to be addressed in that way rather than it being solely a matter for policing…Drugs are a social problem not a police issue. They can chase it to move [sic] but the solution is not with the police, (Fitzgerald et al, 1998: 64).
The Law Institute Council in Melbourne is of the view that reversal of prohibition must be considered as an important part of the solution:
Tragically, in Australia, illicit drug policy and funding has been based on ideology rather than evidence. The policy has become inviolable while politicians remain terrified of losing an election lest rationality be misinterpreted as being soft on drugs. But if we really want to help drug users lead normal and useful lives and offer some hope to their families and their communities, the first step is an unswerving commitment to evidence-based policy and practice without political interference (Parsons, 1999).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 131 The Law Institute Council of Victoria accepted a resolution on 20 August 1999 that:
It is time to try alternatives to more police, more punishment, more prisons…we call for legislation that gives sentencing judges the option of suspended or deferred sentences for drug addicted offenders who have a real prospect of rehabilitation…drug addiction should be treated primarily as a health issue. (Parsons, 1999: 1)
Safe injecting facilities have also been the subject of a Joint Investigatory Committee of the Victorian Parliament (Parliament of Victoria, 1999). The search for alternatives to the dominant law enforcement approach appears to be gathering momentum—in the face of increasing awareness that expensive law enforcement approaches have been, and continue to be, unsuccessful.
132 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement The Media and Its Coverage of Illicit Drug Issues
The Media and Its Coverage of Illicit Drug Issues
Introduction
The news media are an extremely important influence in Australia. To a great extent, they set the agenda for public discourse (Gabrosky and Wilson, 1989: 1).
Despite frequent acknowledgment of the importance of the media in influencing public opinion and policy in relation to illicit drugs, very little research has been done which examines the extent and nature of its influence. Even less research has been done which examines the media portrayal of drugs associated with ethnic groups. The nature and implications of media influence on illicit drug issues, particularly in relation to its portrayal of drugs associated with ethnic groups, is the subject of this paper. Far from reducing drug problems, it is suspected that media reports ‘…promote the behaviour they claim to be preventing’ (Brownstein, 1991: 97). Brownstein points to the promotion of the reactionary ‘war on drugs’ strategy in the United States which, he believes, has exacerbated the drug problem.
To a greater or lesser degree, attitudes to illicit drugs and, arguably, the drug scene itself, have been influenced and shaped by the media.
Background: the Media’s Influence on the Drug Scene In his study of drug scene in Smith Street, Fitzroy, Fitzgerald believed the media had played a crucial role in changing perceptions of Smith Street from a ‘…quiet shopping strip into a street of conflict…’ (Fitzgerald, 1999: 27).
Like most people, drug users read newspapers and consequently can, and do, learn about new dealing/using areas from mass media as well as through their usual peer networks…in Fitzroy…a heightened media focus has resulted in increases in the drug trade on Smith Street as a response to the media reporting (Fitzgerald, 1999: 92).
It has long been suspected that the detailed reports often seen in newspaper reports—about where and how to buy drugs—actually act as free advertising for the drug market, and directly affect the dynamics of street level drug markets:
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 135 Journalists must realise that they have a responsibility for the effects of their styles of reporting, particularly when advertising locations where drugs are bought, the streets where it’s sold, the best quality, its price and how to buy it (Rodd and Leber, 1996: 94).
We have asked drug users what they did when they ‘couldn’t get on’ in their usual location and they would nominate somewhere else and we would say: ‘How did you know that?’ and they would say they had read about it in the Herald Sun (Academic key informant, 1999).
Detailed media reporting of times, prices and locations of illicit drug deals obviously has implications for health and safety. It has been suggested that reporting of the details of drug overdoses may contribute to further drug overdoses by giving information about where to get high purity heroin. A national workshop on opioid overdose recommended that the media restrict reporting of illicit drug overdose in a similar way to the restrictions on reporting of suicide (Lenton et al, 1998).
In Sydney too, media reports are suspected of promoting and developing drug scene locations:
In Cabramatta in the early 1990s there was hardly any heroin problem. It was only after media reports started to be published about illicit drugs in Cabramatta that suddenly there were people flocking in to buy and the market grew in response to the increased demand (Criminal intelligence key informant, 1999).
A senior Melbourne police key informant interviewed early in 1999 had had personal experience of the power of the media in influencing the drug scene:
We have people coming down from Sydney because of the publicity. You have to be very careful what you say because if it is reported they will come from everywhere. We have had papers from Cairns sent to us, which are reporting on things we said that were in the press down here (Police key informant, 1999).
The Media’s Influence on Public Opinion and Policy
The mass media play a crucial role in the social construction of reality because knowledge of many social phenomena is obtained solely through the media rather than through direct experience…the mass media has evolved…to become the dominant player in the…reality construction process (Surette, 1994: 133).
The Premier’s Drug Advisory Council (Victoria) found that the community obtains information about illegal drugs primarily from the mainstream media (Premier’s Drug Advisory Council, 1996). Brownstein argues that the media has played an important part in shaping our view of illicit drugs and that ‘Drug scares are independent phenomena, not necessarily related to actual trends or patterns in drug
136 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement use or trafficking’ (Brownstein, 1991: 94). Chermak also found that the rise and fall of drugs as important political issues in the United States did not coincide with changes in the reported incidence of drug use (Chermak, 1997). Enactment of federal drug legislation was also found not to be related to objective data on drug use, but rather to politicians’ own efforts to promote drugs as a social problem (Jensen et al, 1991). The same pattern is seen in reports concerning youth, many of which focus on illicit drug use.
If the media has a role in influencing public opinion and public debate, it follows that the media must also influence the views and policies of politicians. As an illustration of this, Gabrosky cites several case histories in which the media covered stories in ways so sensationalist that levels of public concern were raised to a point where they led to legislation extending police powers and thereby reducing citizens’ rights. When the stories were examined later it was found the media had in fact fabricated a juvenile crime wave and had used patently emotive language in its coverage of drug and prison issues:
Whether it be in the area of drugs, juveniles, organised crime or ethnic and racial conflict, the media, by frequently exaggerating and reporting isolated events, tend to encourage public perception of a crime wave where in fact none may exist. Sometimes the creation of this wave can be done with the active cooperation of parties with an interest in it, such as moral entrepreneurs or politicians (Grabosky and Wilson, 1989: 130).
Usually government action is once removed from the media reports themselves. The media reports will appear, public opinion will have a chance to develop, and then political reaction is seen. In late 1995, media reports of heroin use in the western suburb of Footscray became a major impetus for the formation of the Premier’s Drug Advisory Council. This resulted in the State Government directing an additional $25 million to the alcohol and drug field to address the issue of illicit drug use in the community (Reardon, 1996).
Occasionally, the link between media reports and political action is more direct. For example, in Sydney in late January 1999, the Sydney Morning Herald reported on its front page a story of a 12 year old boy injecting heroin (in fact he was 16 years old) outside a needle exchange service. The reaction next day was for the NSW Health Minister to suspend the needle exchange service pending a full report (Overington, 1999).
Similarly police, like the rest of the population, are exposed to the media. It has been argued the media has an influence on police views, and possibly actions, just as it has on members of the public and politicians:
The media is responsible to a great degree for not only the public’s views on illicit drugs and organised crime, but also the views of police. Media reports are a big part of current perceptions on both sides (Criminal intelligence key informant, 1999).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 137 In Canada, the media has been blamed for creating a public perception that immigrants commit much crime. While there was considerable political debate in Canada in the 1990s about whether race-crime data should be collected, the debate also affected the issue of immigration. A number of opinion polls suggested that crime by new immigrants was an important component in Canadians’ attitudes to immigration policies. The major explanation for this appears to be:
…increased attention to the problem of ‘immigrant’ crime by the media…in the early 1990s there was considerable coverage of crimes by ‘gangs’ of immigrants from China and Vietnam…More recently, the emphasis has shifted to Somali refugees…It is worth noting that a major review that demonstrated that the foreign-born were highly unrepresented in the population of those incarcerated for violent crimes received little publicity in the news media (Palmer, cited in Tonry, 1997).
Media focus on crime and immigrants also precipitated changes in Switzerland. Press reports in the mid-1990s shocked the Swiss public with their exposé on the large proportion of foreigners and asylum seekers among arrested drug dealers, and the inability of the police to deal with the problem. Consequently, Swiss deportation laws were tightened up to allow more rapid deportation of illegal aliens (Killias, 1995: 378). In addition, large-scale heroin prescription programs were initiated so that ‘…crime is no longer as commonly perceived as being directly related to immigration’ (Killias et al, 1995).
Sercombe found that while the youth-crime focus is common in the media, the proportion of youth actually committing crime is tiny when compared with other factors in their lives—factors that are arguably of much greater long-term concern, not only for the public but also for policy makers. Sercombe found that about four per cent of the youth population was arrested for crime in the study period, while their unemployment rate was close to 30 per cent. Nevertheless, only 4.5 per cent of stories about youth appearing in The West Australian from April 1990 to March 1992 dealt with youth unemployment, while 45 per cent dealt with youth crime (Sercombe, 1997).
Outside Influences on the Media One could argue that just as the media can influence the behaviour and views of the public, police and politicians, then police and politicians, and, to a lesser extent, the public, can also influence the media. Certainly, the media frequently appear to be responsive to issues considered by politicians to be important. Brownstein shows how this pressure is felt in the United States, particularly at election time, and points out that it is not in the interests of the news reporters and producers to construct news in ways unfavourable to government, for fear of having their information supply cut off entirely (Brownstein, 1991).
There is probably a similar relationship in the Australian context with politicians. However, this type of relationship is particularly obvious between the media and police. Australia’s police reporters have a cheap and immediate source of
138 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement information through police media relations units. Chermak found that the process of choosing events to be publicised is often influenced by a symbiotic relationship between reporter and police officer. Police are aware that some forms of crime are easier to prosecute if the media dramatise them. No doubt, police are aware that perceptions of crime waves and certain levels of public insecurity are conducive to increases in police personnel, capital resources and powers (Grabosky and Wilson, 1989: 130).
In a study of drug reports in the news media, Chermak found that reporters’ main sources of information were from courts and police (58 per cent). These sources were used extensively for reasons of efficiency to meet media deadlines. Given the volume of information being secured through police and court sources, it would obviously not be in the best interests of journalists to criticise those sources for fear of losing access (Chermak, 1997: 701).
…according to media analysts, a close relationship develops between the media and police in which journalists are given privileged access to crime stories, and the police are given privileged access to the media (Sercombe, 1997: 50).
The Australian media’s apparent shift in focus in the way that they deal with stories about illicit drugs—from sensationalist in the 1995–97 period to more ‘problem solving’ in the 1998–99 period—certainly corresponds with the timing of police thinking about the illicit drug problem. At the time of the well-publicised police drug raids on gay nightclubs in 1996–97, sensationalist stories about drugs were the norm. In 1998 and today, reporting on drug issues tends to be less sensationalist, and this has coincided with a much more liberal approach to the policing of drug offences, including police trialling of drug cautioning programs and calls by police for other solutions, such as safe injecting places (Herald Sun, 18.2.99).
Creating the Drug Crisis In the 1980s, the ‘new right’ and President Ronald Reagan used drugs as an ‘…all- purpose scapegoat with which they could blame an array of problems on the deviance of the individuals who suffered them’ (Brownstein, 1991: 86). With this focus, attention was diverted away from the government’s social and fiscal policies that arguably were the real cause of the escalation in social and economic problems at that time.
Illicit drug use came to be described as the source of societal decay and was blamed for a plethora of undesirable social ills. Drug use could just as easily have been identified as one of the outcomes of economic and social depravation, but of course this would not have served the purposes of the politicians (Brownstein, 1991). Lapham was eloquently scathing about the American media’s compliant role in offering the public an armchair view of the ‘drug war’, a war which is particularly attractive to politicians because:
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 139 …[they] can bravely confront an allegorical enemy rather than an enemy that takes the corporeal form of the tobacco industry, say, or the Chinese, or the oil and banking lobbies. The war against drugs provides them with something to say that offends nobody, requires them to do nothing difficult, and allows them to postpone, perhaps indefinitely, the more urgent and specific questions about the state of the nation’s schools, housing [and] employment opportunities for young black men…Like camp followers trudging after an army of crusader knights on its way to Jerusalem, the media have in recent months displayed all the garish colours of the profession (Lapham cited in Fox et al, 1992: 163).
From the 1980s onwards, American media reporting of illicit drugs tended to be alarmist, such as this example from the New York Times:
Crack poses a much greater threat than other drugs. It reaches out to destroy the quality of life, and life itself, at all levels of American society (cited in Brownstein, 1991: 91).
Similar to the US, sensationalist reporting of illicit drug issues has been common in the Australian media over the past two decades. In a study of newspaper reporting in Sydney, Windschuttle found many examples of horror stories designed to titillate the reader and which confirmed the prejudices of the readership:
The heroin sold in Sydney’s streets is among the most dangerous in the world. It comes in various forms: Pink Elephants, Chinese Black Rocks, Thai Powder, Penang Poison. But all of it is Asian smoking heroin heavily adulterated (‘cut’) with strychnine…Pure heroin is practically unobtainable in Sydney. It’s cut heavily to increase the profit—strychnine, baby powder, borax, snail killer, concrete dust, Ajax. Anything… (Windschuttle, 1981: 172).7
Australia has its share of colourful headlines linking crime, drugs and immigrants, most usually focusing on Asians. For example, ‘Vietnamese gangs a big crime threat, says NCA’ (The Age, 7.9.94); ‘Police report predicts rise in Asian Crime’ (The Age, 10.8.92); ‘The Drug Lords who Seised Redfern’ (The Bulletin, 11.2.97). This last article quoted residents who believed that Vietnamese people were responsible for most of the crime and had a corrupting influence on other groups.
One resident of Redfern is quoted as saying, ‘The Vietnamese connection [with Aborigines] is very dangerous—they don’t have respect for life and that creates the same sort of attitude in the young Aboriginal boys and girls’. ‘Organised crime’ and ‘gangs’ have been terms freely associated with people of Asian background.
In April 1997 journalist Brett Martin reported on:
7 In actual fact the adulteration of drugs appears to be rare and when it does occur it is of a relatively benign character. See in the study conducted by Coomber, 1997.
140 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement …the growing threat posed in the Pacific and beyond by Asian crime gangs. Chinese Triads, Vietnamese youth gangs, Japanese Yakuza and Korean criminal elements have overtaken Australia’s other ethnic groups in the reach and scope of their criminal activity: heroin importation, prostitution, money laundering, extortion, home invasions and other crimes of violence. With the exception of outlaw motorcycle gangs, Caucasians no longer figure large in Australian organised crime (Martin, The Bulletin, 8.4.97: 18).
Media hysteria about drugs certainly sells newspapers. However, such reporting is considered dangerous from a number of different perspectives. Drug scares, which blame individual immorality and personal behaviour for endemic social and structural problems, divert attention and resources from the larger, causal problems. When there is no distinction made between people with problems, and people as problems, there is a tendency to blame the victims of social injustice (Twitchin, 1993).
Treatment of Minority Groups in the Media In general, people from ethnic backgrounds tend to be invisible in the media. When they do appear it is invariably in stereotypical ways in stories to do with criminal or other conflict situations, or within the context of sport or entertainment. Twitchin found that only about five per cent of television characters in the United Kingdom are black or Asian ‘…and those that are featured are Asian shopkeepers, black athletes, etc’ (Twitchin, 1993: 35). Soo-Lin Quek found that presentation of stories involving ethnic minorities in Australia is always from the perspective and values of white, middle class society (Soo-Lin Quek, 1997).
Some writers have reasoned that the lack of positive stories featuring minorities may be due to a lack of journalist from ethnic minority backgrounds. However, a common complaint of ethnic background journalists was found to be that newsroom policy affects the news selection process, and rigid newsroom policy ensures that those stories that do not fit the traditional news mould are eliminated (Wilson and Gutierrez, 1985). In the absence of news that places ethnic people in many different contexts, mass media stereotypes can be particularly dangerous, giving a false perception of ‘others’. Carruthers found that:
…while reporting on Vietnamese in Sydney is rarely overtly racist, the fact that the bulk of the portrayals occurs in the context of ‘bad news’ creates a net image of Vietnamese as a threat or danger (Carruthers, 1997: 186).
The media often presents crime problems in ways that unduly exaggerate the role of ‘new’ Australians. This is despite the fact that, ‘Research consistently shows that the overseas-born are amongst the most law abiding members of the Australian community’ (Grabosky and Wilson, 1989: 130).
Crime among Vietnamese youth has historically been significantly lower than for their non-Vietnamese counterparts, however, media reports give the opposite impression (Soo-Lin Quek, 1997). Kennedy, in the United States, pointed out the
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 141 discrepancy between the reality, and the perceptions given by the media, about drug offending:
There exists a striking disjuncture between the racial demographics of actual illicit drug use, which is mainly white in absolute numbers, and the racial demographics of portrayed illicit drug use, which is mainly black (Kennedy, 1997: 381).
In a study of media constructions of heroin and its victims, Elliott found that the motif of the drug problem portrayed in the media in Australia was indeed ethnicised. She found that, particularly in the case of heroin, the drug was labelled as threatening by its association with a minority group—the Vietnamese (Elliott, 1996).
Historical Roots of the ‘Drug–Asian’ Link In Australia, reporting of stories about drugs has had a history of anti-Asian sentiment. From his studies of media reports in Melbourne and Sydney in the late 1800s, Manderson found that the opium smoking habit of the Chinese came to be seen as first ‘a dirty habit in a dirty people’, and then as ‘an immoral habit in a hated people’ (Manderson, 1993: 24). Chinese were labelled as the demons who corrupted and tricked innocent Anglo-Australians through supply of opium. They were reported as druggers of Anglo women who ‘…either lost all sexual control or became so heavily drugged that they were unable to resist rape or seduction’ (Manderson, 1993: 24).
The Pattern Continues More modern media creation of illicit drug ‘reality’ is startlingly similar to that of the late 1800s media creations. Elliott found that a recurrent theme in modern media reports about illicit drugs was the characterisation and representation of the ‘evil supplier’ of heroin as ‘ethnic’, and the user as a ‘victim’. Windschuttle also found that the media tended to emphasise ‘the pushers’ in a stereotyped arch-villain characterisation, in the business of corrupting the innocent and unworldly user (Windschuttle, 1981: 173).
The media characterisation of heroin traffickers consistently provided images of undifferentiated criminality and moral culpability… (Elliott, 1996: 67).
O’Donnell noted that in contrast, the drug user is almost always portrayed as a victim who is not responsible for their own actions and deserves sympathy (O’Donnell, 1990).
Elliott found many examples of the ‘evil Asian dealer versus the innocent Anglo user’ motif in media reporting of drugs in the Herald Sun and The Age newspapers from September 1995 to the end of April 1996:
142 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Police concern that Asian crime gangs are using schoolchildren to traffic heroin in Melbourne’s western suburbs must alarm all parents (Herald Sun, 29.11.95: 12).
Police believe the heroin glut coincides with a push by established Sydney gangs into Melbourne…the gangs are predominantly made up of youths of Vietnamese origin (The Age 15.10.95: 7).
Many of the users are Australian, Chief Superintendent Ritchie said, but people working in the gangs are Vietnamese… (Herald Sun, 28.11.95: 1).
The casualties of the states’ emerging heroin epidemic had sudden, lonely and agonising deaths (Herald Sun, 23.4.96: 41).
Other articles reported the violence and weapons used by drug dealers who, by association with other articles, are implied to be Asian dealers, to further impress the public with an image of the Asian drug dealer as evil:
Military style automatic weapons have been thrown on to the streets of Footscray from cars being pursued by police divisional vans, Chief inspector McKoy said. (Herald Sun, 29.11.95: 5).
Elliot found that at times there was an implicit assumption that heroin trafficking was a major problem amongst non-permanent residents of Australia:
…if they deal in smack, send em back. The White Australian Resistance group has dropped leaflets at houses in Melbourne’s north-west stating the recent out- break of western suburbs drug dealing had exposed the ethnic-based origins of the epidemic (Herald Sun, 12.2.96: 11).
The State Opposition has called for deportation of non-resident immigrants charged with drug offences, in a bid to stem Melbourne’s growing heroin trade (Herald Sun, 30.11.95: 4).
Other throwaway lines singling out particular ethnic groups were common:
The boy was photographed in Caroline Lane, Redfern, an inner-Sydney suburb notorious for its high proportion of Aboriginal residents who are addicted to heroin. Sydney’s other heroin-riddled suburb is Cabramatta, where most of the addicts are Vietnamese and Lebanese (Overington, 1999: 3).
Melbourne academics were of the view that local newspapers do give a disproportionate coverage of Vietnamese involvement in illicit drugs:
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 143 …The Herald Sun in particular has clearly been running what could be considered to be a vendetta against the Vietnamese in Victoria, and The Age has not been far behind. It is a form of selectivity and a form of exaggeration coverage. Almost all the photos accompanying stories of drugs show Asians. There have been some examples of quite unconscionable behaviour by the Herald Sun (Academic key informant, 1999).
More recently, a crime statistics expert described media reports this way:
I think the media is biased because it is incomplete. They go far enough to identify the ethnic group involved in the crime but not to explain it. Therefore we are left with the perception that there is some racial tendency to offend, rather than that certain ethnic groups are involved in crime because they have a lack of opportunities just as Anglo-Saxons will engage in crime for the same reasons (Crime statistics key informant, 1999).
The editorial of the Herald Sun on 29.11.95 justified the use of racist language and the singling out of a specific ethnic group in this way:
There will be inevitable complaints that one or another ethnic group is singled out. But if the way to stop the trade is to acquire an understanding of the undercurrents operating in a minority of people among the various nationalities now in Australia, so be it. The threat heroin poses to our children transcends the niceties of political correctness (cited in Rodd and Leber, 1996: 90).
Criminal intelligence personnel, however, appear not to share the media’s view of the nature of drug offending:
Media coverage is not at all accurate. The focus on Vietnamese is a beat up and they are convenient scapegoats. Of course there are Vietnamese involved in street level dealing but that is the bottom level. One of the most successful drug syndicates ever in Australia was the Mr Asia drug syndicate and it was comprised of New Zealanders with one or two Australians. You do not have to be Chinese or from South East Asia to smuggle significant amounts of heroin into Australia and it wouldn’t surprise me if there were other Mr Asia syndicates in existence. However, these types of syndicates do not feed people’s prejudices and they don’t sell newspapers (Criminal intelligence key informant, 1999).
144 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement The Media’s Construction of the Vietnamese- Australian
From the start…Vietnamese-Australians have presented the media with an interesting paradox…a mix of compassion for a dispossessed people who had undergone trauma, and overt racism as the old fear of an Asian invasion was once again raised…in the late 1980s, social categories have started to be reformed…All this makes the Vietnamese ideal subjects for media stories. As a group they have become newsworthy in their own right…over and above any specific issue or event in which [they] may have been involved (Twitchin, 1993: 30).
In her examination of articles in The Age and Herald Sun, Soo-Lin Quek found that Vietnamese youth were disproportionately represented as belonging to deviant, gang-related action. She found examples of the media making quantum leaps from seeing groups of Vietnamese young people to assuming they must be members of a gang:
In both newspaper stories there is a leap from incidents of violence to reports on the existence of ‘gangs’ of Vietnamese young people. Vietnamese young people are tarred with the one and only brush. Based on assumptions of the ‘other’ as criminal and a threat, a group of Vietnamese young people ‘hanging out’ together in public, who may have no intentions of breaking the law, become suspect in the eyes of many, and are viewed with suspicion and an element of fear by the ‘ordinary, law-abiding’ citizens (Soo-Lin Quek, 1997: 180).
From 1994–1996, Footscray and other inner western suburbs of Melbourne became the focus of considerable media attention over ‘youth violence’, ‘youth drug dealing’ and ‘Asian gangs’. According to Rodd and Leber, Vietnamese young people were targeted as the culprits, with the media tapping into ‘…two of the wider community’s underlying fears and prejudices: their suspicion of young people and their fear of difference’ (Rodd and Leber, 1996: 83). The result of the sensationalist, simplistic style of reporting by the media was considered to be far reaching and divisive for Vietnamese young people and the wider Vietnamese community who were left ‘…stunned, particularly Vietnamese young people. The representations they saw in the media were far from the reality they lived’ (Rodd and Leber, 1996: 83).
Only one article out of 80 examined gave a voice to Vietnamese young people. In this article a young Vietnamese soccer player is quoted as saying:
People think we are bullies because of what they read in the newspapers. They think we are a Vietnamese gang and carry knives. When we finish the game in Richmond we sat together, about 15 of us, and talked about the game.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 145 You can see people are afraid to sit near you. People said, ‘That’s a gang.’ It’s not a gang, it’s a soccer team (Sunshine Advocate, 2.3.94, cited in Rodd and Leber, 1996: 93).
One example of the grossly simplistic and biased reporting found by Rodd and Leber was an article that quoted police arrest statistics showing the arrest rate for Vietnamese people as the highest. The article’s aim was to set up a seemingly objective set of ‘facts’ with the assumption that ‘figures don’t lie’. Rodd and Leber point out that the figures in fact did not represent guilty people and also do not reflect the number of individuals involved. This however, did not stop the Herald Sun from suggesting there was a high level of criminality among the Vietnamese community. In addition, and not insignificantly, the figures on which the article was based came from the Asian Squad, where it would be expected that (as Asian people are their focus) their figures should reflect this.
In 1996, even academic spokespeople were beginning to mirror the journalists’ slant on drugs during the period 1994–96:
In their quest for identity, young Vietnamese band together, define what they see as their territory, then set about controlling and defending it, leading to gang wars on the street…they have had to buy their way into traditional Australian suburbs, in some cases…taking them over. This has led to resentment from locals… (Wilson, 1996, 19).
Rodd and Leber found that the negative media portrayals of the Vietnamese have led to the Vietnamese community’s desire for invisibility and their withdrawal from participation in public life. In their interviews with Vietnamese people Rodd and Leber found young people were sad, shocked and angry that they were not seen as individuals, and were concerned about the impact such styles of reporting would have on their ability to get jobs (Rodd and Leber, 1996).
Number of Media Articles: Ethnicity and Drugs The present authors examined and electronically searched newspaper articles from the Herald Sun and The Age (stored on CD-ROM). A word search of articles was undertaken for the years 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1992–93, to establish how many articles contained certain key words. From a brief scan of the content of the articles that contained the word ‘drug’, it appeared that most articles related to illicit drugs. However, when viewing Table 1 it does need to be borne in mind that articles might also relate to drugs in sport, legal drugs, and drugs in countries other than Australia. Thus, caution needs to be adopted when interpreting the figures reported below. One category that was deleted from our count was ‘drug/China’, because the bulk of these articles related to performance-enhancing drugs used by Chinese athletes.
146 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Bearing in mind the limitations of the data, the table below shows that the number of articles on ‘drugs’ appeared to peak in 1997 and fall off quite suddenly in 1998. Over the four different years examined, the Herald Sun consistently ran more drug stories than did The Age. In 1992–93 the number of stories about drugs appearing in the Herald Sun was more than double that of The Age. In 1996 and 1997 the number of stories about drugs in The Age appeared to approach the number in the Herald Sun. However, in 1998 the number of drug stories in the Herald Sun, although fewer than previous years, again doubled that of The Age.
Table 1 Number of articles appearing in The Age and the Herald Sun newspapers which contain combination key words, over four years
1998 (up to August) 1997 1996 1992–93 Key words The Age Herald Sun The Age Herald Sun The Age Herald Sun The Age Herald Sun Drug 1,279 2,567 3,045 3,369 2,973 3,472 1,928 4,635 Drug/Australia 41 53 41 128 39 85 15 22 Drug/Ethnic 29 28 43 38 60 34 37 33 Drug/Asian 76 88 111 91 105 103 54 74 Drug/Vietnam 52 44 115 34 52 28 41 18 Drug/Turkey 9 0 13 4 0 3 1 2 Drug/Somali/ Eritrean/Horn 2 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 Drug/Timor 6 0 8 0 0 1 0 0 Drug/Italian 65 88 119 86 93 68 74 184 Drug/Greek 31 29 66 35 41 32 28 41 Drug/Lebanese 9 4 13 7 10 5 3 2 Drug/Romanian 3 8 8 6 11 11 8 13 Drug/Russian 45 43 100 73 81 85 54 117
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 147 The number of articles that included the word combination ‘drug’ and ‘Asian’ were similar in number for both newspapers. However, in each of the four years examined, The Age consistently had more articles that contained the combination of ‘drug’ and ‘Vietnam’. Articles which included the combinations: ‘drug’ and ‘Italian’; and ‘drug’ and ‘Russian’ were relatively frequent in both newspapers, and to a lesser extent the combination ‘drug’ and ‘Greek’.
Less Sensationalist, More Balanced Reporting? There is strong pressure on journalists to ensure that their reporting content and style will attract the most viewers or readers, and thus the greatest audience for its paying advertisers (Simpson, 1997). Sensationalist stories (in which, arguably, the facts are often sacrificed for a good story) are therefore the ‘bread and butter’ of journalists. Nevertheless, there appears to have been a recent move away from sensationalism in relation to media reporting of illicit drug issues, with a move towards articles concerned with how the problem should best be tackled. The discussion of possible responses appears to encompass a broader range of views than previously seen in newspaper reports and is less dominated by the traditional supply-reduction approach. One example of this was the articles and reports in the Sydney Morning Herald, which followed the above-mentioned sensationalist needle syringe story about the allegedly 12 year old boy injecting heroin. Most of the subsequent articles were concerned with health workers’ calls for radical changes to government’s drug policy, including the need for safe injecting rooms and controlled heroin trials. They also called for more detoxification, treatment and rehabilitation centres, especially for young drug users. The ethnic focus too appears to have receded.
The Australian Drug Council (ADCA) monitoring of the media shows that, although there is still the occasional sensationalist story, there has indeed been an observable change in the nature of the coverage. What has prompted this change is not clear, but the reasons are probably complex. Perhaps they are connected to the media’s reading of the attitude of politicians, police and the public.
Ethnic Media Coverage of Drug Issues Even for people of non-English speaking background who are proficient in English, ethnic newspapers tend to be a more important source of information on community welfare services than mainstream English language newspapers (Scott, 1980: 16). In a study conducted by the Bureau of Immigration and Population Research it was found that 68 per cent of ethnic people listened to SBS radio and 60 per cent of SBS listeners wanted to hear more information on government services (Bureau of Immigration and Population Research). There are many other radio stations that provide programs in languages other than English:
148 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement …radio is by far the best medium in which to access the ethnic community in a language other than English…it is the most broad reaching medium and is perhaps the best value for money (Eyles and Xsateroulis, 1995: 23).
The following information relating to ethnic media has come from NESB people who participated in the ethnic community consultation phase of the Turning the Tide project, Drugs in a Multicultural Community. This project was conducted by the Macfarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research and the North Richmond Community Health Centre on behalf of the Department of Human Services, Melbourne in 1999.
Greek Media The Greek media usually reflect the mainstream media’s way of reporting drug issues. They will take main articles from The Age and have them translated into Greek and the translations are fairly accurate. In Greek papers reporting is very simplistic and biased, and singles out certain ethnic groups to blame for the drug problem. Greek newspapers present drug issues stories as though drugs are a problem for others and not for Greek people. They also report on general health issues but these rarely concern the drug problem.
Many Greek people listen to the Greek language radio. However, while mainstream talkback radio attracts people who ring in about their son or daughter on drugs, ‘I don’t think this would happen if the parents were Greek, they are just not so outspoken’ (Greek community consultant).
Italian Media Drug stories and issues are rarely presented in the Italian media, and are certainly not reported on as much as in the general media. The general media is very biased in the way that it blames certain ethnic groups—even among the Italian community. Italian language radio could help disseminate information to people who find it difficult to find out about drug issues.
Turkish Media Turkish language newspapers reflect the mainstream papers and never treat the drug problem in any depth. ‘The Turkish papers will pick up drugs as an issue and then they will drop it’ (Turkish community consultant).
Lebanese Media In the Lebanese papers the only time the drug issue is dealt with is when there is a crisis, or when a Lebanese person who has experience in illicit drugs comes to Australia. The Lebanese papers will report on the visit. Very occasionally, Lebanese
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 149 papers will translate a mainstream report on illicit drugs, but there is no debate or discussion about drugs in the Lebanese papers.
Arabic papers would never address the issue of drugs in a way that suggested drugs was an issue for the Lebanese or Arabic speaking community. If the media do a report on drugs it is about others using drugs, or drugs in general:
The papers try to hide the problem and not mention drugs. None of the reporters are professional journalists. They start off making Lebanese bread and then they graduate and become a journalist. They think that if they discuss drugs then they are advertising for drugs. That is their mentality. Can you imagine an Arabic speaker discussing drugs problems on the radio? You have Buckley’s hope (Lebanese community consultant).
Vietnamese Media Vietnamese papers often translate general news from the mainstream media, but the meaning is often different, and not translated appropriately. Articles on drugs are sometimes not as originally reported in the mainstream papers. Often the Vietnamese newspapers will try to inject some information or education into their articles on drugs:
The mainstream media are biased in their reporting. This has caused enormous distress and problems for Vietnamese people. People feel really stigmatised. People feel embarrassed and labelled as being responsible for all the drug problems in Australia. Vietnamese people are now very sensitive to what is said about the drug problem and they read things into reports even when there may be no intention to slur Vietnamese (Vietnamese consultation participant).
Somali Media There is Somali radio on a Friday, however all that is broadcast is news from the BBC.
Eritrean Media There is no Eritrean newspaper or radio. There is a newsletter circulated within the Eritrean community, however, to date it has not contained any articles on illicit drugs. A report of the issues raised in the face-to-face meeting with researchers from Macfarlane Burnet Centre for Medical Research was the first article on illicit drug issues published in the newsletter, July 1999. Face-to-face and verbal explanation of any written material submitted for inclusion in the newsletter is essential, both from a cultural point of view and from the point of view of accurate interpretation and explanation of the subject in the Eritrean language.
150 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Timorese Media There is no Timorese newspaper. Some Timorese read a Portuguese newspaper but there is nothing about drug issues reported in that paper. There is a Timorese radio station. However, this station never mentions drug issues:
Radio could be a good forum for giving out information about drugs, either in Chinese or in Hakkah language, but it would largely depend on the reputation of the presenter as to how well the information would be received. The Timorese community has little understanding of what is reported in the general media about the issues of drugs (Timorese community consultant).
Although a Timorese newsletter does report on some drug issues, it is only distributed to members of the Timorese Association—not to all Timorese.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 151
Databases
Databases
Methodology Over four weeks from July 1998, Victorian and National databases believed to be relevant for the study were identified and examined, starting with those known to the investigators. Consortium and Steering Committee members identified further databases. A natural and clear division was found between health and drug treatment services on the one hand, and criminal justice on the other. Forty-eight databases have been identified and appraised, and this is made up of 23 health and drug treatment services databases and 26 criminal justice databases.
To examine the databases, a list of relevant organisations and individuals was created covering Melbourne, Canberra and Sydney, and those on the list were systematically consulted for information about databases by telephone, facsimile, electronic mail and the Internet, to determine if particular databases existed. Databases identified were then examined for information using a series of systematic key headings. Questions compiled by the researchers and the consortium members were answered by those responsible for the database. Information sought included:
Title
Ownership
Collection method
Purpose
Time parameter
Size
Variables
Limitations
Accessibility
Relevance to the project
Cost of accessing information
Availability of data entry forms
Contact details
Publication details.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 155 A difficulty associated with the Criminal Justice databases was the natural reticence of some key people who needed considerable explanation, persuasion and written requests for permission to speak about the contents of the databases. This problem did not occur with health and drug treatment services databases. Obtaining information often required a number of follow-up requests and personal meetings with those responsible for the databases. Increasing the number of known databases relied on the ‘snowball’ effect, in which those responsible for relevant databases would suggest other known databases that could prove pertinent for the study. This approach resulted in a doubling in the number of databases previously known to the researchers.
The summaries of each of the databases have formed a useful tool on which to base decisions about which database would be more likely to provide the most reliable and relevant data to inform the project.
Results—All Databases
1. Title Except for the National Crime Authority, Military intelligence, Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, Interpol and the United Nations, a title of all the databases has been achieved.
2. Ownership Except for the National Exchange of Police information, identification of the ownership of all the databases has been achieved.
3. Collection Method Collection methods varied between databases. Some of the data entry forms were mandatory while others were optional or self-reporting, resulting in information gaps. Most of the survey data involved participants who were unsystematically selected.
4. Age The age of databases varied from those established in the preceding year, such as in the case of VOSA COATES, which began in November 1997, and the Juvenile Justice client information database, which began in June 1996. Some of the newer databases had archival material added to them (for instance the Juvenile Justice client information database), while hard copy files can be retrieved from archives of other newly established databases. Older databases were found to have been in existence since the mid-1980s, such as the Prisoner Information Management System and the community-based court dispositions OASIS databases. While Victoria Police LEAP
156 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement data collection began in the mid-1980s, it has reliable data with consistent and comparable fields over time dating only from mid-1993 onwards.
A number of databases have undergone changes since their inception. Some have revised their variable listings or have expanded the number of establishments providing data, for example, the Victorian Injury Surveillance System. This database previously collected information from six emergency departments, but currently represents 80 per cent of State Emergency Department presentations. Most of the criminal justice intelligence databases have been operating since the mid-1980s, and have recently been upgraded or are currently undergoing upgrades. This includes increasing their capacity by linking them to other databases, such as those of interstate police jurisdictions, licensing and registration bodies. A newly established database linking system, the National Exchange of Police information, allows users access to more than 8.3 million names through the connection of various criminal justice databases.
5. Size The size of databases varied enormously. Some of the health and drug service surveys were small and specialised; some based on specific surveys.
For instance, in 1997, the Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine recorded approximately 215 deaths related to drug overdoses; the Drugs of Dependence information System recorded over 5,000 clients registered for methadone; and the Alcohol and Drug Treatment Services recorded 25,000 clients.
Some databases were extremely large, such as the Victoria Police LEAP database, which contains around 2.2 million names, and is linked to the National Exchange of Police information system, which contains 8.3 million names. Other law enforcement databases, such as those of the Drug Squad and Asian Squad, were comparatively small and specialised.
6. Variables
Health Databases Ethnicity variables were found to be limited in all databases. Health and drug treatment service databases generally had as their prime indicator of ethnicity ‘country of birth’; this appears in 14 of the 23 databases. Primary or preferred language spoken at home appears in six of these; four contain the variable language spoken other than English; one allows the client to indicate their ethnicity; two enquire about country of birth of mother and father; and four retain surnames on file. Other variables of interest were postcode, which appeared in six databases; and in three databases, medical conditions or toxicology variables suggestive of injecting drug use.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 157 Criminal Justice Databases An examination of existing criminal justice databases disclosed a considerable paucity of data relating to across all the databases. This paucity derives from a policy of most criminal justice organisations not to place too much importance or focus on ethnicity. This lack of emphasis translates into an absence of data collection on variables that could identify ethnic background, or the use of only the most basic of ethnicity descriptors, such as ‘country of birth’. Similarly, in the health and drug services databases, the most consistently used ethnicity variable used by criminal justice databases was ‘country of birth’. This variable is included in all police databases, although not recorded by Prosecution Division, Victorian Crimestoppers, the National Institute of Forensic Science or Intergraph Public Safety. ‘Country of birth’ is also a variable in prisoner and community-based order databases, the Australian Bureau of Criminal intelligence ACID database and the National Exchange of Police information database.
The Juvenile Justice program in Victoria collects data on self-reported ethnicity with a selection of seventy-four countries. Court databases and the Australian Customs Service and Federal Police do not collect data on country of birth, or any other ethnicity data on individuals. However, they, and other intelligence databases, do keep information on the ethnic background of groups of people who are suspected of being involved in organised and other major crime, including illicit drug offences. Ethnicity is more likely to be related to the suspects’ connections with persons based in overseas countries (conversation with Director of intelligence, Federal Police on 17.8.98).
7. Limitations Variables related to ethnicity are generally missing altogether or are severely limiting where they are present. ‘Country of birth’ is the most common ethnicity variable across all databases, but as a descriptor of ethnicity it is problematic—even discriminatory—in that it is only capable of identifying first generation migrant groups. It therefore has the effect of making recent migrants visible in the statistics while second or further generation persons, even where there might be a strong ethnic connection, are made invisible, since they are aggregated together under the one ‘Australian-born’ category.
Only one health and drug service database enquired directly about self-reported ethnicity, but the usefulness of this is vastly diminished, as there is nowhere in the computer system to enter the information. Amongst the criminal justice databases, only the Juvenile Justice database allowed people to self-describe their ethnicity, although this was still of limited value as it was the only ethnicity variable asked. Questions about language spoken were not asked in any of the criminal justice databases. However some did contain fields for whether an interpreter was required, such as the database of the Australian Customs Service, some of the intelligence databases and the Prisoner information Management System database.
Apart from the limitations imposed by inadequate ethnicity variables, severe limitations were also found in the ability of the databases to make any connections
158 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement between crimes and drugs—other than drug crimes—let alone able to link these with ethnicity. This is explored further in the Discussion section.
A strong caveat, which should be borne in mind with many of the databases, is that they may reflect the activity of the service operators more accurately than they do the current situation of illicit drug activity in the community. Official reports from police and the flow-on affect to the courts, for example, are likely to reflect police activity rather than be a reflection of the state of drugs and crime in the community. Similarly, data from the needle and syringe program may be more a reflection of people’s confidence in that system than the extent to which needles are used. This will be discussed further in the next report from the project.
8. Accessibility In the health and drug service databases, no restrictions upon retrieving and analysing information were found. In the criminal justice area, access to databases is obtained through the relevant research committees. Prisoner and community-based disposition databases, and that of the Juvenile Justice program, may be more easily accessed, although what could be achieved will be limited by the computer system itself—which, in the case of prisoners’ databases, is old. Police data, additional to that currently published in the Statistical Review of Crime, may need some negotiation before access is granted. Ability to access District Support Group and Criminal investigation data is not yet known; permission has been sought through the Victoria Police Research Coordination Committee, with no reply as yet. Access to intelligence databases or the National Exchange of Police Information has never yet been achieved by any external researchers, so is unlikely to be accessible.
9. Relevance to the Project A number of databases are believed to be relevant and these are discussed in the discussion section below and on each of the database summary sheets (and see Recommendations).
10. Cost Most of the databases have no fees or charges. Many health and drug services databases are affiliated with the Department of Human Services and are likely not to have charges, while those not connected to the Department of Human Services often do charge fees. These range from $100 per hour for each search performed at the Coroner’s Office, to $600 for a spreadsheet of ten tables from the National Health Survey. Department of Justice databases do not charge a fee, however Victoria Police charges $50 for each two-by-two table and $300 for a package containing crimes by postcode, percentage change, relevant census data and crime rates per 10,000 population provided with maps and charts.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 159 11. Publications All the health and drug treatment services’ databases produce an annual report, a quarterly or half-yearly report, or a bulletin. Some organisations produce all four types of publications. Victoria Police, Department of Justice and all the major criminal justice organisations produce an annual report. Victoria Police also produce an annual statistical review of crime, but reports on crime other than this are for internal use only. This is also true for intelligence organisations, although the National Crime Authority does publish the names of all offenders charged each year in its annual report. Courts produce annual reports of their work, but the focus is on court workload and dispositions, not individual offenders. The Juvenile Justice area is one of the few areas that currently produces no reports at all. The Australian Bureau of Statistics publishes an annual prisoner census.
12. Data Entry Forms The majority of those responsible for the databases provided the researchers with copies of their data entry forms, with the exception of the intelligence organisations. Juvenile Justice and Crimestoppers did not use hard copy data entry forms, although in the case of Juvenile Justice a copy of the ethnicity fields was provided from the computer.
13. Contact All the health and drug service organisations were forthcoming with information and did not hesitate to assist the researchers with inquiries. Contacts for databases within the criminal justice area were a little more difficult to locate and in some cases people were very reticent about answering any questions. Quite a few asked for a written or faxed request to speak to them and list of questions before they would provide any information at all (given the nature of their work, this difficulty is perhaps not surprising).
Discussion Examination of the existing criminal justice and health and drug treatment databases has indicated a considerable paucity of relevant information on ethnicity across all databases. A principal problem lies in the policy of all organisations not to place much emphasis or focus on ethnicity. This has resulted in an absence of data on variables that could specifically identify ethnic backgrounds, or in the use of only the most basic of ethnicity descriptors, such as ‘country of birth’. This last descriptor is clearly problematic as it only identifies the first generation migrant groups resulting in a potential discrimination against most recent arrivals, by making them the most visible in the statistics. Second or further generation persons, even when there is a strong ethnic connection, are made invisible by the statistics, as they are aggregated together under the one ‘Australian-born’ category.
160 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement The most consistent ethnicity variable used by different databases is ‘country of birth’, detected in 15 of the 22 health-related databases. The ethnicity indicator of primary or preferred language spoken at home appeared in seven of the health and service databases and in none of the crime databases; two of the latter databases did provide an interpreter variable. It must be emphasised that by not granting a person the opportunity to nominate another language, the depth of ethnic links that can continue following the first generation of migrants to Australia is discounted. This was clearly shown in the Australian Bureau of Statistics 1996 Census of Population and Housing, Victoria: while there were 98,000 persons who were born in Italy, 159,000 actually spoke Italian; those who were born in Greece numbered 61,692, while there were 124,000 who spoke Greek. These figures contrast with those born in Vietnam, which number 55,000, with nearly 54,000 speaking Vietnamese. Only four databases provided the opportunity to indicate a language spoken other than English. Language variables are not particularly emphasised in the various databases but, for those documenting this information, these databases need to be investigated.
Health and Drug Treatment Services Databases There was only one database that clearly made an attempt to provide an ethnicity focus by enquiring about the client’s cultural or ethnic background (Drug of Dependence Information System). However, following an investigation, it was discovered that the details of the variable have not been entered onto the computer and remain as hard copy file only. As this is the only database that documents ethnicity, it would be relevant to examine each completed form manually.
Determining the COB of both parents of the client can more clearly indicate ethnicity, and this has been attempted by two databases: the Notifiable Infectious Diseases Surveillance and the Secondary Student Alcohol and Drug Surveillance. Both databases should be examined.
Determining ethnicity by surname has a number of risks, but when there are no other ethnic indicators available, this approach can potentially be of use. There are currently five databases that retain surnames on the files. A list of common surnames of different ethnic groups could be presented to those responsible for databases and this variable could be correlated with drug-related variables.
Some databases have indicated their willingness, following ethics approval, to provide the researchers with a list of all the surnames on their database in order to determine ethnicity. However, the use of a surname variable to determine ethnicity is problematic, possibly flawed and therefore misleading. For example, a large number of Europeans migrated to Latin America resulting in a proliferation of surnames with origins in Europe (especially Spain, Portugal and Germany).
A number of the databases have retained postcodes, and it has been suggested that this variable could be correlated with the surname to indicate ethnicity. Particular ethnic groups have been identified as more likely to reside in certain regions of Melbourne, providing some validity to the concept of linking surname and postcode. Databases with surnames and postcodes without involving other ethnicity variables include that of the State Coroner.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 161 Variables related to medical conditions and toxicology related to drug use are found in three databases. These are the State Coroner’s, the Drug of Dependence Information System and Dorevitch Pathology. This last database is the most difficult to investigate as the only ethnicity variable are surnames, and up to 250 clients are entered into the database each day.
The majority of the databases have easy access to the information and no costs are involved for those linked to the Department of Human Services. However, for some databases costly fees exist, although most of these have little ethnicity focus and perhaps can be excluded from the investigation (for example, the National Health Survey). Other databases have indicated that fees do apply but these could not be determined until a request was supplied about the variables involved.
The State Coroner’s Database, while not focusing on ethnicity, does record surname and postcode of the deceased. While these variables are problematic, increasing drug-related overdose deaths should be investigated for a link with ethnicity. The Drugs of Dependence Information System has manually maintained a record of ethnicity of clients. Following an anticipated ethics approval to review the hard copies, this database should be investigated. The HIV-AIDS Surveillance Database has ethnicity variables and these should be examined. However, it must be acknowledged that in Australia the number of persons acquiring HIV through injecting drug use is currently very low (11 notifications in 1996–98).
Alcohol and Drug Treatment Services has up to 25,000 clients on their database. While it is acknowledged that the ethnicity variables are limited, the importance of this database, and the fact no fees are involved, means this data should be examined.
Between 1996 and 1997, the Victorian Emergency Minimum Data Set recorded about 10,000 poisonings, with up to nine per cent related to heroin overdose. Although ethnicity variables are restricted, if an acceptable fee could be negotiated, analyses of these data could be of value. Similarly, the Community Offenders Advice and Treatment Service is limited with regard to ethnicity variables, but if an acceptable fee could be negotiated, analyses of these data would be worthwhile.
The Community Health Database has limited ethnicity variables but as the Department of Human Services owns the system, no fees are applicable, and the information should be examined. The Secondary Student Alcohol and Drug Surveillance survey has a broader selection of ethnicity variables. This database has a limited target, but the information should be investigated.
Both the National and Victorian Drug Household Surveys have the ethnicity variables of ‘county of birth’, but more importantly, ‘language spoken other than English’. This information is owned by the Department of Human Services and will need to be examined.
There are two other databases with which active research could be undertaken. The first possibility, which should receive serious consideration, is a pilot study with the Directline Drug Advice Service, which averages 2,000 calls per month. In 1996, the Needle and Syringe Program (NSP) estimated that it had 24,000 clients. Currently there are no ethnicity data collected, but some form of ethnicity data could be
162 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement collected during the transaction of equipment, at a variety of NSP sites. If negotiations were successful this option must be considered.
Of the databases considered to be of lesser relevance to the project are: the Ambulance Services (no ethnicity variables), Victorian Hospital inpatients (COB only), Dorevitch Pathology (surname only), the Centre for Adolescent Health surveys (analysis already indicates minimal ethnicity data), both Medibank (no ethnicity variable) and Medicare (COB only), National Alcohol and Other Drug Treatment Services: Pilot Study (COB only) and the National Health Survey (COB and no option to indicate another language spoken). The Illicit Drug Reporting System commenced a new study in August 1998. A lack of time and a delay in seeking ethics approval has thwarted the submission of questions about ethnicity for the current questionnaire. The Infectious Diseases Control Unit has a database with the capacity to collect ethnicity information. However, the standard information form filled out does not include any ethnicity variables.
Criminal Justice Databases
Victoria Police Data The Victoria Police LEAP database provides accurate data about the most serious offence for which persons have been charged by police. The LEAP system is used for statistical reporting purposes and also as a law enforcement tool, containing full criminal histories and other details of all offenders and suspects. The database is also linked electronically to other police organisations’ databases, as well as to licensing and vehicle databases.
The ability of the official police crime statistics, derived from the LEAP database, to give an accurate picture of drug offending is reduced enormously because the statistics only report the most serious offence. Because of this, many of the drug offences for which police have charged offenders remain invisible. Currently, if an offender is charged with drug offences together with armed robbery, abduction or murder, the crime would be recorded in the published statistics as an armed robbery or abduction or murder, and the drug offences committed concurrently would not be recorded. A special analysis would need to be requested to establish the true rate of drug offending detected by police. This is possible, as all charges are recorded on the computer. Whether or not charges were upheld at court is also available through LEAP via Courtlink. Using the more complete version of the drug crime statistics it may be possible to have an analysis conducted by country of birth, ethnic appearance and/or by postcode. All the cautions and limitations related to these ethnicity variables would apply.
Except for prisoner data (as will be seen later), it is impossible to gauge from any of the databases whether crimes other than drug offences were motivated, or in any other way associated with, the supply or use of illicit drugs. To obtain a measure of such a connection from police data it may be possible to compare what type of other offences were coupled with less serious drug offences. Alternatively, or as a supplement to this analysis, qualitative data could be collected from police officers
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 163 across several areas within the organisation, who might be expected to be in a position to give an accurate assessment of ethnic group connection based on their experience. In a more expensive option, as is proposed in a study being developed by Makkai at the Australian Institute of Criminology, offenders and suspects could be interviewed and or urine samples taken in a dedicated study.8 A third alternative may be to have police, during the time of arrest and interview, ask the offenders and suspects if drugs were a factor in the crime.
A further dimension of police statistics is the operational and intelligence databases that exist within different sections of Victoria Police. These databases are used to assist and inform investigations and they record police action or activity even in the absence of pending charges. Such data is commonly not computerised. One area, which has its own database and associated analysts, is the Drug Squad. However, as shown by Green and Purnell, the bulk of all drug offences in Australia (and Victoria) continue to be detected and dealt with by personnel outside the dedicated drug units.9 For example, in Victoria in 1993, the drug squad dealt with 259 possess, obtain and use drug offences and 260 traffic, grow or manufacture offences. This compares with 10,328 possess, obtain and use drug offences and 5,128 traffic, grow or manufacture offences for all other areas of the Victoria Police (Green and Purnell, 1995). In light of this, it is clear that while an examination of drug squad data would be useful in informing the present project, particularly about more serious drug offences, it would be equally important to balance this with an examination of data from District Support Groups and Criminal investigation Branches, as it is to these areas that most drug offences are referred for action.10
Given that the police is the body which mostly deals with drug offences, and in light of the limitations of officially reported data on drug offences and the relationship between crime other than drug offences and drugs, it is recommended that drug squad data and DSG/CIB data be further examined, and perhaps supplemented, with interviews.
Court Data While some information is electronically recorded, most of the information on persons appearing before the courts is recorded and stored on a pen and paper basis.
8 Toni Makkai, of the Australian Institute of Criminology, is currently developing a research project which follows the American Drug Use Forecasting Program consisting of urine samples from arrestees, together with interviews, to ascertain whether drugs were present or a motivating factor for the commission of any crimes (conversation with Toni Makkai on 17.8.98). 9 Green P and Purnell I. (1995) Measuring the Success of Law Enforcement Agencies in Australia in Targeting Major Offenders Relative to Minor Offenders. National Police Research Unit. Adelaide. 10 Drug offences are referred to the Drug Squad for their decision on who should follow up the case. Cases not kept by the drug squad for their own attention are passed back to the relevant police districts for action, usually by the DSGs and CIBs.
164 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Prisoner Data Prisoner data is the only database that gives a full list of offences and asks prisoners whether current offences were committed under the influence of drugs, or whether current offences were committed to support a drug habit. However, this database is still limiting, in that the prisoner database contains data on only those few offenders who are at the serious end of the offending spectrum. The database’s ethnicity variables are also limiting, consisting only of place of birth and nationality.11 However, in common with the LEAP system, the prison database remains one of the very few databases that collects information that could be used to make a drug-crime link by ethnicity. Prisoner data, therefore, is recommended for further examination.
Community-Based Disposition Database Community-Based Disposition Database (OASIS) will give details about current offences, drug use, country of birth and nationality, as will the Juvenile Justice program give data about offences, drug use and self-reported ethnicity. They may therefore also be worth further investigation.
Juvenile Justice Data Juvenile justice matters come under the Department of Human Services. A database that records key events for clients, such as care and protection history, court appearances and sentences, has operated since 1996. Data is collected through face- to-face interviews with juvenile offenders, and ethnicity relies on self-report with 74 possible countries listed. This database is worth further investigation, as it may provide some data on young offenders from different ethnic backgrounds involved in illicit drugs and associated crimes.
Criminal Intelligence Data Intelligence data within intelligence organisations is protected and is kept separate from other databases that may be subject to Freedom of Information legislation. Such databases tend not to have a reporting function, and indeed find it difficult to do simple counts and cross-variable analyses. These systems have been designed for the sole purpose of identifying connections between pieces of information and they are excellent at producing maps of associations, some of which can be very complicated. For example, a single piece of information, such as a name, a vehicle registration number or an address, can be entered into the computer. The computer will then search for any connections between that piece of information and another, and will identify the name and address of the owner of the vehicle. This includes: times, dates and operatives’ names who have previously checked that vehicle and for what reason; the owner’s criminal record; their known associates and their criminal records; whether they own a firearm; if there are warrants outstanding; and if there are any violence danger flags for that person or their associates.
11 Published prisoner census data no longer reports on the ethnicity of prisoners (although the data is still collected).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 165 In both the ABCI and Federal Police the intelligence databases are currently being, or have recently been, upgraded. Links between different police and criminal justice agencies’ databases are also currently being established. One of the most recent ones is the National Exchange of Police information (NEPI), which is being developed to link the databases of each police jurisdiction and intelligence organisation. This will make it possible for instant interstate and national criminal checks to be made electronically by police anywhere in Australia. NEPI is also linked with VicRoads data, Courtlink, Firearms Management System, and EAGLE (NSW and Queensland vehicle records).
While no information on intelligence databases is available, the Federal Police Director of Intelligence has offered to be interviewed on the ethnicity-drug-crime connection, based on what he knows is contained in the database. The National Crime Authority publishes the full names of the offenders it has charged and the nature of the charges in its annual report. While problematic from the point of view of reliability, it may be possible to use the surnames as an indicator of ethnicity and to look at the type of other charges that are coupled with drug charges.
166 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Table 2 Summary of Databases and their Ethnicity Variables
Ethnicity Variables
Database Country of birth birth of Country Nationality Citizenship birth of Country mother birth of Country father appearance Ethnic background Ethnic spokenLanguage language Main other Language English than Preferred language home at Surname Postcode Coroner Database or Text X Retrieval Database Drug of Dependence information X X X System (Methadone Registry) Notifiable infectious Diseases X X X Surveillance Alcohol and Drug information X X System Patient Care Record and X Intergraph Victorian Emergency Minimum X X Data Set Victorian Injury Surveillance System Victorian Inpatient Minimum Data X Set Needle and Syringe Exchange Program Database
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 167 Ethnicity Variables
Database Country of birth birth of Country Nationality Citizenship birth of Country mother birth of Country father appearance Ethnic background Ethnic spoken Language language Main other Language English than Preferred language home at Surname Postcode VOSA COATES X X X X Dorevitch Toxicology Database X X National Drug Strategy Household X X Survey Database Illicit Drug Reporting System X X (Victoria) Victorian Adolescent Cohort X X Study Gatehouse Project X Statewide information X X X Technology for Community Health Medibank Private Medicare Data Validation and X (enrol Enrolment File Database data only) Turning Point Alcohol and Drug Centre HIV-AIDS Surveillance Database X X X
168 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Ethnicity Variables
Database Country of birth birth of Country Nationality Citizenship birth of Country mother birth of Country father appearance Ethnic background Ethnic spoken Language language Main other Language English than Preferred language home at Surname Postcode Secondary Student Alcohol and X X X X Drug Survey Database National Minimum Data Set for X Alcohol and Other Drug Treatment Services National Health Survey Database X X Law Enforcement Assistance X X Package Cannabis Cautioning Trial X X Illicit Drug Cautioning Trial X X Victoria Police Family Violence X X data Victoria Police Drug Squad X X Victoria Police Asian Squad X X X District Support Groups and CIBs X X Prosecutions Division Victorian Crime Stoppers Data X by caller
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 169 Ethnicity Variables
Database Country of birth birth of Country Nationality Citizenship birth of Country mother birth of Country father appearance Ethnic background Ethnic spoken Language language Main other Language English than Preferred language home at Surname Postcode Police Community Consultatives Committees Victorian Drug Database Intergraph OOO Courtlink Prisoner Information Management X X X System Community-Based Court X X Dispositions Juvenile Justice Client X self- Information System report National Crime Statistics Federal Police Realtime Online Ethnic Management System group assoc- iations Australian Criminal intelligence X X Database National Crime Authority
170 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Ethnicity Variables
Database Country of birth birth of Country Nationality Citizenship birth of Country mother birth of Country father appearance Ethnic background Ethnic spoken Language language Main other Language English than Preferred language home at Surname Postcode Office of Strategic Crime Assessment National Exchange Of Police X X Information Customs Intelligence X X X X inter- preter Military Intelligence Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 171
Summary of Health and Drug Treatment-Related Databases
Summary of Health and Drug Treatment-Related Databases
Background One of our first tasks was to identify all Victorian and National databases which might be expected to include information on illicit drug use and ethnicity. Twenty- three health and drug treatment service databases were identified and appraised. Little information on ethnicity was found. Six databases were selected for further analysis because each had at least one ethnicity variable. These were: the Drug of Dependency information System, the HIV Surveillance Database, the Victorian 1996 Secondary Students Alcohol and Drug Survey, the Alcohol and Drug Information System, the 1995 Victorian Drug Household Survey and the Victorian Emergency Minimum Data Set.
General Comments on Health and Drug Treatment Related Databases The most common variables used to identify ethnicity were country of birth (COB), COB of the parents, language spoken at home or preferred language. The most common basic ethnicity descriptor (found in all six databases) was COB. While COB can assist in identifying ethnicity, it is problematic. It identifies only first generation migrant groups and biases data towards recent arrivals. Australian-born children of migrants who may have a strong identification with their ethnic background are made invisible in the databases that only use COB, as they appear only in the Australian-born category. Only one database, the Drug of Dependency Information System (linked to the methadone registry) avoids this problem by including the variable ‘self-identified ethnic/cultural background’. The State Coroner’s Database, which contains information about fatal drug overdoses, was examined, but the absence of ethnicity variables thwarted detailed analysis. The researchers originally planned to use the surnames on this database to identify ethnicity; however, except for common Vietnamese surnames, it was impossible to draw any useful conclusions regarding ethnicity from these records.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 175 Key Findings
Drug of Dependency Information System: Methadone Registry The only database to have the variable ‘self-identified ethnic/cultural background’. Unfortunately, this ethnicity field was the only variable not entered electronically and therefore a manual examination of archival information was required.
For the 12-month period February 1998 to February 1999 there were 6,019 methadone permit forms which contained full ethnicity data.
Thirty-one per cent of those having received a methadone permit were from a non-English speaking background (NESB), while the rest were of Australian culture or English speaking background.
Seventy different ethnic/cultural background groups were identified.
The most common ethnic backgrounds were Vietnamese, Greek and Italian.
Of those declaring Italian and Greek ethnicity, 80 per cent were born in Australia.
Six per cent of those with Vietnamese ethnicity were born in Australia.
Second-generation Italians have similar rates to the Vietnamese of multiple occasions of starting methadone.
HIV Surveillance Database Of people (n= 4,085) diagnosed with HIV in Victoria from 1983 to the end of 1998, eight per cent reported having a history of injecting drug use.
Of the 323 individuals who reported a history of injecting drug use (IDU), 47 per cent supplied their COB.
Eighty-seven per cent were from ‘main English speaking backgrounds’ (MESB) while 13 per cent were from NESB.
Eighty-three per cent of the IDUs were born in Australia.
Twelve NESB countries were identified, with those born in Vietnam constituting the greatest number of individuals.
The majority of NESB individuals were men and their ages ranged from 29 to 31 years.
Fifty-seven per cent of the injecting drug users, regardless of ethnicity, said they were homosexual or bisexual.
Those from NESB with a history of IDU, were less likely to declare their homosexuality.
176 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement The Victorian 1996 Secondary Students Alcohol and Drugs Survey The number of participants who responded to drug use questions was 4,432.
Seventeen per cent of the participants lived in households where English and another language were spoken at home; two per cent were from a household where no English was spoken.
Except for marijuana use there are generally no contrasts in substance use between English only speakers and those of NESB. The other substances used were heroin, LSD, cocaine, speed and ecstasy.
The prevalence of lifetime (ever used) heroin use for NESB and English only speakers were four per cent and three per cent respectively.
Marijuana use was statistically more prevalent among English-only speakers over their lifetime.
Alcohol and Drug Information System (Treatment for Heroin Use) Limitations in the database mean particular care is required when interpreting the data; for example, ‘episodes of care’ is the unit of measurement rather than individual clients.
The COBs examined were Australia, Vietnam, China, Romania, Cambodia, Turkey, Lebanon, Greece, Italy and Macedonia. National groups were also re- classified into NESB and mainly English speaking background (MESB).
Persons listed on the database were more likely to be from the local government areas of Greater Dandenong, Maribyrnong, Yarra, Port Phillip and Brimbank.
The majority in treatment were men, and the COB ages ranged from 21 to 36 years; most indicated they had never been married.
NESB men were more likely to use residential drug withdrawal services. Those born in Australia were more likely to use an individual client service.
The proportion of English language speakers was high for all the COB examined. Vietnamese language was the most frequent after English.
Unemployment was generally high; it was lower among those of MESB compared with NESB (25 per cent and 57 per cent respectively).
The median period of drug use was longer among those of MESB (36 months compared with 20 months for NESB).
The proportion of those currently injecting drugs was greater for those of NESB compared with MESB (74 per cent and 55 per cent respectively).
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 177 1995 Victorian Drug Household Survey The sample size was 1,200, when including Victorians from the National Drug Household survey.
Eighty-five per cent of the sample was of MESB and 15 per cent was of NESB.
Illicit drug use by those of MESB and NESB was similar. For those of MESB, the prevalence of heroin use was two per cent, while it was <1 per cent for those of NESB.
Use of amphetamines was significantly different with seven per cent of MESB using compared with one per cent of NESB.
Cannabis was the most prevalent illicit drug used by both MESB and NESB respondents.
Illicit drug use by language spoken indicated that a significantly larger proportion of English-only speakers used cannabis and amphetamines.
Only one per cent of MESB reported ever injecting drugs, while no people of NESB did so.
Only two per cent of those born in Europe and Asia had ever used cocaine, ecstasy heroin, inhalants or amphetamines.
Most respondents, both of MESB and NESB, had never sought help for a drug and alcohol problem either for themselves or for others.
Of those having sought assistance in the past five years most were from MESB.
The Victorian Emergency Minimum Data Set A total of 1,366 had illicit drug use in their ‘character text narrative’ for the period January 1996 to June 1998.
Ninety-one per cent of those providing information about their COB were from English speaking backgrounds.
More than 50 per cent of ‘preferred language’ data was missing for those entered as illicit drug users.
Regardless of background, most individuals were male, and the average age was 26 years.
Heroin was the illicit drug most frequently reported used by people of NESB and English speaking backgrounds (89 per cent and 85 per cent respectively).
Other illicit drugs recorded in the ‘narrative text’ were amphetamines, inhalants, hallucinogens and ecstasy.
178 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement The local government areas of Greater Dandenong, Moonee Valley, Maribyrnong and Casey had the greatest number of residents of NESB presenting with illicit drug use problems.
Compared with other health regions, those presenting with illicit drug problems who lived in the Western Metropolitan Health Region were more likely to be of NESB.
Alcohol and Drug Information System (ADIS) Description of Database In 1996, the Alcohol and Drug information System (ADIS) was introduced to replace the outdated Drug and Alcohol Information System (DAISy). ADIS is the largest information database for drug treatment services and provides a range of performance indicators for management and planning of funded services. Currently, information is documented and collected by service providers, using a client registration form, which is then forwarded to the Department of Human Services to be entered electronically. In 1997, the number of clients on the database for both alcohol and drug-related conditions was estimated to be 25,000. There were various responses possible for the principal drug problem being treated, but the focus for this research was on heroin and amphetamines.
The ADIS database provided to the researchers was dated from 1.7.97 to 30.6.98. Ethnicity variables identified on ADIS are restricted to the variables ‘country of birth’ (COB) and ‘languages spoken’. For those receiving treatment for heroin use there were 13,6663 episodes of care among main English speaking background (MESB), compared with 840 episodes of care for those of non-mainly English speaking background (NESB). For amphetamine use the numbers were significantly fewer, with those of NESB numbering only nine ‘episodes of care’. The unit reported to the Drug Treatment Services Unit is an ‘episode of care’, which consists of a completed course of treatment undertaken by a client under the care of an alcohol and drug worker. An episode of care may consist of a number of client contacts with the agency, which will vary according to the individual needs. Episodes of care do not refer to individual clients. One client may have several episodes of care.
Methodology The following countries of birth were selected for examination: Australia, Vietnam, China, Romania, Cambodia, Turkey, Lebanon, Greece, Italy and Macedonia. There was also an examination of the data by re-classifying national groups into NESB and MESB. In order to try to develop a social profile of those on the ADIS database a number of variables were examined. Within most variables there are various value labels. The variables examined include local government area, age, sex, marital status, service type, source of referral, language interpreted, employment status, living status, accommodation, legal status, period of drug use (months), injecting drug use, previous alcohol and drug treatment and concurrent methadone program.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 179 Various limitations were discovered in the 1997–98 interim ADIS database and thus care should be taken in interpretation of the data. Prior to the analysis of the data, the researchers were informed by Drug Treatment Services (Department of Human Services) of the appearance of duplicated records in some of the data tables. Additionally, the database has recorded both client contacts (as recorded by Community Health Centres using the ADIS module in the SWITCH database) and episodes of care (as recorded by agencies using interim ADIS). Prior to analysis of the database the major problem with the duplicated records was the inability to convert the contacts provided by the Community Health Centres into episodes of care, furthering the cautionary note when interpreting the data.
As the number of individual clients were not reported it is likely that a multiple of episodes of care are in fact related to the same individual. All these issues mean that interpretation of the ADIS database must be done with extreme caution.
Results
1. Local Government Areas Postcodes were grouped into local government areas (LGAs) for the purposes of clustering and easier interpretation. The proportion with valid responses ranged from 86 per cent to 100 per cent. Clients were from a spectrum of LGAs, and those displayed represented the greatest proportion of the sample in each area. The proportion of those who responded in each LGA ranged from two per cent to 62 per cent. In Melbourne, the LGAs of Greater Dandenong, Maribyrnong, Yarra, Port Phillip and Brimbank were most frequently indicated, with the greatest prevalence for those with valid responses for the countries listed below.
Table 3 Clients’ episodes of care by LGA
COB Proportion with valid Local Government Area Proportion of those responses % who responded %
Australia 96 Greater Bendigo 38 (n=13,264) Port Phillip 5 Yarra 2 Maribyrnong 2 Brimbank 2 Vietnam 91 Greater Dandenong 19 (n=300) Maribyrnong 16 Yarra 15 Brimbank 10 China 88 Brimbank 43 (n=8) Boroondara 43 Greater Dandenong 14
180 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Local Government Area Proportion of those responses % who responded %
Romania 88 Brimbank 43 (n=8) Greater Dandenong 29 Cambodia 100 Greater Dandenong 62 (n=39) Monash 10 Turkey 93 Melbourne 21 (n=30) Moonee Valley 14 Hobson’s Bay 14 Kingston 14 Lebanon 100 Manningham 47 (n=17) Whittlesea 24 Greater Dandenong 18 Greece 94 Monash 27 (n=67) Greater Dandenong 13 Glen Eira 11 Greater Geelong 10 Italy 91 Glen Eira 25 (n=84) Maribyrnong 12 Whittlesea 9 Macedonia 86 Whittlesea 33 (n=7) Melton 33 MESB 96 Greater Bendigo 38 (n=13,663 Port Phillip 5 Frankston 4 Maribyrnong 2 Brimbank 2 Yarra 2 Darebin 2 NESB 92 Greater Dandenong 15 (n=840) Maribyrnong 7 Yarra 8 Port Phillip 3 Brimbank 5
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 181 2. Age For the age variable, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 63 per cent to 100 per cent. The median age ranged from 21 to 36 years. The youngest were found among those from Cambodia and the oldest were among those born in Italy (21 and 36 years respectively). Those of MESB were older than those of NESB (29 years and 25 years respectively). The age range of clients was from 14 to 74 years of age.
Table 4 Clients’ episodes of care by age
COB Proportion with valid Median age Age range responses % Australia (n=13,264) 93 29 14—74 Vietnam (n=300) 97 22 14—47 China (n=8) 100 23 19—29 Romania (n=8) 63 24 22—30 Cambodia (n=39) 74 21 16—27 Turkey (n=30) 73 24 19—43 Lebanon (n=17) 100 30 29—57 Greece (n=67) 100 33 18—56 Italy (n=84) 89 36 23—52 Macedonia (n=7) 100 26 23—47 MESB (n=13,663 93 29 14—74 NESB (n=840) 91 25 14—63
3. Sex The following are the value labels for this variable:
X male/female
The proportion of valid responses ranged from 96 per cent to 100 per cent. Among all the countries listed, males were consistently shown to represent greatest proportion amongst those with valid responses. It was only among those of MESB and Australian-born where the proportion gap between males and females was less marked (55 per cent and 45 per cent respectively). For those of NESB, the different in proportion between males and females was large (77 per cent and 23 per cent respectively). Males consistently showed the highest proportion among those born overseas. The only difference in the trend was to be found among those born in Lebanon, where females rather than males had the largest proportion among those with valid responses.
182 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Table 5 Clients’ episodes of care by sex
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 99 male 55 (n=13,264) female 45 Vietnam 96 male 83 (n=300) female 17 China 88 male 100 (n=8) Romania 100 male 100 (n=8) female Cambodia 100 male 74 (n=39) female 26 Turkey 100 male 93 (n=30) female 7 Lebanon 100 male 12 (n=17) female 88 Greece 96 male 84 (n=67) female 16 Italy 100 male 82 (n=84) female 18 Macedonia 100 male 100 (n=7) female MESB 99 male 55 (n=13,663 female 45 NESB 98 male 77 (n=840) female 23
4. Marital Status The following are the value labels for this variable:
X never married X married X de facto X divorced X separated
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 183 Of marital status, the proportion of valid responses ranged from 50 to 100 per cent. The majority of responses indicated they had never been married and this was found in many countries. Those born in Asian countries were more likely to have never been married compared with those born in Europe. Those born in Greece had the greatest proportion married (49 per cent), while the proportion in de facto relationships were similar amongst those of MESB and NESB.
Table 6 Clients’ episodes of care by marital status
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 67 never married 65 (n=13,264) married 8 separated 7 Vietnam 85 never married 75 (n=300) married 8 separated 4 China 50 never married 75 (n=8) married 25 Romania 100 never married 50 (n=8) married 25 de facto 13 Cambodia 94 never married 79 (n=39) married 3 de facto 16 Turkey 68 never married 40 (n=30) married 30 separated 25 Lebanon 88 never married 27 (n=17) separated 73 Greece 70 never married 32 (n=67) married 49 divorced 9 Italy 75 never married 52 (n=84) married 11 de facto 17
184 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Macedonia 85 never married 17 (n=7) married 33 widowed 50 MESB 67 never married 65 (n=13,663 married 8 de facto 16 NESB 83 never married 64 (n=840) married 11 de facto 12
5. Service Type The following are the value labels for this variable:
X drug withdrawal residential (w/d resident) X drug withdrawal outpatient (w/d outpatient) X drug withdrawal home X drug withdrawal rural X youth outreach X counselling, consultancy and continuing care (CCCC) X supported accommodation X residential accommodation X specialist methadone (spec methadone) X peer support X drink/drive assessment X brokerage X Individual client X family
Of the service types that were nominated the proportion of valid responses ranged from 68 per cent to 100 per cent. While there were various service types available, those of NESB indicated a greater proportion of drug withdrawal residency compared with those of MESB (52 per cent and 21 per cent respectively). Those born in Australia or of MESB were more likely to use the individual client service than those of other countries, where it was either omitted or not significant. Other services commonly used among the countries listed were CCCC and specialised methadone.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 185 Table 7 Clients’ episodes of care by services type
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 68 drug w/d resident 20 (n=13,264) CCCC 23 Individual client 43 specialist methadone 8 Vietnam 93 drug w/d resident 54 (n=300) CCCC 31 specialist methadone 7 drug w/d outpatient 4 China 100 drug w/d resident 63 (n=8) drug w/d outpatient 38 Romania 100 drug w/d resident 63 (n=8) CCCC 38 Cambodia 97 drug w/d resident 54 (n=39) CCCC 38 resident rehabilitation 5 Turkey 100 drug w/d resident 53 (n=30) CCCC 20 specialist methadone 20 Lebanon 88 drug w/d resident 60 (n=17) CCCC 13 spec methadone 27 Greece 69 drug w/d resident 35 (n=67) CCCC 30 specialist methadone 33 Italy 79 drug w/d resident 58 (n=84) CCCC 27 specialist methadone 9 Macedonia 100 drug w/d resident 57 (n=7) CCCC 14 specialist methadone 29 MESB 68 drug w/d resident 21 (n=13,663 CCCC 23 Individual client 43
186 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % NESB 88 drug w/d resident 52 (n=840) CCCC 30 specialist methadone 9 Individual client .8
6. Source of Referral The following are the value labels for this variable:
X self X family friend X GP X alcohol and drug service (A&D service) X direct line X DACAS X hospital X community health centre X other welfare X Child Protection X psychiatric service X purchased service X step out X police/CJP X COATS X Drink Drive program (DD program) X other treatment same service X Juvenile Justice X Office of Corrections X courts X other
For source of referral, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 42 per cent to 100 per cent with those from MESB having the lowest proportion with valid responses. The majority of the responses indicated their source of referral was ‘self’ and this was consistent for all countries. Self-referral was greatest among those born in Italy and lowest among those of Turkish birth. Those born in Greece indicated a
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 187 significant use of a GP (31 per cent). The response of using family/friend ranged from eight per cent (NESB) to 21 per cent (Cambodia).
Table 8 Clients’ episodes of care by source of referral
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 44 self 45 (n=13,264) family/friend 9 GP 12 A&D service 9 Vietnam 85 self 41 (n=300) family/friend 9 GP 6 COATS 9 other welfare 7 China 63 self 60 (n=8) other treatment same service 40 Romania 100 self 38 (n=8) purchased service 25 COATS 25 Cambodia 100 self 26 (n=39) family/friend 21 COATS 21 DD program 15 Turkey 93 self 25 (n=30) family/friend 14 purchased service 14 DD program 14 Lebanon 88 Self 47 (n=17) A&D service 27 hospital 27 Greece 67 self 29 (n=67) family/friends 13 GP 31 COATS 13
188 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Italy 77 Self 83 (n=84) A&D service 14 Macedonia 100 Self 57 (n=7) GP 43 MESB 42 Self 45 (n=13,663 family/friend 8 GP 12 A&D service 9 NESB 83 Self 43 (n=840) family/friend 9 GP 11 A&D service 6 COATS 6
7. Language Interpreted Of the languages interpreted, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 60 per cent to 100 per cent. The proportion who were English speaking was high for all countries, ranging from 63 per cent to 100 per cent. However, for those of NESB, the Vietnamese language was shown to be the most prominent after English: the proportion indicating Vietnamese was 13 per cent.
Table 9 Clients’ episodes of care by language interpreted
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia (n=13,264) 76 English 99 Vietnam 89 English 64 (n=300) Vietnamese 36 China 100 English 63 (n=8) Cantonese 13 Romania 100 English 63 (n=8) Romanian 37 Cambodia 90 English 77 (n=39) Chinese 8 other SE Asian 8
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 189 COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Turkey (n=30) 87 English 100 Lebanon 88 English 100 (n=17) Greece (n=67) 60 English 90 Italy 98 English 90 (n=84) Hebrew 10 Macedonia 100 English 86 (n=7) Dutch 14 MESB 77 English 99 (n=13,663 NESB 87 English 77 (n=840) Vietnamese 13 other SE Asian lang 2
8. Employment Status The following are the value labels for this variable:
X child not at school X student X employed (f/t or p/t) X unemployed X home duties X pensioner X retired X sickness benefits X self-employed X other X NewStart X sole parent X disability/age pension X other pension X young homeless X government income support X family support
190 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement
Of employment status, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 63 per cent to 100 per cent. The unemployed proportions were generally high and commonly found among all the countries listed. It was lower among those of MESB compared with NESB (25 per cent and 57 per cent respectively). Unemployment was high among those born in Vietnam, Cambodia and Macedonia.
Table 10 Clients’ episodes of care by employment status
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 91 unemployed 25 (n=13,264) employed (full-time or part-time) 10 other 13 NewStart 24 Vietnam 84 unemployed 76 (n=300) student 12 pensioner 4 China 63 unemployed 20 (n=8) employed 20 student 60 Romania 63 employed 40 (n=8) unemployed 60 Cambodia 97 unemployed 76 (n=39) pensioner 8 other 11 Turkey 87 employed 23 (n=30) unemployed 54 other 15 Lebanon 88 unemployed 60 (n=17) home duties 27 pensioner 13 Greece 76 employed (full-time and part-time) 10 (n=67) unemployed 29 other 35 Italy 88 employed (full-time) 35 (n=84) unemployed 37 pensioner 20
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 191 COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Macedonia 100 unemployed 71 (n=7) pensioner 29 MESB 92 unemployed 25 (n=13,663 employed (full-time and part-time) 9 other 12 NewStart 24 student 1 NESB 83 unemployed 57 (n=840) employed (full-time and part-time) 10 student 9 pensioner 8 other 8
9. Living Status The following are the value labels for this variable:
X spouse/partner X alone with children X spouse/partner/children X friends X other relatives X parents X house-mates X alone
Of living status, the proportion of valid responses ranged from 13 per cent to 85 per cent. A significant number of clients indicated they were still living with their parents, ranging from 11 per cent to 60 per cent (Italy and Cambodia respectively). The proportion living with a spouse/partner was marginally different among those of MESB compared with those of NESB (24 per cent and 22 per cent respectively). The proportion living alone was highest among those born in Italy (52 per cent).
192 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Table 11 Clients’ episodes of care by living status
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 79 spouse/partner 24 (n=13,264) spouse/partner/children 19 parents 22 Vietnam 57 spouse/partner 11 (n=300) parents 51 other relatives 11 China 25 spouse/partner 50 (n=8) parents 50 Romania 75 spouse/partner 50 (n=8) spouse/partner/children 33 parents 17 Cambodia 13 friends 20 (n=39) other relatives 20 parents 60 Turkey 60 spouse/partner 33 (n=30) spouse/partner/children 33 parents 22 Lebanon 35 alone with children 67 (n=17) alone 33 Greece 85 spouse/partner 30 (n=67) spouse/partner/children 11 parents 49 Italy 76 spouse/partner 25 (n=84) parents 11 alone 52 Macedonia 57 spouse/partner 50 (n=7) alone 50 MESB 79 spouse/partner 24 (n=13,663 spouse/partner/children 19 parents 22 alone 11 NESB 60 spouse/partner 22 (n=840) parents 34 alone 21
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 193 10. Accommodation The following are the value labels for this variable:
X owned/buying X rental X room/board X Institution X no fixed abode X other X rental/buy/own X rental/owner/buying
Of accommodation type, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 35 per cent to 99 per cent. Owned/buying was higher among those of NESB compared with MESB (17 per cent and five per cent respectively). The proportion of those in rental accommodation was highest among those born in Vietnam (39 per cent), while those stating no fixed abode were found only among those born in Italy (nine per cent). The accommodation status of a room/board was commonly found among all the countries and the proportion amongst those with valid responses ranged from 17 per cent to 60 per cent.
Table 12 Clients’ episodes of care by accommodation
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia rental 21 (n=13,264) 95 room/board 20 rental/owned/buying 45 Vietnam 91 owned/buying 15 (n=300) rental 39 room/board 35 China 63 rental 20 (n=8) room/board 60 other 20 Romania 75 owned/buying 33 (n=8) rental 33 room/board 33
194 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Cambodia 59 rental 22 (n=39) room/board 57 Institution 17 Turkey 67 owned/buying 20 (n=30) rental 30 room/board 50 Lebanon owned/buying 67 (n=17) 35 room/board 33 Greece 99 owned/buying 29 (n=67) rental 27 room/board 21 rental/owned/buying 23 Italy 92 owned/buying 18 (n=84) rental 25 room/board 27 no fixed abode 9 rental/owned/buying 21 owned/buying 68 Macedonia 86 room/board 17 (n=7) other 17 MESB 95 rental 21 (n=13,663 room/board 20 rental/owned/buying 44 owned/buying 5 NESB 87 owned/buying 17 (n=840) rental 32 room/board 34
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 195 11. Legal Status The following are the value labels for this variable:
X none X bond X community-based order (CBO) X parole X ICO X section 28 X section 11 X bail/charged X court order X combined custody and community treatment order (CCCTC) X other
For legal status, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 63 per cent to 99 per cent. The proportion indicating no legal record was highest among those born in Lebanon and lowest among those born in China (87 per cent and 20 per cent respectively). A CBO was commonly found among most listed countries, with the proportion ranging from six per cent to 38 per cent. The proportion receiving bail and charged was greater among those of NESB compared with those of MESB (21 per cent and ten per cent respectively).
Table 13 Clients’ episodes of care by legal status
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 90 none 69 (n=13,264) CBO 6 parole 5 bail/charged 10 Vietnam 90 none 44 (n=300) CBO 14 bail/charged 31 China 63 none 20 (n=8) CBO 20 bail/charged 40 court order 20
196 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Romania 75 none 38 (n=8) CBO 38 parole 25 Cambodia 87 none 24 (n=39) CBO 12 parole 18 bail/charged 38 Turkey 84 none 84 (n=30) ICO 8 court order 8 Lebanon 88 none 87 (n=17) parole 13 Greece 99 none 61 (n=67) CBO 29 bail/charged 9 Italy 96 none 79 (n=84) bail/charged 17 Macedonia none 67 (n=7) 86 bail/charged 33 MESB 90 none 70 (n=13,663 bail/charged 10 CBO 7 parole 5 NESB 89 none 56 (n=840) CBO 11 bail/charged 21 parole 3
12. Period of Drug Use (months) The proportion with valid responses assessing the period of drug use was generally poorly documented. The median period for drug use was between 11 to 90 months. Those of NESB had a median of 20 months while for those of MESB it was 36 months. The range of months was extremely varied being from one to 720 months.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 197 Table 14 Clients’ episodes of care by period of drug use
COB Proportion with valid Months (Median) Range of months responses % Australia (n=13,264) 20 36 1—720 Vietnam (n=300) 56 19 1—120 China (n=8) 75 24 24—48 Romania (n=8) 63 90 36—120 Cambodia (n=39) 54 20 10—36 Turkey (n=30) 33 11 5—24 Lebanon (n=17) 24 48 48 Greece (n=67) 33 40 6—220 Italy (n=84) 41 36 4—348 Macedonia (n=7) 14 180 180 MESB (n=13,663 20 36 1—720 NESB (n=840) 44 20 348
13. Drug Use Status The following are the value labels for this variable:
X hazardous X abuse X dependence X not current X remission
For drug use status, the proportion with valid responses ranged from 75 per cent to 100 per cent. The proportion of dependency was substantially greater for most countries and for both those of NESB and MESB there was only a marginal difference (72 per cent and 77 per cent respectively). The proportion with hazardous use of drugs was greater among those of NESB than those of MESB (11 per cent and three per cent respectively).
198 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Table 15 Clients’ episodes of care are by drug use status
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 98 hazardous 3 (n=13,264) abuse 15 dependence 77 Vietnam 94 hazardous 14 (n=300) abuse 18 dependence 68 China 75 hazardous 17 (n=8) abuse 33 dependence 50 Romania 100 abuse 25 (n=8) hazardous 75 Cambodia 100 hazardous 26 (n=39) abuse 10 dependence 64 Turkey 80 abuse 8 (n=30) dependence 92 Lebanon 88 hazardous 47 (n=17) dependence 53 Greece 96 dependence 69 (n=67) not current 13 remission 14 Italy 99 abuse 13 (n=84) dependence 82 Macedonia 86 dependence 100 (n=7) MESB 98 hazardous 3 (n=13,663 abuse 15 dependence 77 NESB 95 hazardous 11 (n=840) abuse 14 dependence 72
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 199 14. Injecting Drug Use The following are the value labels for this variable:
X yes, current X yes, past X no
For injecting drug use the proportion with valid responses ranged from 77 per cent to 95 per cent. The proportion with current injecting of drugs was greater compared with those who had a past history of injecting for all countries on the list. The proportion of current injecting of drugs was greater among those of NESB compared with MESB (74 per cent and 55 per cent respectively). Those from NESB indicated they were less likely to have a past history of injecting drug use compared with those of MESB (11 per cent and 40 per cent respectively).
Table 16 Clients’ episodes of care by injecting drug use
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia 95 yes, current 54 (n=13,264) yes past 41 no 5 Vietnam 72 yes, current 63 (n=300) yes past 11 no 26 China 75 yes, current 68 (n=8) no 33
Romania 75 yes, current 67 (n=8) yes past 33 Cambodia 82 yes, current 84 (n=39) yes past 9 no 6 Turkey 93 yes, current 71 (n=30) yes past 25 no 3 Lebanon 77 yes, current 85 (n=17) no 15
200 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Greece 87 yes, current 79 (n=67) no 21 Italy 86 yes, current 86 (n=84) yes past 8 no 6 Macedonia 86 yes, current 67 (n=7) no 33 MESB 95 yes, current 55 (n=13,663 yes past 40 no 5 NESB 79 yes, current 74 (n=840) yes past 11 no 15
15. Previous Alcohol and Drug Treatment The following are the value labels for this variable:
X no X yes in the last 12 months X yes, over 12 months ago
For those having previously received alcohol and drug treatment, the proportion with valid responses was generally poorly documented. The proportion amongst those with valid responses, who had received prior treatment, ranged from 13 per cent to 100 per cent. Most of those who had received treatment had done so in the last 12 months. For those born in Cambodia, the proportion was 87 per cent. The general proportion of those who had received treatment over 12 months ago was low for all countries.
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 201 Table 17 Clients’ episodes of care by previous alcohol and drug treatment
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded %
Australia 50 no 35 (n=13,264) yes, last 12 months 62 yes, over 12 months 3 Vietnam 40 no 22 (n=300) yes, last 12 months 76 yes, over 12 months 2 China 25 no 100 (n=8) Romania 50 no 50 (n=8) yes, last 12 months 50 Cambodia 59 no 13 (n=39) yes, last 12 months 87 Turkey 73 no 32 (n=30) yes, last 12 months 68 Lebanon 35 no 100 (n=17) Greece 33 no 50 (n=67) yes, last 12 months 50 Italy 29 no 79 (n=84) yes, last 12 months 21 Macedonia 100 no 57 (n=7) yes, last 12 months 43 MESB 50 no 35 (n=13,663 yes, last 12 months 62 yes, over 12 months 3 NESB 43 no 40 (n=840) yes, last 12 months 60 yes, over 12 months 0.6
202 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 16. Concurrent Methadone Program The following are the value labels for this variable:
X yes X no X unknown
For those concurrently on the methadone program the proportion with valid responses ranged from 40 per cent to 100 per cent. The proportion receiving methadone was greater among MESB than NESB (17 per cent and 12 per cent respectively). The prevalence of those indicating a no response to concurrently receiving methadone was greater among those of NESB compared with those of MESB (82 per cent and 78 per cent respectively).
Table 18 Clients’ episodes of care by concurrent methadone program
COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Australia (n=13,264) 39 yes 17 no 78 unknown 5 Vietnam (n=300) 94 yes 8 no 86 unknown 6 China (n=8) 100 no 63 unknown 37 Romania (n=8) 100 no 100 Cambodia (n=39) 100 no 100 Turkey (n=30) 100 yes 20 no 73 unknown 7 Lebanon (n=17) 100 no 100 Greece (n=67) 60 yes 20 no 78 unknown 2 Italy (n=84) 77 yes 20 no 79 unknown 1
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 203 COB Proportion with valid Value label Proportion of those responses % who responded % Macedonia (n=7) 100 no 100 MESB 40 yes 17 (n=13,663 no 78 unknown 5 NESB 88 yes 12 (n=840) no 82 unknown 6
COB and Amphetamine Use An analysis of COB by amphetamine use was severely limited due to the minor number (nine) of episodes of care for those of NESB identified on the ADIS database. As for those of MESB, there were 1,580 episodes of care identified as being treated for using amphetamines. The substantial disparity of episodes of care renders a comparison between the two groups meaningless. However, when data was examined the most substantial difference identified was for the service type drug withdrawal residential between NESB and MESB (57 per cent and six per cent respectively). Additionally, it was shown that the median period for drug use for NESB was 36 months compared with 60 months for those of MESB.
Concluding Remarks and Recommendations As emphasised previously, the ADIS database has a number of limitations. Of these, the problem of duplicated records and the episodes of care, not individual client numbers being collected, requires cautious interpretation. Additionally, the potential for biases in recordkeeping in the different Department of Human Services regions cannot be ignored; some health regions in Victoria would be better than others at recordkeeping. The recommendations follow:
A self-reported ethnic/cultural background variable should be included to capture second and third generation Australians who identify with another ethnic/cultural background and currently are rendered invisible in the database.
Records should document the individual client numbers, in order to assess the number of individuals accessing the services, rather than examine the same individuals utilising the services.
Encouragement should be given to all those in data collecting to complete all the variables in order to enhance the quality of the ADIS database.
204 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Drug of Dependency Information System Methadone Registry
Description The Drug of Dependency information System (DODIS) is maintained for three different purposes: issuing permits for Schedule 8 poisons (issued when a client requires a prescribed opiate for a particular ailment); maintaining data of suspected drug dependency as notified by medical practitioners and pharmacists; and issuing treatment permits for the Victorian Methadone Program. The methadone registry is part of DODIS.
Information for the electronic methadone registry is entered from forms submitted by prescribing medical practitioners. Ten per cent, or 802, of the total methadone permit forms examined for our project, which were dated from 12 February 1998 to 12 February 1999, were ‘old forms’ still being used by prescribing doctors but which did not include a field for ethnicity. Both the new and old methadone permit forms include the variable country of birth (COB), and provision is made for its entry into the electronic system. The self-identified ‘ethnic/cultural’ background variable appears on the new forms but it is a field not entered on the electronic system. It needs to be noted that the methadone registry is the only database in Victoria, known to the researchers, to have the self-identified ‘ethnic/cultural’ background variable.
Permits to prescribe methadone are issued to medical practitioners, who are approved methadone providers, each time they apply for a permit. Permits for an individual’s methadone program must be renewed each time the individual changes methadone provider or each time a methadone provider applies for a new treatment after a break in treatment episodes. While there may be a number of forms sent in for one individual over a period of time, the client retains the same unique identifying number enabling case tracking where a patient moves from one doctor to another.
Methodology Methadone registry forms for the 12-month period from 12 February 1998 were examined. It was necessary for the researchers to manually extract ethnicity information direct from the new forms, which were stored in archive boxes at the Department of Human Services. A total of approximately 20,000 forms (forms for the three different purposes, as described earlier, are stored together) were examined.
The only way to determine the number of individuals with multiple permits would have been to manually enter all the unique identifier numbers (UINs) in order to establish how many of the numbers were repeated. Due to time constraints, it was not possible in the examination of the methadone registry to establish the difference in permit numbers and the number of individuals.
Given the enormous amount of paper records involved it was not possible for the researchers to manually check all the UIN of Australian or English speaking
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 205 individuals appearing more than once. However, the researchers were able to single out (due to a manageable number of permit forms) the Vietnamese, Greek and Italian ethnic groups (the three main ethnic groups represented on the methadone registry) for additional examination. Identification numbers were examined to establish the number of individuals and the number of repeat prescriptions for methadone treatment.
Results We examined a total of 8,236 permit forms related to new applications for the treatment of an opiate dependent person with methadone syrup. On 1 January 1998, the official number of people using methadone was 4,600, and by 4 January 1999 it was 5,850. The difference in the number of permit forms examined by the researchers from that of the official figures was because some methadone users ceased methadone treatment and then recommenced within the 12-month period. Consequently, some individuals were reported in the database more than once.
Missing Fields Of the 8,236 new applications for the treatment of an opiate dependent person with methadone syrup (within the time period previously described), 802 were old forms and contained no ethnicity fields. Of the new forms (7,434), where there was provision to indicate ethnicity, 1,415 were blank for country of birth and ethnicity/cultural background. With the new forms therefore, there was a 19 per cent non-compliance rate in filling out the ethnicity fields. Individual’s names, which appeared on the forms that had blank ethnicity fields, appeared to be from a large variety of backgrounds.
Ethnic Backgrounds Of the 6,019 methadone permit forms which contained full ethnicity data, 4,174 (69.3 per cent) indicated that the individual was either of ‘Australian’ culture or English speaking backgrounds. Where country of birth was nominated as ‘Australia’ but the ethnic/culture question was left blank, the person was assumed by the researchers to be of an Australian culture. However, it should be noted that the names of these individuals frequently indicated that they might have been from non- English speaking backgrounds.
Of the individual methadone permit forms that did provide information in the ethnic fields (total 6,019), 1,845 of those, or 31 per cent, indicated that the individual was from a non-English speaking background (NESB). These individuals were either born overseas and identified with a NESB culture, or were born in Australia and identified their ethnicity/culture as NESB. Seventy different ethnic/cultural backgrounds were nominated. They were: Vietnamese, Cambodian, Laotian, Iraqi, Hungarian, Greek, Italians, Maltese, Timorese, Japanese, Papua New Guineans, Turkish, Lebanese, Russian, Yugoslavian, Macedonians, Indians, Dutch, Chinese, Finnish, Swiss, Polish, Pakistani, Spanish, Ukrainian, Filipino, Fijian, German, Serbian, Portuguese, Croatian, Egyptian, Lithuanian, Malaysian, Chilean, Syrian,
206 Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement Czech, Thai, Bosnian, Romanian, Sri Lankan, Afghan, Belgian, French, Indonesian, Colombian, Albanian, Iranian, Moroccan, Slavic, Burmese, Tongan, Ethiopian, Jordanian, Korean, Armenian, Slovenian, Costa Rican, Bulgarian, Palestinian, Swedish, Seychellois, Norwegian, Uruguayan, Israeli and Mauritian. Less specific ethnic groups mentioned were European, Asian, Pacific Islander and Arab.
As can be seen by this list, it appears likely that very few ethnic groups are immune from illicit drug use. It could be deduced from this that the issue of ethnicity is irrelevant. However, ethnicity may have very important implications for access to drug treatment and (as is illustrated below) without proper analysis, it is impossible to know if there are in fact ethnic/cultural issues which need to be addressed and to which service providers need to be sensitive.
From the methadone permit forms, the most commonly occurring ethnic backgrounds were:
Vietnamese: n = 400 (22 per cent of the total ethnic group)
Greek: n = 287 (16 per cent of the total ethnic group)
Italian: n = 271 (15 per cent of the total ethnic group).
There were a number of individuals issued with methadone permit forms from various ethnic groups. Only ethnic groups with ten or more individual permit forms issued appear on the following graph (see Figure 1).
Figure 1 Individual methadone permit forms by ethnic groups, Victoria, 12 February 1998 to 12 February 1999
Loatian
Filipino
Dutch
Lebanese
Yugoslavian
German
Chinese
Macedonian
Italian
Vietnamese
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Number of Individual Methadone Permit Forms
Drugs in a Multicultural Community—An Assessment of Involvement 207 Further Analysis
Country of Birth and Ethnic/Cultural Background Of individuals who declared Italian ethnicity on their methadone forms, 80 per cent were born in Australia; of those declaring Greek ethnicity, 80 per cent were born in Australia; of those declaring Macedonian ethnicity, 65 per cent were born in Australia; of those declaring Maltese ethnicity, 64 per cent were born in Australia. In all other databases these Australian-born individuals would be invisible, as the variable most often used to denote ethnicity is COB. Our analysis of the methadone permit data shows that people born in Australia may still identify strongly with their ethnic background to the extent that they will nominate their ethnicity/culture as that of NESB (see Figure 2).
Figure 2 Individual methadone permit forms by ethnicity, by country of birth, Methadone Registry, Victoria, 12 February 1998 to 12 February 1999